HGBooks May Kit 2018 by Hardie Grant Publishing

HARDIE GRANT MAY 2018

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Butterfly on a Pin Alannah Hill One of Australia’s most successful fashion designers, Alannah Hill bares her soul in this brilliant memoir.

C OV E R

One of five children from a poverty-stricken home in rural Tasmania, Alannah Hill grew up with fear and chaos her constant companions. She left home at age fifteen, her mother’s critical voice embedded in her brain, and began to reinvent herself amid the bright lights of Melbourne.

DRAF T

Melbourne was a place where anything and everything felt possible, where a freckle-faced nobody from Tasmania could dream of becoming a fashion designer. Alannah fell in love, and then couldn’t fall out of love; she teased her hair to cover her fear, and travelled to Tokyo, Paris, New York and London as her career started to take off. She toured with U2 and BB King, acted in the cult movie Dogs in Space , and built a fashion empire with her iconic brand, Alannah Hill. At the height of her success she also became a mother, living an incredible dream.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99

ISBN

9781743794258

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

16-page photo section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

But it slowly began to unravel, stitch by carefully crafted stitch. With a cancer scare, an acrimonious split with her business partner and the crushing end of her fashion label, Alannah found herself down a dimly lit path, asking all the wrong questions. What right did she have to be successful? To be a mother? To be happy? After the death of her mother, Alannah knew it was time to call a truce with the past. Serious reinvention was required once again, and she armoured herself to revisit a past she’d buried decades earlier. One of Australia’s most successful fashion designers, Alannah Hill bares her soul in this brilliant memoir. Hilarious and heartbreaking, Butterfly on a Pin is not only the story of her (potholed) road to success, but a fiercely intelligent and funny tale of overcoming adversity and daring to dream. With insight and brutal honesty, Alannah reminds us that what doesn’t kill us doesn’t necessarily make us stronger.

Author Details Alannah Hill was born on an apple orchard in Geeveston, Tasmania and moved to Melbourne when she was a teenager. Her iconic, ornamental style has made her one of Australia’s most well-known fashion designers. After a split with her financial partner Factory X in 2012, Alannah walked away from her eponymous brand. Alannah now designs clothes with her new brand Louise Love, and is an ambassador for the Alannah and Madeline Foundation of Australia.

Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Informationn •

C OV E R

•

DRAF T

•

• • Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$32.99 | NZ$36.99

ISBN

9781743794258

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

16-page photo section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

This book is absolutely the real deal – spectacular prose and a spectacular story. Alannah is not only an extraordinary writer but she has also led an extraordinary life, and this is a no-holds-barred account of it. The Alannah Hill brand is one of Australian’s most iconic and beloved fashion brands. Started in 1996, with 43 stores across Australia in 2012, it has 171K followers on Facebook and 23K followers on Instagram, and its fans are incredibly loyal. Although Alannah is no longer at the label, it is and will always be associated with her well-known style and larger-than-life personality. We plan to reach her huge fanbase with targeted online marketing and special events. Kirstie Clements, former Vogue editor, said of Alannah, ‘People connect with a designer rather than just a brand. Alannah had a conversation with her customers. She wasn’t just following trends.’ Butterfly on a Pin has the same effect – it is impossible not to connect with Alannah as she draws you into her life and her world, and it is the kind of book you can’t stop reading. Fantastic for book clubs, and likely to have a big word of mouth effect. We're publishing in trade paperback with a jacket to make this book a little bit different and special, drawing on Alannah’s deep creative sensibility and love of all things colourful, romantic and feminine to create a beautiful, evocative, idiosyncratic cover to match the text inside. Huge, national marketing and publicity on release with interviews, reviews and extracts across national media (radio, print, TV), exclusive TV interview on release. Alannah to tour nationally with signings and events - please express interest for events. Advertising campaign across key women's, news and lifestyle sites online and in print media. 22 copy pack with 50% discount plus 2 free copies. GTIN: 9349685009023

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

BUTTERFLY ON A PIN GTIN: 9349685009023

DRAF T

C OV E R

22 copy pack with 50% discount Plus 2 free copies RRP: $725.78 With discount: $362.69 NZ RRP: $813.78 With discount: $406.89

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Olive Pink Artist, Activist & Gardener Gillian Ward

C OV E R

This beautiful selection of flower paintings by colourful and feisty Australian figure Olive Pink are a striking, if little known, part of her unique historic legacy.

DRAF T

Olive Pink: Artist, Activist & Gardener presents a superb selection of original paintings of the iconic flowers of the Central Australian region, alongside a fascinating biography featuring beautifully reproduced memorabilia of a colourful and unconventional historical Australian figure. A fiercely independent woman ahead of her time, Olive Pink is best known for her staunch support of the Aboriginal people of Central Australia and for her often feisty encounters with anthropologists, missionaries and local pastoralists. Olive fought hard not only for the rights of the local Arrernte and Warlpiri people, with whom she forged a strong connection, but also to recognise and protect the diversity of the local flora about which she was so passionate.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50 | NZ$55

ISBN

9781743793602

Author Details

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

A member of the Hobart botanical artists group Botaniko, Gillian Ward is a reference librarian, researcher, artist, photographer and graphic designer.

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

262 x 210 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

Full colour photographs and drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Olive Pink’s many beautiful paintings express her intimate knowledge and love of the region’s flora: a love that led to her establishing, with the support of Aboriginal gardeners, a flora reserve in Alice Springs, now known as the Olive Pink Botanic Garden.

Gillian worked for many years at the University of Tasmania Library as a librarian and exhibition curator. While there, she curated a beautiful selection of botanical paintings by Olive Pink entitled ‘Miss Pink’s Wildflowers’, which was drawn from a large collection of Olive Pink's paintings held at the library. This exhibition inspired Gillian’s ongoing research on Olive Pink's life and was the impetus for her book Olive PInk: Artist, Activist & Gardener. Gillian lives in Hobart, Tasmania, only 800 metres from where Olive Pink grew up. She has a keen interest in history, gardens, plants and gardening and is a member of the Australian Garden History Society and the Tasmanian Historical Research Association. Gillian has a BA (UTAS), a BFA (UTAS) and a Grad Dip Lib (UTAS).

Key Information • • •

Olive Pink was a fiercely independent and colourful historical figure of the ilk of anthropologist Daisy Bates. A perfect Mother's Day gift for lovers of botanical illustrations. Lavishly illustrated throughout with a wonderful selection of memorabilia and historic photographs.

Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people are advised that this book contains images of people who have passed away, and historical correspondence with terminology that is no longer accepted usage.

Published in 2018 by Hardie Grant Books, an imprint of Hardie Grant Publishing Hardie Grant Books (Melbourne) Building 1, 658 Church Street Richmond, Victoria 3121 Hardie Grant Books (London) 5th & 6th Floors 52–54 Southwark Street London SE1 1UN hardiegrantbooks.com All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the publishers and copyright holders. The moral rights of the author have been asserted. Copyright text © Gillian Ward 2018 A Cataloguing-in-Publication entry is available from the catalogue of the National Library of Australia at www.nla.gov.au Olive Pink: Artist, Activist & Gardener ISBN 978 1 74379 360 2 Publisher: Pam Brewster Project Editor: Marg Bowman Editor: Bernadette Foley Designer: Gillian Ward, Nada Backovic Layout & typesetter: Megan Ellis Indexer: Neil Daly Design Manager: Jessica Lowe Cover Designer: Nada Backovic Production Manager: Todd Rechner Colour reproduction by Splitting Image Colour Studio Printed in China by 1010 Printing International Limited

Front cover image: Olive Pink riding a camel in the mid-1930s.

Back cover image: Olive Pink in the Australian Arid Regions Native Flora Reserve, about 1970.

Contents Foreword Acknowledgements Preface 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.

Tasmanian beginnings An education in art A move to Perth and tragedy Sydney art movement and a new era of independence Camping with Daisy Bates A train journey in 1930 Anthropology, art and travels in Central Australia A year in Tasmania Desert dreaming A home in Alice Springs Creating a garden The legacy of Miss Pink

Selected flower paintings by Olive Muriel Pink Notes Abbreviations Bibliography Photographic credits Index About the author

vi ix xi 1 13 25 31 51 59 67 77 85 99 105 119 125 216 220 220 221 224 228

Tasmanian beginnings Our home was such a happy and affectionate one

Above: George Pink’s convict record (detail).

Below: Bible belonging to Olive’s father, George Pink.

Opposite: Olive Pink aged ten. A detail of her season pass to the Tasmanian International Exhibition, 1894–95.

OLIVE PINK

Olive Pink probably didn’t know that her grandfather was a convict and a bigamist. George Pink married Henrietta Clift in Portsmouth in 1846, and they had a son, George Herbert, who died in infancy. A butcher by trade, George was convicted of burglary in 1847, the year after he married. He allegedly stole a large amount of money,1 and was sentenced to fifteen years’ imprisonment. He was transported to the British penal colony in Van Diemen’s Land on the Rodney, on 23 August 1850.2 George behaved well as a convict and received his ticket of leave in 1853, and a conditional pardon the following year – the condition being that he not return to England. He added the name Herbert to his own name, perhaps in memory of his son or perhaps as a sign that he was starting a new life in Hobart Town. He set up a butcher’s shop in Liverpool Street and had a government contract to supply meat to the prison at Port Arthur. Despite still being married to Henrietta he married Sarah Cox in 1854, when he was thirty-four and she was twenty-nine. Sarah had also been married before but her first husband had died. There were many instances of bigamy in the new colony as it was relatively easy to start afresh when so far from home. In George’s case, however, Henrietta 1

Sydney art movement and a new era of independence Art to my mind has the recording of beauty as its ultimate aim. OLIVE PINK

When the crops failed on Eldon’s farm in Western Australia, the family’s savings shrank even further. To ease the financial strain, in 1915 Olive and her mother sailed to Sydney, where Mrs Pink had relatives and friends. They settled in the suburb of Greenwich on the lower North Shore, in a home with a lovely garden. Perhaps as a response to Harold’s death at Gallipoli, Olive joined the Red Cross to assist in the war effort. She passed her first-aid exams and helped nurse wounded returned soldiers1 at the Soldiers Convalescent Home at Rose Hall in Darlinghurst. She wrote: ‘Our detachment [the 15th V.A.D. (Volunteer Aid Detachment)] was first to pass exams and to meet the first Hospital ship to come to Sydney with wounded or sick.’2 Mrs Pink worked for the 3rd Battalion Australian Comforts Fund,3 raising money to provide items such as tobacco, cakes, puddings, condensed milk, sugar, biscuits, hand-knitted socks and other clothing to supplement soldiers’ army rations. Olive’s brother, Eldon, married Rose Arthur in 1917 and they had three daughters, Muriel, Joan and Heather, who, sadly, were orphaned in 1935 when Eldon and Rose Above: Eldon and Rose Pink. drowned in a boating accident while out Olive’s Red Cross membership card, a fishing in their new yacht at Coogee, Western Left: postcard of Rose Hall Convalescent Home, Australia.4 The girls went to live with relatives, 1916, and her first-aid manual. Opposite: Olive in her Red Cross uniform. and Olive took a great interest in them and 31

Right: Olive Pink (unverified) sitting at a table in the garden outside Home Hut, in about 1960.

Below: Olive Pink at a royal reception speaking to the DukeÂ of Kent in August 1969, Alice Springs. The picture was in the local newspaper. Below right: Olive Pink in the reserve, in the 1970s. Opposite top left: The garden around Home Hut.

Opposite right: Olive Pink in Todd Street, Alice Springs, inÂ about 1960.

112

113

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Milk Made A Book About Cheese: How to Choose It, Serve It and Eat It Nick Haddow Milk. Made. is an elegant and comprehensive tour of the art of cheese-making and eating – from selecting cultures, to the practises of production that cross continents, and right through to the best recipes to enjoy them. Within the pages, you will find sections on the key types of cheese (and other dairy products) as well as how to make the cheese, store the cheese, serve the cheese, and the history of the cheese itself. For those who don't want to make it but simply love to eat it, Milk. Made. includes 60 comprehensive recipes such as Croque monsieur, Onion soup with grilled cheese croutons, Beetroot and feta tart, Sour cream scones, Classic fondue and many more. Accompanied by photographer Alan Benson, Nick Haddow visits internationally renowned cheesemakers in Australia, France, the UK, Switzerland, and the US interviewing some of the most inspiring cheese connoisseurs from around the world. Milk. Made. takes readers behind the scenes sharing the history, and busting the myths. At once casual, familiar, sophisticated and cultured, this book is the ultimate guide to cheese-making and the best cheeses of the world. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743793855

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Author Details

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

248 x 195 mm

Extent

288pp

Nick Haddow is the founder of Bruny Island Cheese Company on Bruny Island, Tasmania. He moved to Tasmania in 2001, first to work at the internationally renowned Pyengana Dairy, before moving on to his own business in 2003. He has a long background in hospitality and food: his cheese mentors include Will Studd and Richard Thomas (two of the biggest names in Australia); he won a Queen's Trust Grant to work with cheese makers in Europe; scored a gig with Randolph Hodgson at Neal's Yard Dairy in London; and returned to work alongside Studd and Stephanie Alexander in setting up Richmond Hill Cafe & Larder – at the time considered the best cheese retailer in Australia.

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

As a successful cheesemaker himself, Nick also shares his knowledge of making, serving and storing cheese at home, as well as more than 70 recipes that celebrate it in its myriad glorious forms. Whether it be a winning saag paneer, the definitive margherita, or the perfect fondue, there is a dish here for every type of cheese lover. With its elegant design and stunning photography Milk. Made. gives you all the information you need to make good choices about cheese, and having bought it, how to store it, serve it and cook with it. If cheese is your thing, Milk. Made. is for you.

Since opening the Bruny Island Cheese Company, he has quickly earned a reputation for excellence – as well as for a long time being the only legally recognised producer of raw milk cheese in Australia. He has an online shop and a 16,000-strong cheese club membership, who receive regular deliveries of cheese, dispatched all over Australia from Bruny Island. He also has a cellar door at Bruny Island, a stall at Salamanca Market in central Hobart, and a cellar door under the stairs at the Salamanca Arts Centre. Nick has a media profile courtesy of his supporting role with Ross O'Meara in Matthew Evans Gourmet Farmer series on SBS. The trio have written two books: The Gourmet Farrmer Deli Book, and Gourmet Farmer Goes Fishing.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information •

• • • •

•

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743793855

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

248 x 195 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

Cheese is big business - and growing in Australia. Witness the profileration of shops exclusively selling cheese, and the popularity of market delis that bring the cheeses of the world to discerning buyers (not to mention supermarkets!). These are buyers who understand that to enjoy the good stuff, they have to pay. There has not been a significant book that recognises this trend in Australia for some time. And the market is serious; often people who take their cheese (its source, its storage, its quality) as seriously as they do their wine. Its style will be chatty and informative, with stunning photographs (Alan Benson no less), and recipes that people actually want to cook. It will also look after people who are interested to try their hand at cheese making at home (without disenfranchising people who don't!). Nick Haddow has a media profile courtesy of his role in Matthew Evans' Gourmet Farmer series on SBS television, as well as the two books he has collaborated on with Evans and Ross O'Meara (Gourmet Farmer Deli sold well in Europe too). In 2014, Food Standards Australia New Zealand approved changes to regulations to allow the local production and sale of raw-milk cheese. Well-regarded authority Will Studd said at the time that this would be a game changer for cheese choice in Australia. James Beard award-winning title for best single subject book (2017). This is a flexi bound edition of Milk. Made. originally released in 2016.

Blue Cheese Soufflé With Pickled Cherry and Hazelnut salad INTRO TO COME

SERVES 4

196

SOUFFLÉ 60 g (2 oz) butter, plus extra for greasing 20 g (¾ oz) finely grated parmesan 2 golden shallots, finely chopped 35 g (1¼ oz/¼ cup) plain (all-purpose) flour 250 ml (8½ fl oz/1 cup) hot milk 4 egg yolks 75 g (2½ oz) blue cheese, coarsely crumbled 5 egg whites SALAD 2 teaspoons dijon mustard 20 ml sherry vinegar 60 ml (2 fl oz/¼ cup) hazelnut oil 200 g (7 oz) celeriac, peeled and coarsely grated, and placed in acidulated water 200 g (7 oz/1 cup) pickled cherries, pitted 70 g (2½ oz) hazelnuts, toasted

Thoroughly grease the inside of four ovenproof ramekins and sprinkle with the grated parmesan (tip any cheese that does not stick into the next ramekin until it is all used up). Tie a collar of baking paper around each ramekin with kitchen string, so that the baking paper stands about 5–6 cm (2–2½ in) proud. Preheat the oven to 170°C (340°F). Melt the butter in a saucepan over low heat, being careful not to let it brown. Add the shallot and sauté for a few minutes until transparent. Add the flour and stir for 2 minutes until the mixture comes together. Using a whisk, stir in the milk gradually, whisking as you go to prevent any lumps. Bring to a simmer and stir for 2–3 minutes or until the sauce thickens. Remove from the heat and allow to cool for a few minutes. Add the egg yolks one at a time, stirring well between each addition, until combined. Add the blue cheese and stir through, but keep some of the texture of the cheese rather than dissolving it completely. Season with salt and pepper. In a separate bowl, whisk the egg whites until soft peaks form. Using a large metal spoon or spatula, fold in a quarter of the egg white into the cheese mixture, trying to keep the mixture as fluffy as possible. Fold in the remaining egg white. Divide the mixture evenly among the four ramekins and smooth over the tops using a spatula. Run you finger around the inside of the baking paper collar to remove some of the mixture up against the baking paper; this will help the soufflé rise. Place in the oven for 30 minutes or until the soufflés have risen and are golden on top. Meanwhile, mix the mustard, sherry vinegar and hazelnut oil in a serving bowl. Drain the celeriac and toss through the vinaigrette. Add the pickled cherries and hazelnuts and mix thoroughly. Serve the soufflés as soon as they come out of the oven (I usually leave the collars on unless they look terrible) with the salad on the side.

Cheese

whey pops Joe Graff, one of my cheesemakers on Bruny Island, makes these and sells them at local markets. Joe uses whey as a base instead of cream and milk, which makes them terrifically refreshing. This recipe is for his roasted plum version but you could use the same method for any other kind of fruit. MAKES 6 WHEY SYRUP 500 ml (17 fl oz/2 cups) fresh whey 75 g (2½ oz/1/3 cup) raw organic sugar 2 tablespoons loose-leaf black tea Roasted plums 45 red cherry plums 3 tablespoons raw organic sugar

146

Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F). Place the plums in an oven tray and sprinkle the sugar over the top. Roast for 25 minutes or until the plums are tender and their juices have been released. Pour the plums, juice and all, into a fine-meshed sieve over a medium-sized bowl. Mash the roasted plums through the sieve so that all the fruit transfers into the bowl leaving the pits behind. Pour the fresh whey in to a small saucepan over medium heat. Add the sugar and tea leaves, stir and let simmer for 10 minutes. Remove the whey syrup from the heat and pour through a fine-meshed sieve into a medium bowl. Set aside to cool a little. Discard the tea leaves. Pour the whey mixture in to the bowl containing the roasted plums, stir to mix well, and divide between six ice pop moulds. Place wooden ice-cream sticks in to the base of each mould and freeze overnight.

WHEY You know when you take a spoonful of yoghurt out of a jar and come back the next day to find a pale yellow puddle in the yoghurt? That’s whey. Whey is the bacterially rich liquid that remains once you have made cheese and removed the curds. But left behind in the whey are very small amounts of milk solids. These can be recovered by heating the whey and adding acid – which is exactly how ricotta is made (see page 130). At home, you can use whey in place of water in cooking. In his epic book The Art of Fermentation, Sandor Katz describes several uses for whey as a starter culture. It also adds a lovely, soft acidity to salad dressings.

Cheese

MM_202_227_Semi-hard_Cheese_SI.indd 211

6/04/2016 8:06 am

Pork Loin Braised in Milk I have eaten this dish in the north of Italy and in the south of Spain, so I have no idea where it comes from originally. This is a brilliant way to cook pork. The meat stays incredibly moist while the milk reduces to a thick, ETGCO[ UCWEG +V KU TGCNN[ KORQTVCPV VQ WUG IQQF Čą CXQWTGF RQTM HQT VJKU TGEKRG CU VJGTG CTG PQV OCP[ KPITGFKGPVU VQ QVJGTYKUG Čą CXQWT VJG FKUJ

SERVES 6 100 g (3Â˝ oz) butter 3 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil QPKQP Č° PGN[ EJQRRGF ICTNKE ENQXGU Č° PGN[ chopped 200 g (7 oz) pancetta, roughly chopped 1.2â&#x20AC;&#x201C;1.5 kg (2 lb 10 ozâ&#x20AC;&#x201C; 3 lb 5 oz) boneless pork loin NKVTG Čą Q\ EWRU full-cream (whole) milk ON Â&#x2122; Čą Q\ EWR VJKEM (double/heavy) cream 4 fresh bay leaves 8 sage leaves, chopped, plus extra to garnish (optional) zest of 1 lemon

2TGJGCV VJG QXGP VQ Â&#x152;% Â&#x152;( Melt the butter in a heavy casserole dish with a lid (Dutch oven) over medium heat. Add the olive oil, onion, garlic and pancetta and cook, stirring, for 2â&#x20AC;&#x201C;3 minutes, until the onion is golden and the pancetta is crisp. Remove from the heat and set aside in a bowl. Rub the pork with salt and pepper all over and place in the casserole dish. Brown the outside of the pork loin over medium heat, turning every few minutes. Return the onion mixture to the pan and pour in the milk and cream. Add the bay leaves, sage and lemon zest. Place the lid on the casserole dish and cook in the oven for 2Â˝â&#x20AC;&#x201C;3 hours, basting the pork with the sauce every 20â&#x20AC;&#x201C;30 minutes, until the pork is very tender and the milk sauce has thickened. Transfer to a serving dish, cut into thick slices and serve with the milk sauce poured over the top. Garnish with a few extra sage leaves, if desired.

Milk

MM_016_049_Milk_SI.indd 26

5/04/2016 3:18 pm

Cows at Sugar House Creamery, in Upper Jay, New York, are milked straight into the churn. The milk is then strained and chilled before being made into cheese.

MM_072_101_Yoghurt_SI.indd 88

8/04/2016 1:56 pm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Loose Leaf Wona Bae and Charlie Lawler A showcase of stunning, unique and contemporary floral and plant art with projects anyone can achieve. Observe nature, be inspired by it and start experimenting. These are the tenets upon which Loose Leaf was created by botanical designers Wona Bae and Charlie Lawler. In their stunning book, Loose Leaf, they show us the many ways we can get creative with nature. It’s filled with ways to bring the beauty of nature into our homes and our lives. Each chapter is dedicated to design with different natural materials such as cut flowers and foliage, sculptural medium and living plants.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Loose Leaf harnesses the belief that by bringing the outside in through design with natural material such as plants and flowers, you can realise the importance of nature and learn its nobility. It showcases earthy and inventive flower and foliage arrangements for your home with basic information on the types of vegetation that work together harmoniously. From your own backyard to urban roadsides and far-flung coastlines, Loose Leaf’s incredible botanical art will kick-start your own ideas and creativity.

Author Details Wona Bae has a passion for flowers. A Korean and German trained florist, she is a Master of Kokozi (Korean style Ikebana) and Master of Floristry in Germany where she studied under the guidance of the legendary, Ursula Wegener. Korean born, Wona grew up on a flower farm in South Korea where she learned the family trade from a young age. Her name literally means ‘the best seedling’. Today Wona works as a botanical designer, teacher and sculptor in Melbourne, Australia. Together with husband and creative partnerCharlie Lawler, the pair have created Loose Leaf, a botanical design studio and carefully considered retail and workshop space, where they specialise in both permanent and temporary botanical design and installations for events and exhibitions.

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781743794548

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

240 x 204 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Key Information

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Charlie Lawler has a Master of Design, and has also studied Permaculture Design. As well as working as a botanical designer and natural sculptor at Loose Leaf, he is a co-founder of Grow Day plant fair, an enthusiastic event that includes plants, botanical wares and workshops for plant lovers.

•

New, user-friendly edition of the highly successful hardback publication. Loose Leaf has a huge instagram following (looseleaf_) - 102k followers. Wona Bae is in demand to decorate and install her creations at major events such as the Australian Tennis Open, L’Oreal Melbourne Fashion Week, fashion designer Akira Isogawa's runway show, and many more. She won gold at the Melbourne International Flower and Garden Show in 2010 and 2011. Wona Bae is Korean born and trained in floral art at the Master School in Germany.

introduction

8–11

cut flowers and foliage

34–99

sculpture installations installations

100–141

living plant installations installations

142–171

materials

172–183

thank you

187

getting creative with nature

12–15

monstera chandeliers

36–49

doors

102–121

curious plants – hanging garden garden

144–161

tools of the trade

182–183

about the authors

189

our story

16–33

monstera tornadoes

50–59

wreaths

122–129

pioneers – plants on the move move

162–171

from the garden

60–71

nests

130–141

from the fringe

72–87

flight

88–99

6-16_Foreword&Intro_HG_090516.indd 4

18/05/2016 11:10 am

6-16_Foreword&Intro_HG_090516.indd 5

18/05/2016 11:10 am

monstera chandeliers The design for our Monstera Chandeliers borrows from the sculpted forms seen in the seed reproduction process. They are a nod to the craftiness of nature. The idea for our Monstera Chandeliers began as a napkin sketch during breakfast one morning while we were admiring a jar of seeds we had collected a few weeks earlier. It got us imagining plants as mobile beings. Normally we think of plants as stationary objects, taking root, but when you start to look into the processes plants employ to reproduce, you realise all the clever ways they hitch rides and get about. We wanted to create an installation that drew inspiration from, and paid tribute to, these amazing processes. Our Monstera Chandeliers appear to be floating in mid air, suspended by near-invisible lines. Project Creating a Monstera Chandelier (see pages 44â&#x20AC;&#x201C;49)

34-99_CUTFLOWERSANDFOILAGE_HG_090516_SI.indd 36

18/05/2016 11:14 am

34-99_CUTFLOWERSANDFOILAGE_HG_090516_SI.indd 37

18/05/2016 11:15 am

fig. 5

fig. 6

Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s good to step back and twirl the sculpture every so often to give yourself an overview of the developing form.

Finally, we like to add some line leaves such as palms. These leaves act in two ways: firstly, they add extra volume and interest to the piece; secondly, they soften the edges and disguise any irregularities in the final form.

48 Monstera Chandeliers

34-99_CUTFLOWERSANDFOILAGE_HG_090516_SI.indd 48

18/05/2016 11:16 am

34-99_CUTFLOWERSANDFOILAGE_HG_090516_SI.indd 49

18/05/2016 11:16 am

from the garden We wanted to take an accessible city garden – in this case the front and back yards of our publisher’s house – and see what designs were possible in an urban context. This project was part experiment and part excuse to get back into the garden. Our concept and process were much like the ones we used to design ‘Doors’ (see pages 102–121) in the redwood forest. As expected, we were able to find an abundance of materials in the urban garden that could be used creatively. We hope this project will inspire you to get into your own garden and experiment creatively with nature. Project Constructing a tatami grass design (see pages 68–71)

34-99_CUTFLOWERSANDFOILAGE_HG_090516_SI.indd 60

18/05/2016 11:17 am

34-99_CUTFLOWERSANDFOILAGE_HG_090516_SI.indd 61

18/05/2016 11:17 am

fig. 1

fig. 2

Cut the sticks to equal lengths of approximately 15 cm (6 in) long. Bunch the sticks together to form a cylinder that fits firmly between your hands. Secure the sticks in place with an elastic band. Place the stick bundle on the shallow tray or dish.

Start adding freshly cut flowers or foliage, ensuring that all stems reach through the sticks to the tray. When considering flowers or foliage to use, it is good to keep the four main types of flowers in mind â&#x20AC;&#x201C; line flowers, form or focal flowers, mass flowers and filler flowers (see page 84).

fig. 3 Once you are happy with your arrangement, cover the elastic band with the twine or string and then add a little water to the tray for the flowers to drink. Because the tray is shallow and the water will be drunk quickly, it is important to check on and top up the water daily.

121

120 Doors

100-141_SCULPTUREINSTALLATIONS_HG_090516.indd 120

18/05/2016 11:26 am

100-141_SCULPTUREINSTALLATIONS_HG_090516.indd 121

18/05/2016 11:27 am

Tools of the trade When it comes to tools, we like to keep it pretty simple. The tools we use fall into two basic categories: cutting tools, and binding and fastening tools. Cutting tools include branch and wire cutters, pruners, floristry scissors and small blades. Binding and fastening tools include fishing line, paper wrapped wire, elastic bands, mesh wire, rope, string, s-hooks, pin holders and cable ties.

182 Materials

172-183_MATERIALS_HG_090516.indd 182

183

18/05/2016 11:32 am

172-183_MATERIALS_HG_090516.indd 183

18/05/2016 11:32 am

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Friendship The joy of connection Anthony Gunn Why have friends? Research shows that having great friendships means people are healthier, happier and live longer than those who are socially isolated. Friendship: The joy of connection shows you how important friends are for a fulfilled and happy life. Anthony Gunn gives tips and suggestions on how to improve your social relationships, how to become more confident in social situations, how to avoid traps that jeopardise friendships, and how to recognise unhealthy friendships and identify behavioural patterns that prevent you from making the most of your social connections. He inspires you to step out of your comfort zone to invest time in friendship, make new friends, improve existing friendships and challenge yourself to overcome habits that negatively impact on your friends, family and yourself. In Friendship: The joy of connection, Anthony unlocks the secret to developing real friendships and shows how important it is for our physical and psychological wellbeing.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781743793763

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books

Imprint

HG Local

Series

Category

Self Help

Format

165 x 115 mm

Extent

152pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Anthony Gunn is a psychologist. He regularly speaks to sporting and social clubs, schools and professional institutions about fear and how to deal with it. He has previously published Be Happy, Fear is Power, Raising Confident Happy Children, Walk Tall and Swing High. Anthony and his wife Melissa live in the Blue Mountains, New South Wales, with their children.

Key Information • • • •

A celebration of the merits of friendship on our health and wellbeing. Anthony Gunn is a psychologist specialising on helping people to improve their wellbeing by overcoming fear and by addressing issues that are holding them back from achieving a state of happiness and control in their lives. Includes useful advice on how to improve social connections and encourages readers to reflect on personal behaviour in their dealings with others. Broken up into 127 short, easy to follow tips, from practising self-reflection and learning how to to be a good listener to asserting boundaries, dealing with confrontation and creating lasting memories.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO BY DR ANTHONY GUNN

Price

AU$21.99 | NZ$24.99

Price

AU$21.99 | NZ$22.99

Price

AU$21.99 | NZ$24.99

ISBN

9781743790069

ISBN

9781742705958

ISBN

9781743791554

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Cookie Shots Over 30 Exciting Edible Shot Recipes Sabrina Fauda-Rôle 35 mouth-watering recipes for cookie cups with indulgent fillings. Cookie Shots showcases a collection of edible bite-sized treats. The cookie cups are filled with a variation of exciting fillings to create eye-catching little mouthfuls.

Publication

01 May 2018

Sabrina Fauda-Rôle demonstrates how to create a whole range of showstopping cookie based creations. Each cookie cup is filled with a delicious filling, from the likes of panna cotta to lemon curd to chocolate milk. Recipes include the classical combination of almond and vanilla, the stylish orange blossom and honey, and the exotic matcha. There is even a gluten-free version of the cookie cup to try.

Binding

Hardback

Learn how to whip up delectable cookie mouthfuls, which are perfect for any occasion.

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781784881689

Publisher

Hardie Grant Books - Hardie Grant UK

Imprint

Shared Title: Managed by HG London

Series

Key Information

Food & Drink

•

Category Format

190 x 190 mm

Extent

72pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Sabrina Fauda-Rôle is an author and a food stylist. She is also the author ofOne-Pot Pasta and Jello Shots (to be published March 2018).

• •

A novel party food idea, perfect for picnics and celebrations. Includes gluten-free options. Very quick and easy to prepare and assemble.

Contents THE BASICS

the cookie shot........................................................................................ 4

CLASSICS

choc chip & milk...................................................................................... 6 almond.......................................................................................................... 8 pecan caramel....................................................................................... 11 peanut........................................................................................................ 12 cappuccino............................................................................................... 14 strawberry milk..................................................................................... 16 choc pistachio........................................................................................ 18 mint choc................................................................................................. 21 orange zest.............................................................................................. 22 coconut..................................................................................................... 25 hazelnut chocolate (gluten free)................................................. 26

GOURMET

total choc................................................................................................. 28 caramel choc.......................................................................................... 30 dulce de leche....................................................................................... 32 white choc............................................................................................... 35 lemon curd.............................................................................................. 37 hazelnut..................................................................................................... 38 pear choc................................................................................................. 41 frosted puffed rice chocolate........................................................ 42

PATISSERIE

bavarois..................................................................................................... 45 tarte tatin................................................................................................. 46 fruit tart..................................................................................................... 49 cheesecake style................................................................................... 51 panna cotta............................................................................................. 53

THE UNEXPECTED

cookie & sponge duo........................................................................ 55 banana split.............................................................................................. 56 Oreo® style........................................................................................... 58 caramel Chamallows®..................................................................... 60

THE EXOTIC

matcha tea............................................................................................... 63 mango masala chai.............................................................................. 65 blossom & honey................................................................................. 67 piña colada............................................................................................... 68 speculoos, coconut & avocado.................................................... 71

the cookie shot CONCEPT A cookie dough baked in a small cylindrical mould and then filled with a shot of cold milk, ice cream, fruit or mousse, etc. In some cases the inside is coated with a glaze to make it impermeable, chilled and then filled with the shot. It can then be topped with cream, fruit or sweets (candy) and drizzled with caramel, melted chocolate, etc. to serve.

THE FIVE BASIC STAGES The cookie dough Divide the cookie dough into portions of equal weight according to the number of cookies you want to make. Individual moulds (metal or silicone): place your dough portion in the bottom of the mould and press gently with your fingertips to push the dough up the wall of the mould to form a shot. Aim to make the thickness of the dough as even as possible. Shot-shaped silicone moulds: make small rolls of dough and place them in the moulds on top of one another. Press on the top when you have finished, to fuse the rolls together, and smooth down the outer walls of the mould to even out the thickness. Baking Put them in the oven for the specified time and then let the cookies cool before turning them out of their moulds. For shot-shaped silicone moulds, turn them out by gently pushing on the bottom.

The basics

Glazing Melt the chocolate (in the microwave or a bain-marie) and fill the cookie shots up to halfway with melted chocolate. Coat the inside using a spatula or a teaspoon. Turn them over to tip out any excess chocolate and turn them back to let drops of chocolate flow on the outside. Leave to cool so that the chocolate sets. You can also dip the edge of the cookies in grated coconut, coloured sprinkles, chopped nuts, etc. The shot Fill the cookies with cold milk, chopped fresh fruit, ice cream, caramel, whipped cream, etc. You can also prepare a mixture such as a bavarois, panna cotta, chocolate mousse, fruit purĂŠe, etc. The topping The idea is to make the cookie shot as fun and delicious as possible! Whipped cream, whole or chopped fruits, nuts, chocolate flakes, small sweets, biscuits (cookies), fruit coulis, caramel, melted chocolate, chocolate or coloured sprinkles, etc.

TIPS Use metal or silicone moulds (5 cm/2 inches high, 5 cm/2 inches diameter), individual or shot-shaped. Keeping The cookies are best eaten the same day so that they keep their crunch and do not soak up the liquid. For cookies with a filling of ice cream, chilled milk or whipped cream, leave the decoration until the last minute.

Serve the cookie shots chilled with the remaining strawberries, whipped cream and coloured sprinkles.

cookie shots

bavarois

Preparation: 30 minutes - Cooking time: 20 minutes Resting time: 1 hour - Refrigeration: 3 hours Makes 8 cookie shots

cookie dough

120 g (4 oz/½ cup) softened butter 100 g (3½ oz/scant ½ cup) sugar 1 egg 260 g (9 oz/1¾ cups) plain (all-purpose) flour 50 g (2 oz/½ cup) ground almonds ½ teaspoon baking powder 1 pinch of salt

filling & decoration

350 g (12 oz) strawberries, sliced juice of ½ a lemon 100 g (3½ oz/scant ½ cup) sugar 3 sheets of gelatine, soaked in cold water for 3 minutes 250 ml (8½ fl oz/1 cup) whipping cream Coloured sprinkles Cream the softened butter and sugar until smooth. Incorporate the egg, add the dry ingredients and stir. Preheat the oven to 180°C (350°F/Gas 4). Divide the dough into 8 and line 8 small silicone moulds. Bake for 20 minutes. Leave to cool for 1 hour before turning out. Blend 250 g (9 oz) strawberries, the lemon juice and sugar and bring to the boil. Off the heat, stir in the drained gelatine. Allow to cool.

44 Patisserie

Whip 200 ml (7 fl oz/generous ¾ cup) of the chilled cream, mix with the strawberry coulis and fill the cookie shots. Allow to rest in a cool place for 3 hours. Whip the remaining cream.

Patisserie

cookie shots Fill the cookie shots with the vanilla cream. Cool for at least 3 hours and serve chilled.

panna cotta

Preparation: 25 minutes - Cooking time: 20 minutes Resting time: 1 hour - Refrigeration: 3 hours 30 minutes Makes 8 cookie shots

cookie dough

120 g (4 oz/½ cup) softened butter 100 g (3½ oz/scant ½ cup) sugar 1 egg 260 g (9 oz/1¾ cups) plain (all-purpose) flour ½ teaspoon baking powder 1 pinch of salt

filling & decoration

50 g (2 oz) dark chocolate 500 ml (17 fl oz/2 cups) single (light) cream 2 sachets vanilla sugar (16 g/½ oz) 3 sheets of gelatine, soaked in cold water for 3 minutes Cream together the softened butter and sugar until smooth. Add the egg and mix until fully incorporated. Fold in the dry ingredients. Preheat the oven to 180°C (350°F/Gas 4). Divide the dough into 8 and line 8 small silicone moulds, covering all the sides well. Bake for 20 minutes. Leave to cool for 1 hour before turning out. Melt the chocolate. Coat the inside and edges of the cookies with chocolate Cool in the fridge for 30 minutes. Heat the cream and vanilla sugar in a pan without letting it boil, add the drained gelatine and stir. Allow to cool. 52 Patisserie

Patisserie

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Marcia Langton: Welcome to Country A Travel Guide to Indigenous Australia Marcia Langton

C OV E R

Tourism Australia statistics show that many overseas tourists, as well as Australians, are keen to learn more about Australia’s first peoples. And while the Indigenous tourism industry continues to grow, no comprehensive travel guide is currently available.

DRAF T

Marcia Langton’s Welcome to Country is a completely new and inclusive guidebook to Indigenous Australia and the Torres Strait Islands. In its pages, respected elder and author Professor Marcia Langton answers questions such as what does ‘country' mean to Indigenous people. A detailed introduction covers topics such as Indigenous languages and customs, history, native title, art and dance, storytelling, and cultural awareness and etiquette for visitors. This is followed by a directory of Indigenous tourism experiences, organised into state and territory sections, covering galleries and festivals, communities that are open to visitors, tours and performances.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

ISBN

9781741175431

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

Category

Travel

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

This book is for everyone travelling around Australia who wants to gain an insight into the culture that has thrived here for over 50,000 years, and enjoy tourism opportunities that will show you a different side of Australia — one that remains dynamic, and is filled with openness and diversity. This book will quickly become one of the most important travel guides to be published in recent times.

Author Details Professor Marcia Langton is one of Australia’s most important voices for Indigenous Australia. She first became an Indigenous rights activist at Queensland University in the 1970s, and since then has worked with the Central Land Council, the Cape York Land Council and for the 1989 Royal Commission into Aboriginal deaths in custody. In more recent times, Professor Langton has become an academic and now works at Melbourne University. Professor Langton has received many accolades, including an Order of Australia, and has authored several books. In 1999 Professor Langton was one of five Indigenous leaders who were granted an audience with the Queen to discuss the proposed recognition of Indigenous Australians in the Australian Constitution. She is also a frequent guest on the ABC’sQ&A show.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information •

C OV E R

• •

DRAF T

• • • •

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

ISBN

9781741175431

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

Guides

Series

Category

Travel

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

This will be one of the most important travel books published this year written by one of Australia's most respected indigenous figures, foreword by Stan Grant. No travel guide of this kind has been published since Lonely Planet's Aboriginal Australia & the Torres Strait Islands (2001) According to Tourism Australia and the ABS, Aboriginal tourism experiences are highly valued by international visitors. Tourism Council WA CEO Evan Hall said in 2016, 'They are fascinated by ... the world's longest living civilisation, but unfortunately they do sometimes come away disappointed about not having as much exposure to Aboriginal tourism experiences … as what they were hoping for'. This book will bridge that gap for both international visitors and Australians wanting to learn more about this country's original inhabitants. In 2017 there were 8.7 million international visitors to Australia (up 7.1%), spending a record $41.2 billion (up 6% from previous year). Marcia Langton is a highly respected figure and is regularly asked to speak or comment in the media on issues related to Indigenous rights and art. This is an important book to have on your shelf at home, and still small enough to take in the car or pack in your suitcase. Book to be launched at the 2018 Sydney Writers Festival followed by an East Coast publicity tour, with events in Sydney and Melbourne. Huge publicity campaign on released with television & radio interviews, coverage in travel newspapers & magazines, digital advertising and book trailer. Marcia Langton to attend Melbourne and Sydney road shows in February.

Introduction

INTRODUCTION

Australia is alive with the long history of the Indigenous people, our culture and our presence. Nowhere else in the world can you see and experience the oldest living cultures of humankind. There are two distinctive Indigenous cultural groupings in Australia: Aboriginal peoples on the mainland and most islands; and the Torres Strait Islanders, whose homelands are in the Torres Strait between the northern tip of Queensland and Papua New Guinea. People are believed to have settled on these islands about 20 000 years ago. Aboriginal peoples have been living on the mainland for more than 60 000 years; archaeologists have uncovered evidence of people living in Arnhem Land in the Northern Territory 65 000 years ago. The Indigenous footprint can be found across the Australian continent and its islands, but it is often invisible until it is pointed out. Once you see the evidence of Aboriginal life, a whole new world opens up. You begin to see the country around you differently. Keen to share their cultural riches, hundreds of Aboriginal people have found ways to invite tourists into their lives, even briefly, to enjoy the experience of being in Aboriginal country with the people who know it best: the Traditional Owners. With a deep knowledge of the natural world, they are the ideal guides to show you

WELCOME_TO_COUNTRY_Part1_2pp.indd 2-3

such as the Central Desert or the Western Desert; savanna country across north Australia with its many dramatic rock outcrops, escarpments and gorges; or the wet rainforests where fast flowing rivers cascade over mountain ranges; the temperate-zone coastal and riverine plains; the forests; the Great Dividing Range in its many forms; or on the beaches, islands and reefs.

The opportunity for Indigenous Australians to share their experiences and knowledge with tourists opened up when land rights were recognised and Indigenous people became joint managers of large swathes of our country. Now there are visitors’ centres, art and cultural centres, museums and festivals in even the most remote places, showcasing the fascinating history and cultures of Indigenous societies.

Indigenous people have established cultural and natural tourism businesses and opened up their country for tourists with great energy, determination and a love of sharing the beauty of their culture and heritage. Also, the benefits of tourism to local Indigenous people are many. In large parts of Indigenous Australia, where there are few other economic opportunities, tourism businesses are a pathway for local families to enjoy the benefits of their unparalleled ancestral heritage. With their own tourism projects, local people have the opportunity to work on their country with their family members. They can also teach their own young people as well as tourists about their culture, history and heritage because Indigenous tourism preserves traditional knowledge and involves the younger generations in its continuation. There are surprises, too, for even the most knowledgeable Traditional Owner. While visiting remote parts of their old estates, where threatened populations were protected from introduced predators and land clearance, traditional owners have discovered new species of flora and fauna, and surviving pockets of species thought to be extinct.

When you are travelling around Indigenous Australia, you will find yourself in extraordinary situations with extraordinary people, whether you are exploring by foot, vehicle, boat, horse or camel; in semi-arid areas

The Aboriginal domain was reduced to segregated reserves during and after colonisation and the spread of British settlers and their land clearing for farming and grazing across the continent.

the extraordinary range of environments across the country. For over 200 years, Indigenous Australians have hosted and guided scientists, scientific expeditions, and explorers seeking to understand the environments, flora, fauna and climate of this continent, as well as the cultures of the Indigenous people themselves. This has resulted in a vast literature on Australian life, but until recently much of it was read only by the experts. A growing number of writers, both Indigenous and other Australians, are now publishing more accessible books to show the wonders of this rich heritage to the world.

Top: An Indigenous guide leads a Dreamtime Southern X tour around The Rocks, Sydney, NSW Bottom: Indigenous man and woman photographed by explorer, Sir George Hubert Wilkins ca. 1923–1925 during his expedition to Northern Australia to document native flora and fauna for the British Museum

21/12/17 11:16 am

Prehistory

PREHISTORY

Some archaeologists believe that humans were living on this continent before the last Ice Age, perhaps as far back as 125 000 years ago. That staggering thought is a key to understanding the global attraction to the Aboriginal world. Art collectors and galleries in the United Kingdom, Europe and North America have large collections of Aboriginal art, accumulated since French explorer Nicolas Baudin’s visit in 1801. His collection in France includes the first musical annotation of an Aboriginal song, ‘Coo-ee’, as well as various rare objects. This practice of acquiring Australian Aboriginal art is an aspect of the fascination people around the world have with the most ancient continuous culture. By exploring this culture we are also, in a way, exploring the nature of our humanity. Art is central to Aboriginal life, identity and culture. One of the results of this unimaginably long period of human endeavour is the vast array of rock art that can be found in most parts of Australia. Captured in this ancient art are many of the totemic icons and visual design – or the ‘Dreaming’ elements – that appear in modern Aboriginal art and material culture, dance and storytelling. More than art alone, these are the signs of a great

WELCOME_TO_COUNTRY_Part1_2pp.indd 6-7

human migration across the oceans and the archipelago to our north, and across this vast continent. The remains of ancient Aboriginal life are to be found scattered across landscapes everywhere. For example, the stone walls of houses in south-west Victoria, the engraved trees on the inland plains of New South Wales and Victoria, the engraved concentric rings in rock faces that signal water sources in the arid areas, and stone tool-making sites. Painting and engraving rock faces enabled people to write, read and, through time, negotiate the land’s cultural meaning. The experience of standing in a rock-art gallery gazing at ancient paintings of people and times long gone is spine chilling. I have stood on sand in a sandstone escarpment shelter where people had camped tens of thousands of years ago. Gazing up at their paintings, some of them gigantic and elaborate, is a kind of time travel. The paintings seem to resonate with the spirit of the people who made them. The hand stencils made by groups of Aboriginal people record their visits to these rock galleries. Each man, woman and child in the group held their hand up as an Elder blew liquid ochre over them to record their presence. These beautiful images, often at the base

of large rock-art galleries, are a form of census. We can look at them and imagine the people who marked their presence at these places. Who among them were the artists, we wonder? Who painted the giant kangaroos, the barramundi and saratoga fish, the hunting scenes, and the magical ancestral figures across the walls of the escarpment shelters? Rock art plays a role in the definition of territory and identity, for the artists portrayed themes and used styles of painting that reflect the particular reality of a worldview and society. We can imagine families camping at these rock-art galleries, at night around their campfires telling the stories of a good season hunting, fishing and harvesting; enjoying their meal cooked on the fire; celebrating a rich season on the grassy plains through their painting and storytelling; and taking shelter from the rain, the thunder, the lightning and storms. The Wandjina paintings show the faces of ancestors who came with these storms, and the lightning strikes are painted around their heads to depict their association with the wild storms of the monsoonal season.

Top: Rock art in Mount Borradaile, Arnhem Land, Northern Territory Bottom: An engraving of Aboriginal tombs on Maria Island in Tasmania, ca. 1801–1803. Illustration published in 1895 in Francois Peron’s account of a French cartographic expedition to Australia led by Thomas Nicholas Baudin in 1800–1804.

Chris Clarkson, from the University of Queensland, and his fellow archaeologists have unearthed evidence that the ancestors of Aboriginal people occupied the country we now call Australia at least 65 000 years ago. This continent ‘is the end point of early modern human migration out of Africa and sets the minimum age for the global dispersal of humans,’ they write. ‘This event was remarkable on many fronts, as it represented the largest maritime migration yet undertaken and the settlement of the driest continent on Earth, and required adaptation to vastly different flora and fauna.’1, 2

21/12/17 11:16 am

Art

ART

Top: Rock art in Mount Borradaile, Arnhemland, Northern Territory Bottom: Indigenous painter creating artworks at Maruku Arts, Uluru, Northern Territory

Australian Indigenous artists are acclaimed around the world and their works are held in the major public and private galleries locally and internationally. The diversity of artistic styles of Indigenous Australia grows each year as communities, clans and families venture into the art market with renditions of their visual traditions. So too, the media and materials used by the artists expands from bark painting and canvas and acrylic formats, to encompass fabric and fibre weaving, screen-printing, linocut prints, metal sculptures, multimedia presentations using communications technology and computer imagery, photomedia and sound. There are many more styles of Indigenous art than is generally understood. They range from adaptations of traditional ritual and rock art to the full gamut of modernist and post-modernist. When art collectors first approached Aboriginal painters to buy their work, there was no Indigenous art market as we know it today. Very little had been written about Aboriginal design traditions and material culture, and the standard view was that only European works could be considered as art. The work of other ‘races’ was generally seen

WELCOME_TO_COUNTRY_Part1_2pp.indd 20-21

as merely primitive mark making. Paintings on bark and various funerary sculptures were collected as exotica for anthropological study and exhibition, or by Christian missionaries who attempted to establish a cottage art industry to financially support their endeavours. Explorers in the eighteenth and nineteenth century collected objects and material culture as exotic trophies and evidence of their travels. Also, some came across rock paintings and revealed them to the world. Sir George Grey, later appointed governor of South Australia, happened on the Wandjina paintings on sandstone escarpments in the Kimberley region during his exploration of the area in 1838. The Wandjina is the Rain Maker spirit and is often painted with headdresses that represent thunder and lightening. In 1891, pastoralist Joseph Bradshaw saw ancient rock paintings in the north-west Kimberley region. They are now known as the ‘Bradshaws’, but more correctly should be called by their Aboriginal names, which include Gwion Gwion and Giro Giro. These are finely detailed paintings of figures, and still the subject of research today.

21/12/17 11:16 am

Introduction to Indigenous cultures

Performance

musicians to experiment, fusing introduced and Aboriginal styles and instrumentation, particularly rock music. It was followed by Yothu Yindi, formed in 1986. Yothu Yindi became the most successful and internationally recognised Aboriginal band in that decade. Warumpi Band, with its mix of Arnhem Land and Warlpiri style with rock, also became successful, touring with Midnight Oil. In South Australia, Us Mob and No Fixed Address became popular and toured with several hit songs in Australia and the Pacific.

The recording and documenting of the remaining traditions is a matter of the highest priority both for Indigenous and non-Indigenous Australians. Many of our foremost composers and singers have already passed away leaving little or no record.26 In northern and central Australia, traditional songs are generally sung in cycles. Each song is short but can be combined with others and repeated and performed throughout a ceremony. When singing the cycles, men usually have two lead singers and a chorus, and a yidarki player. Each singer uses clap sticks to keep the rhythm. Women sing in a variety of styles. For example, following a death a senior woman will lead the keening or high-pitched singing. In the desert, groups of women sing the cycles, led by one or two lead singers, and clap to keep the beat. The singing style made popular by bands such as Soft Sands, Yothu Yindi, East Journey, and many others from Arnhem Land is called manikay. Ethnomusicologist Aaron Corn explains the powerful force of manikay in Yolngu society in the touching tribute he wrote in September 2017 to singer, composer, elder and scholar, the late Dr Gumbula. Describing them as ‘singing singing ancestral records’ he said: whenever people sing Manikay, their voices are not their own, but rather mingle with those of the ancestors themselves – all those who have gone before and all those who are yet to be. The Manikay tradition codifies all the observations and strategies for living given to the Yolngu by the original ancestors who originally named, shaped and populated their myriad homelands in northeast Arnhem Land.27 Dr Gumbula’s band, Soft Sands, started in the 1970s and led the way for Aboriginal

WELCOME_TO_COUNTRY_Part1_2pp.indd 30-31

Top: Christine Anu performs at National Reconciliation Week, 2016 Bottom: Live music at the National Indigenous Music Awards, Darwin, Northern Territory Opposite page: Yothu Yindi performing live in 1991

Torres Strait Islander music is called Ilan style, and combines traditional singing with a variety of introduced styles, particularly hymnal music and songs shared by sailors whose ships stopped in the islands. Predominantly vocal with drum and other percussion accompaniment, the songs celebrate living with the sea, love and adventure. Island songs are performed in two or three-part harmony, and are improvised by the singers. The best example of modern Torres Strait music is that of Seaman Dan, whose work is produced by Karl Neuenfeldt. Born in 1929, he was seventy years old when he began to sing publicly, going on to release five albums of traditional music and his signature Ilan style blues and jazz. In his biography, Steady Steady: The Life and Music of Seaman Dan, Uncle Seaman tells stories of his life in the islands pearl diving and his development as a professional singer and musician.28 ARIA award-winning singer Christine Anu also hails from the Torres Strait. She has had success with a number of albums and film appearances, as well as singing at the closing ceremony of the 2000 Sydney Olympics. If you happen to be in Darwin in August, you should go to the National Indigenous Music Awards where Indigenous musicians, many of whom sing in their native languages as well as English, compete for the honour of being named the best in their category or genre, from traditional to heavy metal. Emerging artists, such as Gawurra, Apakatjah, Electric Fields, Emily Wurramara, Tia Gostelow and Yirrmal, have had their careers launched at this prestigious event. In 2017, one of my favourite dance troupes, and a favourite of anyone who has seen them, the Numbulwar Red Flag Dancers, won in the traditional music category with their CD complete set. See: nima.musicnt.com.au

21/12/17 11:16 am

Native title

NATIVE TITLE

Eddie Koiki Mabo, born on the Island of Mer in the Torres Strait in 1935, had an impact on Australian life that was profound and life changing for thousands of Torres Strait Islanders and Aboriginal people across the nation. In 1974, he was working as a gardener at the James Cook University in Townsville. There he met historians Henry Reynolds and Noel Loos, and the three men became friends. For so long, writers and historians had ignored the history of Indigenous Australia, but both Henry and Noel wrote ground-breaking books about Indigenous people in North Queensland that placed Indigenous people at the centre of Australian history. Through Noel and Henry, Koiki found out that he did not own his traditional land; that it had been annexed by the state of Queensland. Koiki began teaching, lecturing and writing about his culture and his ties to his land, and wrote about the land ownership and inheritance system on Murray Island. In 1982, he met with a group of lawyers in Townsville to begin his legal challenge to the Queensland land laws. He simply did not accept that the land his grandfather had bequeathed to him did not belong to him by law.30 That year the case was lodged in the High Court. Koiki was the leading plaintiff and he was joined by fellow traditional

WELCOME_TO_COUNTRY_Part1_2pp.indd 38-39

owners of Mer as plaintiffs: Father Dave Passi, Mr James Rice, and for a time, Mrs Celuia Mapo Salee, until she passed away. Central to the case was the evidence, written and oral, that the people of Mer had their own laws that were given to them by their god, Malo, who is often represented as an octopus. The plaintiffs challenged the idea that the entire continent and islands of Australia were ceded to the British upon ‘discovery’ on the grounds that the inhabitants had no system of governance and laws that could be recognised. This idea is called terra nullius or ‘land belonging to no one’. Their path was not easy. The Queensland government passed the Queensland Coast Islands Declaratory Act 1985 in an attempt to negate any claims Torres Strait Islanders may have had to the land. The Act declared that when the Queensland government annexed the Torres Strait Islands under the Coast Island Act in 1879, title to the islands was transferred to the state of Queensland and could not be subject to other claims. The plaintiffs from Mer appealed to the High Court, which found the Queensland Coast Islands Declaratory Act 1985 contravened section 10 of the Federal Racial Discrimination Act 1975, and was therefore invalid. In the decision of the judges, it was

Top: Protestors campaigning for recognition of Aboriginal land rights on Bicentennial Day, 1988, Sydney, New South Wales Bottom: Aboriginal activists rally on 1 May, 2015 against forced closure of remote Aboriginal communities

21/12/17 11:16 am

Northern Territory

NORTHERN TERRITORY

FESTIVALS Barunga Festival First held in 1985, Barunga Festival is one of regional Australia’s longest running community festivals. It showcases the Indigenous cultures and communities of the Katherine region. Today, about 4000 visitors descend on the small community of Barunga each June long weekend to participate in a three-day program that is rich in traditional arts, cultural activities, music and sport. The festival provides an exceptional opportunity to engage with remote Indigenous community life. WHERE: Barunga community is 80 km south-east of Katherine. The festival can be accessed by car. WHEN: Queen’s Birthday long weekend in June. CAMPING AND ACCOMMODATION: Camping sites are available in Barunga, or hotel/motel accommodation in Katherine. PERMITS: Guests do not require permits to enter the community as tickets enable access for the duration of the festival. COST: Adult: $50; youth 12–17 years: $15; child 5–11 years: $5. CONTACT: 08 8941 8066 www.barungafestival.com.au

WELCOME_TO_COUNTRY_Part2_1pp.indd 78-79

Top: Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet cons ectetur adipiscing elitsed nemo Bottom: dolor sit amet nemo sibi cons ectetur adipiscing elitsed

Garma Festival This world-renowned festival is an extraordinary cultural event. Over four days the Yolgnu people of North-East Arnhem Land share their knowledge and culture. Each year it attracts about 2500 people, including prominent political and business leaders, academics, intellectuals and journalists from around the globe. A celebration of visual art, dance, music and ancient storytelling, Garma aims to foster economic opportunities for the Yolgnu people through community development, education, self-governance, enterprise and youth leadership. It is now regarded as an Australian Aboriginal equivalent of the annual World Economic Forum in Switzerland. As well as discussing the challenges and solutions to economic challenges faced by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people, Garma also aims to strengthen, preserve and maintain ancient Aboriginal culture and foster a greater understanding between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal Australians.

Festival features Addresses a theme of national significance to Australian Indigenous people.

THE KEY FORUM:

21/12/17 12:56 pm

Tourism opportunities

It combines the wisdom, experience and vision of Indigenous peoples from around the country with those of political leaders and policy makers. The local people and everyone taking part in the forum are committed to producing practical solutions to improve Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander lives. THE YOUTH FORUM: Aims to foster the leadership capacity of the next generation, both Indigenous and non-Indigenous. Workshops, art, music, film production and social media tasks are designed to educate the youth in the avenues available to improve the state of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander disadvantage. Students from 8–18 years of age participate in this forum, and all registered guests of Garma may attend and observe activities. EVENING BUNGGUL DANCE: This is arguably Garma’s major attraction. From 4 pm until sunset, significant traditional ceremonies are performed by men, woman and children from the various clans of the Yolgnu people. The performances showcase the unique traditional ceremonies of North-East Arnhem Land and combine breathtaking song and dance. CULTURAL WORKSHOPS: Designed to give attendees an experience of some unique Yolgnu cultural practices, these workshops are run by local Yolgnu hosts. Attendees can participate in workshops on a wide range of subjects including cultural education, traditional bush medicine, pandanus basket weaving and spear making. LIVE MUSICAL PERFORMANCES: They provide the entertainment each evening. The list of performers is announced by June of each year. GAPAN GALLERY: Works by highly respected Arnhem Land Yolgnu artists are exhibited in an open-air gallery in a grove of stringy bark trees. WHERE: Gulkula site, 30 minutes from Nhulunbuy on the Central Arnhem Hwy. Airnorth runs direct flights to Nhulunbuy from Darwin and Cairns. A shuttle service is provided from Nhulunbuy airport to the Gulkula site. Alternatively, hire car companies operate in Darwin and Nhulunbuy, including: Manny’s Car Rentals: 08 89872300; Gove Rentals: 08 8987 1700; and Nhulunbuy Ute Hire: 08 89872872. WHEN: Annually in August PERMITS: The official Garma ticket becomes the permit to enter the traditional Yolgnu lands of the Gulkula site and the township of Nhulunbuy. In buying

WELCOME_TO_COUNTRY_Part2_1pp.indd 80-81

Northern Territory

a ticket, all guests are permitted to enter these lands and no further permit application is required. However, permits are required for any side trips and are strictly regulated. These must be applied for separately. COST: Adult: $1815; student or child: $1056. Tickets cover an all-inclusive package deal. For registered guests, airport shuttles, camping (with assembled tent, sleeping bag and air mattress), and all meals are provided, as well as access to basic tea and coffee making facilities. CONTACT: Yothu Yindi Foundation, 08 8945 5055 www.yyf.com.au

Mahbilil Festival The Mahbilil Festival celebrates the rich culture and community of Kakadu. Mahbilil is the name of the cooling afternoon breeze that occurs in Kakadu’s Gurrung season. This is a time of regeneration and hence a perfect time to celebrate. Running from midday to midnight, the festival includes various activities, children’s workshops, Indigenous art exhibitions, weaving and painting demonstrations, traditional dance performances, and much more. When the sun sets, the festival becomes a buzz of activity, with spectacular lightshows and a diverse program of music and dance. Food is a prominent feature of the festival, with bush food, such as buffalo, barramundi and the specialty of the region, magpie goose, which is cooked in large earth ovens for guests to sample. There is even a magpie goose cook-off. Jabiru, 300 km from Darwin along the sealed Arnhem Hwy. The town of Jabiru is the gateway to Kakadu. It is a fantastic base from which to explore the wonders of Kakadu National Park. There is a supermarket and other essential shops to stock up for camping trips. WHEN: Annually in late August to early September. CONTACT: info@mahbililfestival.com www.mahbililfestival.com WHERE:

MUSIC National Indigenous Music Awards (NIMAs) The NIMAs are a platform for the rich musical talent of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people from around Australia. They are a special celebration, and showcase up-andcoming artists alongside those who are internationally acclaimed, such as Archie Roach, Jessica Mauboy, Yothu Yindi and the late Gurrumul. The NIMAS have been running for twelve years and are held annually in the beautiful George Darwin Botanic Gardens Amphitheatre beneath the stars. The night’s electric atmosphere attracts audiences from all around Australia, and it is a must-see event for music lovers of all ages and cultures. WHEN: Early August. The NIMAs normally coincide with the beginning of the Darwin Festival. This is the Dry season in Darwin. Evening temperatures are beautiful and cool and can drop to around 20°C. COST: For ticket prices and other information, visit the NIMA website. www.nima.musicnt.com.au

Above: Lorem dolor sit amet cons ectetur adipiscing elitsed do eiusmod tempor Below: Lorem dolor sit amet cons ectetur adipiscing elitsed do eiusmod tempor

SPORT Tiwi Islands Football Grand Final and Art Sale This unique sporting and cultural event attracts thousands of locals and tourists to Bathurst Island each year. The passion for football engulfs the entire community of the Tiwi Islands and the grand final is the highlight of the season. The day has moved beyond the football match alone and has become a celebration of Tiwi Islands’ culture. The Jilamara Arts and Crafts Association is joined by smaller art centres from other communities

21/12/17 12:56 pm

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Hanoi Pocket Precincts A Pocket Guide to the City's Best Cultural Hangouts, Shops, Bars and Eateries Juliette Elfick

DRAF T

C OV E R

Hanoi is a picturesque mix of the old and the new, with the fading grandeur of its French colonial history juxtaposed against modern architecture. It’s a city where the peaceful music of early-morning tai chi is quickly drowned out by the rush of noisy mopeds; where old-style food vendors sit alongside high-end boutiques and shopping malls; and where a growing restaurant and bar scene mixes traditional Vietnamese cooking with influences from around the world. Hanoi Pocket Precincts is your curated guide to the city’s best cultural, shopping, eating and drinking experiences. As well as detailed reviews and maps for major attractions through to hidden gems, this guide includes a selection of 'field trips' encouraging you to venture outside the city to Halong Bay, Sapa and Bat Trang. Slip this guide into your pocket and head off on an adventure, experiencing the coolest places in Hanoi and surrounds like a local.

Author Details Writer and editor Juliette Elfick lived and worked in Hanoi from 2010 to 2013, and has since become a regular visitor. While living in Hanoi, Juliette wrote food and travel articles for local and international publications. An article she wrote for The Telegraph (UK) about the city's bus system is now showcased on Hanoi's official public transport website. Juliette also worked for the Communications department of the United Nations in Hanoi, giving her a unique understanding of the city and an opportunity to understand Vietnamese culture from the locals' perspective. Her love of bun cha (a classic Hanoi dish of grilled pork and noodles) took her all over the city in search of the best version of this local street food, and along the way she discovered much, much more.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781741175530

Publisher

Explore Australia

Imprint

General

Key Information

Series

Pocket Precincts

• •

Category

Travel

Format

182 x 130 mm

•

Extent

200pp

Illustrations

Colour illustrations throughout

• •

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

Lightweight and small-format paperback, perfect for travelling. Divided into separate precincts, each featuring the author's picks of the best cultural, shopping, eating and drinking places, as well as a few field trips outside the city to Halong Bay, Sapa and Bat Trang. Attractive design and full-colour photos. Lively and detailed descriptions to help first-time visitors to Hanoi, but also offers insights for seasoned travellers. Includes maps at the back of the book that pinpoint all of the places featured. 8 copy pack with counter unit available at 50% off: GTIN: 9349685009030. Media coverage in travel press, digital book trailer rolled out on social media on release, targeted social media posts. digital book trailer rolled out on social media on release, targeted social media posts

INTRODUCTION It’s 6am in Hanoi and the gentle morning light bathes the city. Its habitants are socialising, exercising and relaxing before the roar of motorbikes and beeping of horns take over. The parks, the roads around the lakes and the houses that open into the streets are filled with life, the pho pots full of bones and spices are put on to simmer, and fresh food and flowers are being delivered to the markets. This is the time of day to grab your camera and try to capture something of this most photogenic of cities. Vietnamese people value aesthetics and will add beauty wherever they can. Sure there’s gorgeous architecture, but there are smaller joys in the patterned paving stones, public fences, floral inlays… just look all around you. But a camera won’t capture everything there is to love about Hanoi. There’s dymamic street life to join in with, the amazing tastes and smells of street food like bun cha, with its seductive sweetly smoky charcoal aroma, to enjoy – and as you learn more about the history of the place, you’ll admire the spirit and resilience of the people who have faced multiple invasions by foreign empires. The younger generation, the beneficiaries of a more open and successful economy in recent years, have travelled and brought back ideas that have re-energised their arts and cultural scenes, while maintaining a strong sense of Vietnamese pride. Life moves at an incredible pace here, which is why it’s worth rising early, like the locals, not just to photograph but to enjoy a very different Hanoi – join in the public meandering or exercise, or in meditation sessions in public spaces, or just sitting and catching up over a green tea. You’ll be prepared to get out in the fray and enjoy your day! Juliette Elfick

SOUTH OF HOAN KIEM

12 BINH MINH’S JAZZ CLUB 1 Trang Tien 3933 6555 www.minhjazzvietnam.com Open Mon–Sun 9pm–late [MAP 1 G4]

If the constant Hanoi soundtrack of earsplitting techno is getting to you, come and be soothed by a bit of classy jazz at Binh Minh’s Jazz Club. Run by eminent Hanoi musician and teacher Quyen Van Minh, who fell in love with jazz on American and BBC radio in his youth, the club is the centre of Hanoi’s jazz scene. Jazz starts at 9pm and the club features open-mic nights and all styles of jazz. If you’re lucky Minh will be playing saxophone with his band. Binh’s is situated behind the Hanoi Opera House – find it by walking down the lane between the opera house and Highlands Coffee – in a quiet little bit of Trang Tien.

SOUTH OF HOAN KIEM

13 TADIOTO 24B Tong Dan Street 6680 9124 Open Sun–Wed 8am–11.45pm, Fri–Sat 8am–2am [MAP 1 G4]

Tadioto (tadiototongdan on Facebook) is a bit of a hub in Hanoi’s alternative arts scene – largely due to the presence of its owner, artist, journalist and raconteur Nguyen Qui Duc. It was established as an alternative arts space and bar in 2007 and has since moved around a bit, its crowd of bohemian regulars always going with it. This incarnation of Tadioto is beautifully decorated in rich dark tones so beloved by Vietnamese. The bar is filled with objects that Duc himself chooses and includes some of his artwork. Live jazz sometimes plays, adding to the gentle boho ambience. Its current location is just near the Hanoi Opera House, round the corner from Duc’s other enterprise, Japanese noodle bar MotoSan Uber Noodles, which has great noodles and banh mi.

TONG DUY TAN Close to Hanoi’s train station, pedestrianised Tong Duy Tan has long been known as ‘Food Street’, a place you can come night or day and get a meal or a drink. It’s an area that seems to go in and out of fashion, but right now it’s hot, as evidenced by recent openings, including Ne by Hanoi’s superstar bartender Pham Tien Tiep, elegant café/artisan shop/ event space Vui Studio, 24-hour café/bar/ co-working space Xofa and cute indie paper shop Zo Project. Ngo Cam Chi, which bisects Tong Duy Tan is also worth checking out when you’re cruising around for a meal.

SH 1. Z OPPING o 2. B Project o 3. V Sua ui Stud io EATIN G&D 4. X RINKIN o G 5. H fa Café a 6. R noi Social C ay Qu lu b an 7. Ne

When deciding on where to eat it helps if you know a few Vietnamese food terms – the names of the eateries will often be the food they are showcasing. Try snails at Bun Oc Cham (5 Tong Duy Tan), Hanoi-style chicken with rice at Com Dao Ga Rang (1 Tong Duy Tan), or look at the menus with photos and go with the age-old adage of trying a restaurant where you see a lot of locals eating. One specialty restaurant is Quan Cay Si restaurant (29 Tong Duy Tan), which serves up the famous medicinal black-skinned chicken soup, chicken cooked in a can with Chinese herbs. Try Ngon Villa (10 Tong Duy Tan) for a more upmarket Vietnamese meal.

BA DINH – TRUC BACH

3 54 TRADITIONS 30 Hang Bun 3715 1569 www.54traditions.vn Open Mon–Sun 8am–6pm [MAP 2 D1]

Walk into the dark, front room of 54 Traditions, and it’s so packed with ancient treasures you’ll almost believe you’re in a kids adventure movie, about to discover a magical amulet. Each carefully selected piece in this incredible museum/shop has a story to it, and it’s pretty easy to let your imagination go wild – particularly in the shamanic room, which contains religious robes and ceremonial artefacts used in rituals. Owner Nhung or one of her knowledgeable staff will take you on a tour of the five floors of artefacts, textiles and art from the 54 ethnic groups around the country. It’s easy to forget you’re in a shop, as the work is presented as if it’s in a museum, and the easy-going staff are more like tour guides, with little pressure to buy. The history and craftsmanship on display is incredible, and many international museums purchase from this collection. While 54 Traditions caters for serious collectors  of ethnic minority art, it also has prints and knick-knacks, and is worth a visit for that special piece you might want to splurge on. 98

BA DINH – TRUC BACH

4 DUYEN’S LONG BIEN MARKET TOUR 01687 941737 www.chefduyen.com Tours Mon–Sun 5.30am [MAP 2 D1]

The vibrant colourful tropical fruit and vegetables sold at Long Bien Market are a photographer’s dream; the textures and colours of Asia are all here. This is Hanoi’s central wholesale market, supplying fresh produce to the city’s restaurants and hotels. It’s also a particularly chaotic, busy and confusing place, which is why it’s a good idea to take this tour with Chef Duyen, a Hanoi chef who knows the vendors, the produce and how to cook it better than anyone. Duyen is an experienced and watchful guide, gently pulling a photographer out of the way of a passing motorbike without missing a beat of her explanations of various produce, negotiating with a tofu-making family to let her clients photograph them at work, and translating queries. The tour begins at around 5:30am, just before the vendors pack up, and costs around US$55. Afterwards Duyen will take you to sample some local dishes and to one of her favourite noodle joints for a well-earned breakfast and coffee. She also gives tours of the spice section of Dong Xuan market. 99

BAT TRANG

What used to be a trip out to a town in the countryside is now a 30-minute drive to suburban Hanoi, thanks to the city’s rapid expansion; the village is surrounded by just enough rural land that it can still be called the countryside. To get there, hire a taxi or take bus 47 from Long Bien, then get a taxi back with your shopping. The main street of Bat Trang is lined with pottery shops and there is also a large pottery market off to one side. After seeing shop after shop stacked high with pottery and a few factories, the pottery becomes strangely fascinating and you become an expert in identifying different styles and materials – delicate Japanese tea sets, big chunky blue and white Chinese vases, modern functional Western-style dinner sets, terracotta tiles and more. It’s good to shop around a bit before buying, but try to make a few purchases before it becomes all too much and you have to go! Staff at the main shops are adept at wrapping your purchases for transport and the woven hemp bags they put each purchase in are a lovely bonus. If it does feel a bit claustrophobic and overwhelming, take a stroll off the main street to see a bit of normal Vietnamese life, with some little laneways of houses, and fields with buffalo grazing.

156

The trip out here is not just about shopping; it’s also interesting to see the workshops where they make the pottery, and the staff don’t seem to mind you watching as long as you stay at a respectful distance. It’s quite mesmerising to watch the concentration as a young man delicately brushpaints classic white glazed vases with blue dragons and other symbols from Chinese mythology, while next to him a colleague paints cherry blossoms onto a Japanese teapot. Turn left from the main street and there are workshops for kids, or anyone really, with plain pieces of pottery ready to be painted and fired. Further up, Bat Trang Pagoda is a beautiful place to visit. One good way to see Bat Trang is to find a combined tour to the Van Phuc silk village (either online or through one of the agents on Hang Be) – you get to sit in an air-conditioned bus to both villages, have a tour guide show you around and help you barter, and leave your purchases on the bus while your guide takes you to a local restaurant for lunch (finding a restaurant without a guide to order in Bat Trang is hard, so it’s worth eating before you go).

157

DA HÀNG SỨ QUÁN

SỨ

HOÀNG

PH Ù N G

TỔ

PHỐ

QUÁ N

HÃN

NGUYÊN

LÊ

COLLECTIVE MEMORYTHE HOUSE OF CURIOS

THÁ

VAN YEN ART CAFÉ

TỔ

Tháp Rùa (Turtle Tower)

LÊ

THI

TRẦN

THÁ

Hồ Hoàn Kiếm

ỐN

CHU

TRÀ

LÝ THÁI TỔ

TR APRICOT HOTEL

NHÀ

TRẦN HƯNG ĐẠO

LÝ

HOÀN KIẾM

Lotus Water Puppet Centre

Vườn Hoa Hàng Trống

SŨ

PHỐ

NG HÀ

CAFÉ RUNAM

HANOI SMILE

Ổ HÁI T LÊ T

IPA-NIMA

CINNAMON HOTEL

CHULA

SHOE STREET

HANOI SMILE

PHỐ

THI

LÒ

HÀNG TRỐNG

SƯ

100 m

ỐN

ỐC

Amorita Boutique Hotel

ÁN

ẢO

NAGU

PORTE D'ANNAM

Boss Legend Hotel

HUC BRIDGE (CẦU THÊ HÚC)

MAY

PASTEUR STREET BREWING

HÀ

(Đền Ngọc Sơn)

DOÃN

174

TIRED CITY

ÙN

RE G T

ST JOSEPH'S CATHEDRAL

NGOC SON TEMPLE

DẦU

HÀ

BANH CUON BA HANH

SŨ

LÒ

TSNOW BOUTIQUE

MAD BOTANIST– THE GIN SPECIALIST

PHỦ

TRÀ

LE PETIT BRUXELLES

THANG LONG WATER PUPPETS

HÀ

(Nhà Thờ Lớn)

HÀNG BÔNG

HÀ

The Palmy Hotel & Spa

YỆ

Õ NG

PHỐ ĐINH TIÊN HOÀ NG

Hanoi Golden Moon Hotel

HANOI LA BELLE SPA

HÀNG

Ố

GỖ

GINKGO

LÝ

VŨ

JOMA CAFÉ

PIZZA 4P’S

DOÃN

HỘ

Ủ

N HÀ

CẦ

ÂN

G ÔN

HANOI SOCIAL CLUB

HÒ

ÀN

TRU

HÀ

Golden Silk Boutique Hotel

LOADING T

BÔ

MADAME HIEN

CẦU

BẠC

TAN MY DESIGN

HÀ

Golden Cyclo Hotel HÀ

MÀ

COM QUE DINH LIET HÀNG GINKGO

CAFE PHO CO

Golden Sun Suites Hotel

ỜN

ẠM

Tung Trang Hotel

ĐƯ

Rising Dragon Estate Hotel

NG HÀ

ỄN

Thu Giang Guesthouse

Nhà Hát Tuồng Việt Nam (Vietnam Tuong Theatre)

TỐ

VĂN

NG HÀ

Hanoi Charming Hotel

G ÀN

HÀ N

Hanoi Trendy Hotel & Spa

CỬA ĐÔNG

ẠT

HÀNG GAI

NÓN

TIÊN

HÀNG

ĐINH

TRANQUIL BOOKS AND COFFEE

BÈ

HÀNG

HƯNG

LAI

LY THAI TO PARK AND SQUARE

Lý Thái Tổ Monument PHỐ

LÊ

THẠCH

TRÀNG TIỀN

175

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

HANOI GTIN: 9349685009030

DRAF T

C OV E R

8 copy pack with 50% discount

AU RRP: $159.92 With discount: $79.96 NZ RRP: $183.92 With discount: $91.96

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781741175547

ISBN

9781741175172

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

50 Queer Music Icons Who Changed the World A celebration of LGBTQ+ Legends Will Larnach-Jones A stylishly presented celebration of the world's best-loved queer musicians. Featuring beautifully illustrated portraits and profiles, 50 Queer Musicians Who Changed the World is a tribute to queer ground breakers who changed the face of music and popular culture. LGBTQ+ musicians have been pushing for change since the 1920s, with singers such as Bessie Smith crooning about same-sex liaisons almost 100 years ago – long before Frankie Goes to Hollywood were telling everyone to ‘Relax’. This book is a celebration of artists who became icons, and broke new ground through song. From legendary figures such as Freddie Mercury, Little Richard and George Michael, to bands like Bronski Beat, The Scissor Sisters, The XX and The Pet Shop Boys, and more contemporary figures including Frank Ocean, Beth Ditto and Rufus Wainwright, these are the people who made an unforgettable impact. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781784881504

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Gift

Format

185 x 135 mm

Extent

112pp

Illustrations

4 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Elegantly illustrated and packaged, these stories make for utterly inspirational reading.

Author Details Will Larnach-Jones has worked in music for 20 years – wearing many hats throughout that time – manager, publicist, agent, A&R, music programmer, marketing ‘guru’ and erstwhile (rubbish) DJ. Along the way he’s worked with many bands from every corner of the world. He writes music, fashion and culture pieces for the likes of Nataal.com and writing work for clients such as Toni & Guy, 3INA Make-Up and Sony Music.

Key Information • •

An entertaining and informative guide to the best queer musicians of all time. With beautifully illustrated portraits of all the musicians featured, this book makes the perfect gift for any musicians in your life.

CO NTE NTS A L I S O N G O L D F R A P P XXX B OY G E O R G E XXX M A R A I N E Y XXX W E N DY & L I SA XXX B E T T E M I D L E R XXX k . d . l a n g XXX J Ã&#x201C; N S I XXX CY N D I L A U P E R XXX H O L LY J O H N S O N XXX P E T S H O P B OYS XXX

L A DY GAGA XXX L I B E R AC E XXX J I M M Y S O M E RV I L L E XXX P E AC H E S XXX W I L L I E M A E T H O R N TO N XXX

P R I N C E XXX B E T H D I T TO XXX L I N DA P E RRY XXX

W H I T N E Y H O U S TO N XXX SY LV E S T E R XXX T H E X X XXX M I C H A E L S T I P E XXX F R A N K O C E A N XXX M Y K K I B L A N CO XXX J A N I S J O P L I N XXX P E T E B U R N S XXX A N N I E L E N N OX XXX

T H E B - 5 2 S XXX TO M R O B I N S O N XXX M O RR I S S E Y XXX T R ACY C H A M PA N XXX V I L L AG E P E O P L E XXX A N O N H I XXX T R OY E S I VA N XXX L I T T L E R I C H A R D XXX

F R E D D I E M E R C U RY XXX J O B R I AT H XXX C H E R XXX J O H N G R A N T XXX A N DY B E L L XXX D I A N A R O S S XXX F R A N K I E K N U C K L E S XXX J OA N A R M AT R A D I N G XXX G E O R G E M I C H A E L XXX DAV I D B OW I E XXX E LTO N J O H N XXX J A N E WAY N E CO U N T Y XXX

R O B H A L F O R D XXX R U F U S WA I N W R I G H T XXX I N D I G O G I R L S XXX

TO VI EWE RS CU LTU R E CLU B ’S TO P O F TH E PO PS S I N G LE ‘ DO YOU REALLY WANT TO H U RT M E ’ ( 1982 ) WAS AN OVE RN IGHT SUCCESS. S I N G E R BOY G E O RG E ’S G ET U P STI RR E D A WOW AN D F LUTTE R N OT S E E N S I N CE H I S I DO L BOWI E ’S ‘ STAR MAN ’ PE R FO R MAN CE A D E CAD E EAR LI E R . TH E N EXT DAY, PLAYG RO U N DS AN D WO R KS ITE S WE R E AB LAZ E WITH CO N STE R NATI O N : WH O WAS TH I S EXTR AO R D I NARY CR EATU R E? Boy George (born George Alan O'Dowd, 14 June 1961) had, in fact, been working towards this moment all his life. Hailing from the quotidian doldrums of London’s deepest suburbia, George’s fan-boy days following Bowie had propelled him on a musical path, leading to punk, and the expression and play of the New Romantic scene. As Blitz Club ‘ace face’ George wanted to to be ‘someone’. Around him, other club regulars were having their moments in the sun, bothering the pop charts as one hit wonders (Visage) or stadium fillers (Spandau Ballet). A creative dalliance with Sex Pistol’s manager Malcolm McLaren and punk pop upstarts Bow Wow Wow short circuited as soon as it began. George’s own Culture Club eventually signed a deal. It was the last minute Top of The Pops slots that shot George into the public domain, an enduring fascination with his uber-ribboned hair and kabuki like make-up. To his fans – largely tweeny schoolgirls and the odd housewife - George was safe as a plushy toy. A slew of pastel hued hits, more soft rock than the abrasive sounds of his teenage years, amassed, but as Culture Club collected Brits, Grammys and millions of sales George was imploding. George crashed and burned - hounded and vilified in the UK’s tabloid press for his heroin addiction. He emerged on the other side, topping the charts with a solo outing, the reggae-light of ‘Everything I Own’ (1987), relieved from the confines of his Culture Club, an unapologetic right-on sister, 100% queer and outspoken. The Acid House explosion of the late 80s agreed with him, informing his gay protest track ‘No Clause 28’ (1988). George’s had his ups and downs with the law and tabloids, outwitting and in many

B OY G E O RG E

F RO M ALB E RTA , WAY O UT I N CANADA’S WE ST, k.d . l a n g ( B . K ATH RY N DAWN LAN G N OVE M B E R 2 , 1961 ) STARTE D H E R CAR E E R O N TH E PU N KSY F R I N G E S O F TH E CO U NTRY ’S ALTCO U NTRY SCE N E . Love of country chanteuse Patsy Cline inspired k.d. to form a tribute band, The Reclines, their performances branching out to take in performance art, k.d. was, at the helm, sporting a spiky gel bonce, cowgirl outfits made from her mother’s curtains, adorned with toy figurines. While The Reclines was fun and games, this handsome prairie flower possessed a voice as smooth as a pebble lake. Their debut ‘A Truly Western Experience’ made a dent in her home country, and after a couple of albums Stateside, a duet performance of ‘Crying’ at the behest of Roy Orbison scored them both a Grammy. Seymour Stein, he who discovered ‘her Madgesty’ Madonna, signed k.d. to Sire. Her country roots were ironed out for ‘Ingenue’, a smoky foray into languid Adult Contemporary territory. With ‘Constant Craving’ constantly (ahem) on radio, she scored a bonafide hit single and album, and a second Grammy. Her sartorial countenance ranged from gender neutral pieces to positively Oscar Wilde-ian for the cover of her album ‘Drag’. k.d graced the cover of Vanity Fair, soaped up in the barber’s chair, on the receiving a razor shave from supermodel du jour Cindy Crawford. Entering celebrity status k.d. turned to acting, including queer classic Salmonberries (1991), and Ellen’s now infamous coming-out episode (1997). Her fame was a soapbox to champion LGBT rights and animal welfare. k.d.’s duets album with legendary crooner Tony Bennett ‘A Wonderful World’ scored another Grammy. After a quieter spell lang re-emerged in 2016, joining forces with Neko Case and Laura Viers for ‘case/lang/viers’ – a wondrous alt-rock album, their registers and tones dancing high and flying low like swallows before Summer rain.

k. d . l a n g

WH I LE H E R WI LF U LLY WAY WAR D FAS H I O N S , A S LEW O F E F F E RVE SCE NT H ITS , H E R B ETTY BOO VIA Q U E E N S ACCE NT AR E ALR EADY LE G E N DARY, CY N D I LAU PE R ’S ( B . CY NTH IA AN N STE PHAN I E LAU PE R J U N E 22 , 1953 ) TI R E LE SS CAM PAI G N I N G FO R LG BT R I G HTS AN D HAN DS - O N S U PPO RT FO R TH E CO M M U N ITY R AN K H E R H I G H I N TH E I CO N E CH E LO N S .

CY N D I L AU P E R

First becoming involved in gay rights advocacy because of her passion for equality and because her sister Ellen is a lesbian, Cyndi’s commercial success has been a springboard from which she’s carried out tireless charity work and promoted LGBT rights. Her playfulness self-expression and inclusive spirit struck a chord with gay fans since the opening bounce of ‘Girls Just Wanna Have Fun’ (1983). The spare ‘True Colours’, resonated deeper again, its healing words of of gentle encouragement touching many during the hardest years of the AIDS crisis. The het up ‘She Bop’ (1984) was a pop paean to getting off, the only chart smash to namecheck gay porn in its lyrics. ‘Above The Clouds’ (2005) was a tribute to gay youth Matthew Shepard, whose murder raised awareness around hate crime legislation in the US. Cyndi’s vocal delivery is wonderous. From the open highway melancholy and the sustained long note of ‘I Drove All Night’ (1984) to the yearning ‘Time After Time’ (1984), where she gently slips away from the microphone, her mantra of the song’s title fading away like a vapour trail into the ether. Her tours have promoted messages of understanding and tolerance, bringing together the best LGBT musicians and allies, and raising funds for the Human Rights Campaign. Other campaigns have called upon straight supporters to get involved in LGBT rights, to setting up The True Colors Residence in Harlem in support of LGBT homelessness.

★★ Q U E E R I CO N ★★

IT S E E M E D LI KE DAVI D BOWI E WAS A LI G HT THAT WO U LD N EVE R GO O UT. The surprise release of this last album, Blackstar, (2016) and his death two days later, felt cataclysmically shocking, like an artfully planned

DAV I D B OW I E

farewell. From Ziggy Stardust’s give-me-your-hands farewell of Rock ‘N’ Roll Suicide (1972) of some forty-odd years earlier, David had gripped fans in a tight bond like no other, all the way through until the end. As alter-ego Ziggy Stardust for ‘The Rise and Fall of Ziggy Stardust and the Spiders from Mars’ (1972) Bowie had rebirthed from ‘kinda interesting’ to alien androgyne, with a flash of red hair, a look and persona that flipped rock star masculinity on its head and blew people’s minds. “I’m gay” he told Melody Maker Maker “and always have been”. In his performance of ‘Starman’ (1972) on Top of The Pops, Bowie draped his arm over guitarist Mick Ronson’s frame, locking eyes and in turn unlocking the minds of millions of captive viewers. Some were scandalised (a man touching a man? Perish the thought!), but for other thousands of others – disenfranchised youth – gay, straight or otherwise, a message beamed from the TV screen and into their hearts: “you are OK”. Bowie was an instigator of ‘other’. Married with child but told the press he was gay. Used the parlance of gay vernacular to colour his own songs (‘The Jean Genie’, ‘Queen Bitch’) and to touch some of the best work of others (his production of Lou Reed’s fairytale of Warhol’s Factory ‘Walk On The Wild Side’). The sassy coquette of ‘John, I’m Only Dancing’ was so outré risque that his US didn’t release it until it was a four year old, in 1976. His wham, bam, thank you glam zinged up the UK’s glam rockers to get razzy with glitter and boas. The video for ‘DJ’ saw him beleaguered by fans, kissed full on the mouth by a male passerby. ‘Boys Keep Swinging’ was an array of Davids in drag of all ages. And ‘Ashes to Ashes’ was David as fairy godfather, ordaining the soon to be New Romantic heroes of the 80s to pass through pop’s hallowed halls with his blessing. The door swung both ways. The ‘gay’ tag served David well, as it in turn, served his fans. Blurring lines, in music, art and in life, his sexual ambiguity planted seeds in popular culture from which a million fabulous children would grow.

★★ Q U E E R I CO N ★★

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781784881344

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Infused Booze Over 60 Batched Spirits and Liqueurs to Make at Home Kathy Kordalis An easy-to-follow manual on how to make an exciting variety of infused drinks. In Infused Booze, Kathy Kordalis teaches you how to enhance your cocktails and brighten up any home bar.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$26.99

ISBN

9781784881528

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

It's so simple to infuse your own spirits – all that's required is a glass bottle, your spirit of choice and a little imagination and time. Savour the decadent Cherry Gin, or take summer refreshments to the next level with Lime and Lemongrass Gin. Make your own Liquorice Whiskey for the perfect digestif or spice up your parties with Jalapeño Vodka. Most infusions take just 10 minutes to prepare and are ready to drink in just three days. Best of all, Kathy has included a bespoke cocktail for each recipe, to make sure you get the most out of your flavoured booze. With a flavoured beverage to suit any occasion, Infused Booze is full of ideas to boost your spirits.

Key Information • Over 60 recipes to infuse all kinds of spirits and make your own liqueurs. • Infusion is a key food trend. • Far simpler than cocktails, infused spirits are just as delicious and a cheat's way to impress at a party. • Pickling for alcohol lovers!

CONTENTS

00 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

00 CHAPTER 6 FLOR AL AND GR ASSY

00 CHAPTER 2 C OV ER YOU R BA SE S

00 CHAPTER 7 HERBAL AND PINEY

00 CHAPTER 3 A L L A B O U T F L AV O U R

00 CHAPTER 8 S W E E T, N U T T Y AND ROOT Y

00 CHAPTER 4 TECHNICALITIES 00 CHAPTER 5 C I T R U S , F L E S H Y F R U I T, FR ESH FRU IT AND R ED FRU IT

00 CHAPTER 9 SPIC Y A N D H E AT 00 CH AP T ER 10 SY RU PS, SHRU BS AND F L AV O U R E D F I Z Z

CHAPTER 5

CITRUS, F L E S H Y F R U I T, FR ESH FRU IT AND R ED FRU IT

CITRUS M AR M AL â&#x20AC;&#x201C; ADE

Makes 700ml Takes 10 mins plus approx 1 month infusing Ingredients 1 orange, sliced into rounds 2 clementines, sliced into rounds 600ml unflavoured vodka 100ml red vermouth, 1 tspn orange blossom water

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Aliquam eleifend, ante condimentum molestie pulvinar, lorem mi posuere purus, vel condimentum justo orci eget nibh. Donec tincidunt justo metus. Fusce tortor felis, facilisis quis ultricies in, dapibus nec massa. Nullam non leo eu sapien pulvinar placerat quis vitae erat. Put the orange and clementine sliced in a 1ltr jar or bottle and pour over the vodka and vermouth. Seal the jar tightly and store in a cool, dark place for 4 weeks, gently shaking the jar occasionally to help infuse the orange flavors, until the color has deepened. After 4 weeks, add the orange blossom and store for a further 3 days until the vodka has absorbed the flavor. Strain the vodka through a sieve into a large jug to discard all the fruit. Then strain either through a coffee filter or a muslin-lined sieve into 1 large or several smaller bottles or jars and seal.

C O C K TA I L S On the rocks with dried clementine garnish Topped with Prosecco and blossom flower garnish

lorem ipsum dolor: dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing, aliquam eleifend, ante condimentum molestie pulvinar lorem mi

Cocktail tip: For a lovely orange fizz, pour a single measure of infused orange and clementine vodka (25ml) into a champagne or cocktail glass and top with champagne or prosecco.

LIME AND LEMONGR ASS W H I T E RU M B ASE

Takes 10 mins plus approx 1 month infusing

Ingredients 3 lemongrass stalks, bruised 3 limes, sliced into rounds 700ml white rum

Put the lemongrass stalks and lime rounds in a 1ltr jar or bottle and pour over the rum. Seal the jar tightly and store in a cool, dark place for 4 weeks, gently shaking the jar occasionally to help infuse the flavours.

Makes 700ml

After 4 weeks, strain the vodka through a sieve into a large jug to discard all the fruit. Then strain either through a coffee filter or a muslin-lined sieve into 1 large or several smaller bottles or jars.

C O C K TA I L S Frozen honey, lime and lemongrass mojito â&#x20AC;&#x201C; bee pollen garnish Honey Syrup, mint, lemongrass & lime white rum with bee pollen rim â&#x20AC;&#x201C; gold leaf? Add ice cubes with frozen mint and berries to a jug and top with Soda water

lorem ipsum dolor: dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing, aliquam eleifend, ante condimentum molestie pulvinar lorem mi

PI NK GR APEFRU I T A N D HIBISCUS TEA GIN BASE Makes 700ml Takes 10 mins plus 2-4 days infusing Ingredients 2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 3 Hibiscus Tea bags 1 medium pink grapefruit, cut into wedges 700ml Gin

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. Aliquam eleifend, ante condimentum molestie pulvinar, lorem mi posuere purus, vel condimentum justo orci eget nibh. Donec tincidunt justo metus. Fusce tortor felis, facilisis quis ultricies in, dapibus nec massa. Nullam non leo eu sapien pulvinar placerat quis vitae erat. Put the hiniscus tea bags into a small saucepan with 100ml of the gin and gently heat to infuse. Once cooled place all into in a 1ltr jar or bottle and pour over the remaining gin and add the pink grapfruit. Seal the jar tightly and store in a cool, dark place for 3 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 4 days, gently shaking the jar occasionally to help infuse the flavours, until the gin is a deep pink colour. Strain the gin through a sieve into a large jug to discard all fruit and zest. Then strain either through a coffee filter or a muslin-lined sieve into 1 large or several smaller bottles or jars.

C O C K TA I L S In a cocktail shaker place pour a single measure of infused pink grapefruit and hibiscus tea gin into an ice-filled cocktail shaker with 1 tablespoon Dry vermouth. Shake to blend the flavours then strain into a chilled martini or cocktail glass and garnish with fresh pink grapefruit and a hibiscus flower. Gin Fiz â&#x20AC;&#x201C; topped with pink grapefruit juice, simple syrup and soda water in a tall glass.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Kricket An Indian-inspired Cookbook Will Bowlby An exciting and fresh approach to Indian cooking from one of London's hottest new restaurants/ In Kricket, Will Bowlby shares over 80 mouth-watering recipes, combining the essential spicing of Indian food with modern, seasonal ingredients.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$45.00

ISBN

9781784881580

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

248 x 190 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Drawing on inspiration from all over India – Goa, Bombay, Hyderabad – Will cleverly and expertly reinvents this classic and historic cuisine into accessible and elegant meals that are perfect for sharing with friends and family. Take the Smoked Haddock Kichri, a wholesome Indian rice dish updated for a modern palate; or the street food favourite Bhel Puri, kept simple but with a tangy twist. Discover new and exciting ways to marry classic Indian flavours with every day foods such as the creamy Crab Scotch Egg with Moilee Sauce or the spicy Goan Sausage Roll served with Pickled Red Onions and a tasty Curry Leaf Mayo. For a real flavour hit, try the incredibly simple Oysters In Coconut Cream topped with a refreshing Green Chilli Granita or for a real family feast make the Black Stone Flower Lamb Chops served with a smoky Burnt Onion Raita. With recipes for cocktails, breads, pickles and chutneys and an emphasis on high-quality ingredients, Kricket is truly a fresh, modern and exciting approach to Indian food.

Author Details Will Bowlby, head chef and co-founder of London restaurant Kricket, has brought a new vision to the UK’s Indian food scene. Shortlisted for Young British Foodies 'Chef of the year' category for two years in a row, Will started his culinary career at Le Café Anglais, working under the guidance of Rowley Leigh. Will was inspired to set up his own modern Indian restaurant, after a trip to India, and in 2015, along with friend Rik Cambell, he opened his first restaurant Kricket, with the aim to champion the rise of and redefine a new-wave approach to modern Indian food. Will has been awarded national chef of the year by the Asian curry awards and Kricket has quickly attained a cult following and support from diners and chefs alike, including Michel Roux Jr, Pierre Koffmann, Nuno Mendes and Anna Hanson.

Key Information • • • • •

Contemporary Indian-inspired dishes using British ingredients. Recipes are not long or complicated and cater for the modern home cook. Foreword by renowned, Michelin starred chef, Pierre Koffmann. Will Bowlby shortlisted as a YBF 2016 and 2017. Kricket was awarded A Bib Gourmand by The Michelin guide in 2017. Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

INTRODUCTION BREADS & SNACKS FISH MEAT VEGETABLES DESSERTS SIDES & CHUTNEYS DRINKS INDEX 8

124

158

178

220

248

BONE MARROW & CEP KULCHA The bone marrow flavour can be subtle in this dish, so be brave and apply the butter liberally to the bread so that you get the full taste.

Soak the bones in cold water with a small handful of salt, ideally overnight. Preheat the oven to 160°C (320°F/Gas 3). Drain the bones and place in a roasting pan. Roast for about 15 minutes until just browned. Keep an eye on the bones or the marrow will melt. Scoop out the bone marrow and measure the quantity. Place

M A K E S 1 0 F L AT B R E A D S 1 kg (2 lb 3 oz) beef marrow bone sea salt 250 g (9 oz/1 cup) unsalted butter, melted and cooled to room temperature 1 recipe quantity Kulcha Dough (see page xxx) plain (all-purpose) flour, for dusting a generous pinch of cep powder per portion (or 200g/7oz fresh ceps, very thinly sliced)

in a food processor and leave to cool to room temperature. Measure the butter and add at a ratio of 3:1 bone marrow to butter. Blitz until well blended. Roll out the dough on a lightly floured surface to about 15cm/6in. Place the flatbreads on a hot dry tawa or in a large frying pan and cook for 3–4 minutes on each side until puffed up and lightly browned. Remove from the tawa, brush generously with the bone marrow butter and sprinkle with the cep powder. If using fresh ceps, thinly slice on a mandolin and apply raw to the buttered kulcha. Season to taste with a little sea salt.

B R E A D S & SNAC K S

CHILLI, GARLIC & CHEESE KULCHA

LARDO KULCHA

Our version of a ‘cheesy garlic naan’, this bread that sums up Kricket perfectly, matching the ever-popular garlic naan, with the Indian flavour combination of green chillies and the cheesy acidity of this artisanal British hard cheese. If you can’t get Berkswell, you can try this with Parmesan or Pecorino.

Lardo is the cured back fat from a pig and is one of my favourite ingredients. Indian it may not be (far from, in fact) but it can be extremely versatile and if perfectly served on top-quality bread, as shown here, it provides a meatier, saltier alternative to butter. You will be able to buy lardo from a good local butcher.

Roll out the dough on a lightly floured surface to 15 cm/6 in circles. Place the flatbreads on a hot dry tawa or in a large frying pan and cook for 3–4 minutes on each side until puffed up and

lightly browned. Remove from the tawa, brush the bread generously with butter and sprinkle with the green chillies, garlic and grated cheese.

M A K E S 1 0 F L AT B R E A D S

Roll out the dough on a lightly floured surface to xxx circles.

M A K E S 1 0 F L AT B R E A D S

1 recipe quantity Kulcha Dough (see page xxx) plain (all-purpose) flour, for dusting 100 g (31/2 oz/generous 1/3 cup) unsalted butter, melted 4 green chillies, finely chopped 4 garlic cloves, finely chopped 200 g (7 oz) Berkswell cheese, grated

Place the flatbreads on a hot dry tawa or in a large frying

1 recipe quantity Kulcha Dough (see page xxx) plain (all-purpose) flour, for dusting 200 g (7 oz) lardo, as thinly sliced as possible

pan and cook for 3–4 minutes on each side until puffed up and lightly browned.

Remove from the tawa and place the sliced lardo onto the hot bread. The lardo will instantly melt over the bread as long as it is sliced thinly enough. There’s no need for further seasoning as the fat is well seasoned in its curing process.

B R E A D S & SNAC K S

FISH

Probably my favourite memory from my

sold on then and there or in the markets in

time in Bombay was my first visit to the fish

the city later that day. If you can get away

market in Sassoon Docks, the cityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest

from the strong smell of fish as you enter

fishing port. Its best visited between 4 and

the docks in the darkness, you will see an

6 in the morning, and itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a fantastic way to

ancient industry in its most basic form.

see the organisation and the labour it takes

Amongst the multi-coloured boat lights

to sustain a city and beyond on a massive

bobbing around the pier, it is a beautiful

variety of fish. Every morning, fishermen

sight, and one to be savoured and taken in.

return to the docks after being away for

Go in silence, enjoy a chai at the edge and

days, or even weeks at a time. They return

try not to get in the way of the fishermenâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

to their wives who organise the catch to be

wives. They stop for no one!

GOAN SAUSAGE ROLL WITH PICKLED RED ONION & CURRY LEAF MAYO We first served this dish as part of our brunch menu in Brixton, weeks after we opened, and it went down a storm. At the time, we sourced our Goan sausage from what was the only supplier in the UK down in nearby Croydon. Now we make our own, but you can use a soft chorizo in its place. You’ll find ingredients such as curry leaf powder, sev – a seasoned noodle snack – and frozen Malabar parathas in any good Indian grocery stores and some mainstream supermarkets.

We first served this dish as part of our brunch menu in Brixton, weeks after we opened, and it went down a storm. At the time, we sourced our Goan sausage from what was the only supplier in the UK down in nearby Croydon. Now we make our own, but you can use a soft chorizo in its place. You’ll find ingredients such as curry leaf powder, sev – a seasoned noodle snack – and frozen Malabar parathas in any good Indian grocery stores and some mainstream supermarkets.

S E RV E S 4 4 Goan sausages or soft chorizo vegetable oil, for frying 4 ready-made Malabar parathas 4 tablespoons Coriander Chutney (see page xxx) 5 teaspoons Chilli Garlic Mayonnaise (see page xxx) F O R T H E A C C O M PA N I M E N T S

200 ml (7 fl oz/scant 1 cup) Pickling Liquor (see page xxx) 100 g (31/2 oz) yellow mustard seeds 2 red onions, thinly sliced 50 g (2 oz) sev 80 g (3 oz) packet of fresh curry leaves, fried until crisp 50 g (2 oz) curry leaf powder, (optional) 4 tablespoons Curry Leaf Mayonnaise (see page xxx)

M E AT

KID GOAT RAAN Raan is a northern Indian style of cooking, equivalent to our Sunday lunch, Presented whole or – as we do in our restaurant – slow-cooked and shredded, it is rich and heavily spiced. If you can’t get goat, try it with lamb instead.

Rub the meat with the ginger and garlic paste, chilli powder and a pinch of salt and leave overnight to marinate. Preheat the oven to 200ºF (400ºF/Gas 6). Transfer the leg into a deep ovenproof pan, add the whole spices and vinegar, then pour in enough water to just cover

the meat. Cover the pan and cook in the oven for 30 minutes. Lower the oven temperature to 160ºC (325ºF/Gas 3) and cook for a further 4–5 hours until the meat is falling off the bone. Remove from the oven, take the meat out of the braising liquid and allow to cool enough so you can pick away the meat from the bone. Transfer the braising liquid to a pan and boil over a high heat until the consistency has thickened and the flavours intensified. At this point, strain the liquid into a separate pan, reduce the heat and add the cream, saffron and garam masala. Reduce for a further 5 minutes, adjust the seasoning to taste

S E RV E S 1 0 1 kid goat leg 4 tablespoons Ginger & Garlic Paste (see page xxx) 2 tablespoons Kashmiri red chilli powder sea salt 2 Indian bay leaves 3 star anise 1 teaspoon black peppercorns 1 teaspoon whole cloves 1 cinnamon stick 400 ml (14 fl oz/generous 11/2 cups) white distilled vinegar about 1.6 litres (56 fl oz/62/3 cups) cold water 500 ml (17 fl oz/2 cups) double (heavy) cream a generous pinch of saffron strands, soaked in a little warm water 3 tablespoons garam masala 1 bunch of fresh coriander, finely chopped 1 small pomegranate, halved and seeds scooped out

and set aside to cool. When you are ready to serve, heat a frying pan over a high heat and sear off the goat in small quantities to get a nice crispy exterior. Add the braising liquid to the pan and reduce over the goat until it coats it nicely. Remove from the pan, and serve garnished with chopped mint and pomegranate seeds.

M E AT

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Weave This Over 30 Fun Projects for the Modern Weaver Francesca Kletz and Brooke Dennis Over 30 eye-catching weaving projects to make at home. In Weave This, crafters Francesca Kletz and Brooke Dennis give this traditional craft a modern twist with over 30 innovative lap-loom weaving projects that can be easily achieved by anyone. Starting with essentials, learn how to dress your loom, choose the right yarn (including how to make your own) as well as the basic stitching techniques required to make a wide range of exciting projects.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$26.99

ISBN

9781784881474

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

247 x 198 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

From a striking Mondrian-inspired wall hanging to a beautiful and bold Moroccan patterned lampshade, each of these projects can be easily adapted to suit your own style and taste. Discover easy and clever ways up-cycle your old chairs, plant pots, jackets and bags with eclectic woven designs, as well as inspired ideas for making your own jewelry – the possibilities are endless. There are even tips on how to use up your scraps – nothing is wasted! Including helpful flat guides throughout, and handy insiders tips and tricks, Weave This will provide you with all the tools you need to bring out the modern crafter in you.

Author Details The London Loom is a weaving studio in Hackney in East London, founded by Brooke Dennis and Francesca Kletz. Brooke and Francesca’s aim is to build a community of people who love making things with their hands, promoting the therapeutic benefits of crafting. Their customers are encouraged to learn new, substantial craft skills, to create things that are a joy to make and that they want to keep. The London Loom hosts community workshops and smaller classes where adults and children work alongside each other, inspiring creativity from your neighbour no matter what age or joke-range. Ultimately it’s about sharing the good that everyone feels from learning new skills and making beautiful, tactile things. Brooke and Francesca also teach and host a range of alternative craft classes as well as their beginners weaving classes. It’s good, substantial and occasionally obnoxious fun. www.thelondonloom.com

Key Information

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

• • •

Loom and Japanese floor-loom weaving have been marked as key trends for 2018. It's easy to make your own loom from cardboard. 70s' craft techniques, like macramé and embroidery, are all making a comeback. Ultra contemporary aesthetic to all projects.

When the loom goes boom page 65

Pack my back page 100 Make a statement page 104 Easy weaver page 106 Hey gurl! page 108 Bag it page 110 Tassels and yarns page 112 Oh, this old thing? page 114

Loop my biscuits page 118 Always a lampshade, never a bride Decks and daiquiris page 122 The shade of it all page 126 Geometric cushion page 130 Puja mat page 132 Be my poi toy page 134 Ojo de Dios page 138 Step on it page 140

page 94

page 120

Where yo’ scraps at? page 142

Giant loom page 53 Make your own yarn! page 56 Lark’s head knot page 58 How to tassel page 60

page 28

Daydream beweaver page 84

Dress your loom! page 24 Very first row of plain weave page 26 Changing colours and cutting shapes Interlocking page 30 Curves! page 32 Soumak page 34 Rya knot page 36 Upside-down rya knot! page 38 Loop stitch page 40 Hem that stitch! page 42 Dark side of the loom page 44 Let’s get off page 46 Brooke’s tidy guide to finishing page 48

When I think about you, I weave myself page 117

Where to start page 8

A note on woven cloth page 11 Wool page 12 Yarns page 14 Tools, Tools, Tools page 17 Get your loom on page 18 Stashes and guides page 20

Weave this way page 22

page 7

Iloominati page 50

Oh hey!

For the love of neon page 86 A lark and a tassel page 88 Feeling ropey page 90 The ice dye giant page 92 Show me your (rya) knots Ombré 3000 page 96

You’re unbeweavable page 99

Contents

What did you call me? page 66 Nice art page 68 You’re a real blast... off page 70 A loom with a view page 72 Hey Sou! Let’s mak! page 74 Geometric lovers unite page 76 Space invader page 80 And that’s a wrap page 82

Bowl edition page 144 Birds nest edition page 146 Confetti edition page 147 Throw it at your mate page 148

Thank you page 151 The authors page 152 Index page 154 Imprint page 160

Where to start

Weave This

Yarns Cotton We use a 4-ply cotton for our warp for almost all of our tapestry projects. It comes in all the best colours and is super-strong. Linen Linen is made from linseed (or flax), which is another yarn that is delicious on the skin, so when you’re weaving away your fingers will thank you. Loopy mohair You can also refer to this yarn as bouclé, which is basically like using a Chanel suit to weave with – it doesn’t get much classier than that. Macramé cord Perfect for that much beloved 70s knotted art form, macramé. It’s also really handy for using as warp on bigger projects, like, oh, I don’t know, a deckchair (see page 122). The one we use is made of polyester.

Mohair Mohair comes from the Angora goat. It’s luxurious and hairy and creates such great texture. Roving Roving has many names, but we call it roving (partly because I like Brooke’s accent when she says it). Roving is just unspun wool. We could spend all day lying in heaps of it and we especially love it for soumak stitch (see page 34). Synthetic yarn OK, look, we don’t really like to use man-made fibres, but sometimes it can’t be helped, sometimes you can find synthetic yarns that are just really mental and great and super-neon. Manmade yarns include polyester, acrylic, nylon, metallic, rayon and acetate. Acrylic yarns make the best tassels and pom poms.

Wool Wool comes in so many forms. Go crazy with whatever you can find! It makes weaving glorious and doesn’t suck the moisture from your skin like synthetic yarns. Fancy yarns We shop for yarn whenever we get a chance. That’s our vice. That and watching Adventure Time, drinking bourbon and sitting very still under railway arches waiting for pedestrians to drop change. But fancy yarns? We love them the most of all. It can be a bit of a challenge to find really cool stuff and, after visiting Japan, OH MY DAYS did we feel like we’d died and gone to a really good yarn shop. Happy fancy-yarn hunting, people! If you find some good stuff, can you, like, tell us? Thanks.

What would a textile craft be without yarn? I mean, really? You can use whatever, but these are our favourites to work with. Yes, we know we haven’t included cashmere and silk. If you’d like to buy us some, you are welcome to send it to Brooke and Francesca at The London Loom.

Hem that

Oh hello, you complicated little something. You are complicated, but you’re also SO TIDY and, for that, we salute you. This is the best way to finish off the top and bottom of your work so that everything stays right where you want it, and it looks superprofessional too!

Weave this way

Weave This

Start with one or two rows of plain weave (see page 26), or make sure you finish your tapestry with a few rows of plain weave so your hemstitch has something to be worked into. You will need a length of yarn at least five times the width of your loom for this stitch. Pic 1.

We find it easier to work from right to left, so that’s what we’ve done here. Start with your needle at the front and bring it behind and around two warp threads and through to the front. Pic 2.

Bring your needle over the two warp threads to the right and insert it between two rows of plain weave sitting below. Pull your needle all the way through. Pic 3.

Repeat steps 2 and 3 along the top of your tapestry. Pics 4 & 5.

stitch!

To finish your row, make a loop around the last two warp threads and insert your needle into the loop and pull all the way through and tighten her up. Read the next page for what to do with that tail. Pic 6.

Make your

If you’re a textiles lover like us, then you’ll have heaps of leftover fabric scraps all over your house. If you don’t, can you come and take some of ours? I haven’t been able to find my boiler in years. This nifty little tutorial will show you how to make your own twine from strips of woven fabric. This yarn is really strong and resilient, so is great for projects that will get a fair amount of wear and tear.

Iloominati

Weave This

Rip your cotton into even strips (evenish, let’s not go too crazy) roughly 2 cm (3/4 in) wide and as long as the length of fabric.

Knot two cotton strips together – it helps if they are not the same length. We find that if you attach this knot to something sturdy you can get a better grip on your twine, so maybe tie it to a door handle or stair rail. Pic 1.

When about 2 cm (3/4 in) of the first strip is really twisted, twist it over the strip on the left and pass it into your left hand. Collect the second or left-hand strip with your right hand from underneath. Pic 3. 4.

To attach a new cloth strip, place it 3 cm (11/4 in) on top of the shortest strip. Roll the yarn onto itself and into a twist. Pics 7 & 8.

Now twist the second strip in your right hand, just like in step 3. Then twist it over into your left hand. Pics 4 & 5.

Start by twisting the strip on the right by rolling it clockwise in the fingertips of your right hand (we’re right-handed; if it’s easier for you to do this in opposite hands, do that!). Pic 2.

Keep going like this, swapping over the strips of twisted fabric until you reach the end of one of the strips of cotton (this is why it’s important they are slightly different lengths, as joining the strips at the same point will weaken the twine). Make sure you still have a few centimetres left at the end of this short strip. Pic 6.

Repeat steps 3–6, twisting and swapping, until you have as much yarn as you want. Tie a knot in the end. Pic 9.

own yarn!

Top Tip Lightweight to medium woven fabrics in natural fibres work best. Make a small cut in the selvedge for a perfect rip.

Iloominati

Weave This

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Change Your Mind 57 Ways to Unlock Your Creative Self Rod Judkins 57 tips on how to become more creative at work, at home and at play. Everyone wants to be more creative. Being creative makes life more fun and interesting. But many believe the common misconception that creativity is something you are born with and others can only envy. In Change Your Mind, Rod Judkins reveals that ‘creative’ people are no more creative than the rest of us. Rather, their gift is that they believe they are creative, and because of this, they are. Many of these people lack traditional artistic abilities (Francis Bacon couldn’t draw, so he didn’t; Andy Warhol couldn’t paint, so he didn’t) but that doesn’t stop them. This self-belief accounts for 90 per cent of their success. Creativity is a skill that everyone can learn and benefit from, whether you’re trying to start your own business, write music, come up with new ideas at work or just change your way of looking at the world. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781784881634

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

Series

No Series

Category

Self Help

Format

186 x 145 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Two-colour illlustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Follow theses 57 insider tips, which include nuggets of wisdom such as the importance of focus, why you should never wait for inspiration and how you should always turn a failure into success. With real-life insights into the minds of writers, artists and musicians, from Picasso to Paul McCartney, Change Your Mind will unlock the creative genius you always knew you were.

Author Details Rod Judkins is an artist and writer who lectures at the worlds most important creative hub, Central St Martins College of Art. He lectures in creative methods and processes. He is a figurative artist who trained at the Royal College of Art in London. He has had numerous one-man exhibitions and exhibited at Tate Britain, The National Portrait Gallery and Royal Academy. As an artist he encountered many creative thinkers in London's art world.

Key Information • • •

New edition of a bestselling title (originally published in 2013). The thinking person's New Year, New You book. Features lots of little-known facts about artists and other creatives, and demystifies the ‘creativity gene’.

Great artists, designers, musicians and writers are ... ordinary

extrao rdinary

1.YOU ARE WHAT YOU THINK YOU ARE

Creative people are not especially creative.

Creative people live creative lives because they think

My work in the creative industries has

of themselves as creative.

introduced me to many great writers, artists and musicians. I have seen that

When Picasso was three or

they do not contain a bigger bank of

four he was no more or less

creativity than anyone else.

creative than any other child. The difference was that he

The gift that creative people have is

never stopped thinking of

that they believe they are creative, and

himself as creative. He was

because they think they are creative,

encouraged by his artist

they are creative.

father to believe that he was.

Many of these people lack traditional

Whatever you think you are is

artistic abilities (Bacon couldn’t draw,

what you will be.

so he didn’t; Warhol couldn’t paint, so he didn’t) but that doesn’t stop them from

Successful creative people

thinking of themselves as creative.

like Beethoven, Picasso and Dickens always thought

The power of our minds is indisputable.

their work was great. Even

Drug addicts take placebos and feel no

when they were young and

withdrawal symptoms. Allergy sufferers

their work was in its infancy,

sneeze at plastic flowers.

they had belief in themselves that they were the best.

Hypnotised patients undergo surgery without anaesthesia. If the mind can

This self-belief accounts for

alter the physical body, it can certainly

90 per cent of the reason why

alter the way we perceive ourselves.

they became the best.

WE MUST HOLD

ENORMOUS FAITH IN OURSELVES. Giorgio de Chirico

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Pocket Frida Kahlo Wisdom Inspirational Quotes and Wise Words from a Legendary Icon Hardie Grant

C OV E R

An inspiring collection of some of the best-loved quotes from the legendary icon, Frida Kahlo.

DRAF T

Frida Kahlo is undoubtedly one of the most innovative and influential painters of the 20th century and is widely considered a style icon thanks to her eclectic taste and love for colour, print and hauls of jewellery. From a young age, Kahlo forged her own path, overcoming polio as a child, and stoically battling the after-effects of a tragic road accident that left her with lifelong injuries. Pocket Frida Kahlo Wisdom is an inspiring collection of some of her best quotes on love, style, life, art and more, and celebrates the Mexican icon's immense legacy.

Publication

01 May 2018

Includes the following quotes (and more):

Binding

Hardback

“Nothing is worth more than laughter. It is strength to laugh and to abandon oneself, to be light.”

Price

AU$12.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9781784881801

“The only thing I know is that I paint because I need to, and I paint whatever passes through my head without any other consideration.”

Publisher

Hardie Grant (UK)

Imprint

Hardie Grant (UK)

“I must fight with all my strength so that the little positive things that my health allows me to do might be pointed toward helping the revolution. The only real reason for living.”

Series

“I am my own muse, I am the subject I know best. The subject I want to know better.”

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

132 x 110 mm

Key Information

Extent

96pp

•

Illustrations

Black and white text throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

The latest in the bestselling Pocket Wisdom series. Heart-warming and hard-won life lessons from a true icon. Nice package and good price point – the perfect gift or impulse buy.

“

The only thing I know is that I paint because I need to, and I paint whatever passes through my head without any other consideration.

”

8 A RT

“

I’ll paint myself because I am so often alone, because I am the subject I know best.

”

9 A RT

onâ&#x20AC;¦

LOVE

“

Tragedy is the most ridiculous thing.

”

68 LIFE

“

I hope the exit is joyful – and I hope never to come back.

”

69 L I F E

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ Official Book

DRAF T

C OV E R

The 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ Official Book is the most authoritative and comprehensive preview of football's greatest tournament. Licensed by world football's governing body, this book is packed with stunning photography and expert analysis of each team, its star players and its prospects in the finals. Essential reading for football fans everywhere, it also features a guide to all 12 stadiums and 11 host cities, a history of the FIFA World Cup and a tournament progress chart for the reader to complete as the competition progresses. Whether you are watching the games live in Russia, in front of a television at home, with friends at a club, bar or FIFA World Cup Fan Zone, this official FIFA book is the ultimate tournament preview.

Author Details Keir Radnedge has spent more than 50 years covering football as an author, journalist, broadcaster and analyst. Formerly editor of the renowned World Soccer magazine and a newspaper journalist for more than 40 years, working mainly for the Daily Mail and The Guardian , he regularly appears as an analyst on the BBC, Sky Sports and American cable news channel CNN. His book writing credits number more than 50, and include histories, encyclopedias and tournament guides. FIFA World Cup Russia 2018™ will be the 14th tournament finals Keir will have attended.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781787390300

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

246 x 189 mm

•

Extent

128pp

•

Illustrations

150 colour and black & white photographs, artworks and maps

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • • •

This tournament guide is the only one officially licensed by the Federation of International Football Associations (FIFA). Russia is the first nation from Eastern Europe to host the FIFA World Cup finals. The 32 teams will play 64 matches in 12 stadiums across 11 cities. The opening ceremony will be held on Friday 14 June 2018 and the final on Sunday 15 July, both in Moscow (at the Luzhniki Stadium). Every match at the 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ will be shown live on television, with almost every nation worldwide showing every kick live or as live. According to FIFA.com's statistics, more than one billion fans watched at least one minute of the 2014 FIFA. World Cup Brazil final on television and, during the tournament, more than 3.2 billion fans (almost one-half of the world's population) had access to the action – with 280 million watching games online. Australia has qualified for the world cup, and will participate.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Official 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ Fact File This in-depth guide for younger readers contains everything they need to become true 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ experts. There are team and star-player profiles, complemented by outstanding big-match photographs. Illustrated with over 120 amazing images, all 32 teams are featured together with profiles of 36 star players who will light up the tournament, including Thomas Müller, Antoine Griezmann, Lionel Messi, Neymar, Cristiano Ronaldo and many more. Read special features on the teams and complete the fill-in match schedule as the drama of 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ unfolds.

Author Details Kevin Pettman is a sports writer and editor of children's magazines and annuals, including Match of the Day and

Match . He is also a regular contributor to Top Gear's annuals and children's titles.

Key Information Publication

01 May 2018

•

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783123377

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

Over 100 colour photos and artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

The perfect gift for all football fans aged 8+, this official guide to 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ is guaranteed to build excitement before the biggest ever FIFA World Cup kicks off. Bite-sized profiles of star players are accompanied by more in-depth profiles of all 32 teams – kids will love to have this book open as they watch 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ unfold. Includes a match-by-match results chart to fill in. Packed with amazing quick-fire Super Stats, giving unusual or record-breaking facts about past FIFA World Cups. Australia has qualified for the world cup, and will participate.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Official 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ Kids' As excitement builds in the run-up to the 2018 FIFA World Cup, The Official 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ Kids' Handbook provides the perfect tournament companion for younger football fans. Featuring Zabivaka, the 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ mascot, this book is bursting with information about the host country, Russia, plus the stadiums, star players, FIFA World Cup facts and stats, as well as loads of games and quizzes.

Author Details Kevin Pettman is a sports writer and editor of children's magazines and annuals, including Match of the Day and Match. He is also a regular contributor to Top Gear's annuals and children's titles.

Key Information

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$13.99 | NZ$15.99

ISBN

9781783123384

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

246 x 189 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

100 colour photos and illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • • •

Packed full of incredible FIFA World Cup facts and records. Bursting with football puzzles, quizzes and games. Player and team profiles. Fill-in progress chart lets young fans record match results as the tournament progresses, making this book a great personalised souvenir of the 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™! Includes fantastic reusable football stickers. Australia has qualified for the world cup, and will participate.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ Activity and Colouring Book Pick up your pens and pencils and get creative – the biggest ever FIFA World Cup is here! The Official 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ Activity and Colouring Bookis packed with star players to colour in, plus spot the difference games, dot to dots and word searches, all based on 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™! Includes more than 150 colourful football stickers to use with the activities.

Author Details Emily Stead is an accomplished author who has written literally hundreds of children's titles, from best-selling character annuals through to story and activity books, including several colouring and activity books for top UK football clubs including Arsenal and Liverpool.

Key Information • This book is bursting with football and FIFA World Cup-themed puzzles, games, on-the-page activities, Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$18.99

ISBN

9781783123391

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

• • • •

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

16pp

Illustrations

Colour illustrations and photos

Age Range

Terms

SOR

amazing football facts and stickers – all featuring star players who will be lighting up the 2018 FIFA World Cup. Great variety of activities – including simple quizzes, doodles, games, sticker activities, word searches, colouring in and spot the difference – will keep children entertained for hours. More than 150 reusable stickers. Featuring Zabivaka, the 2018 FIFA World Cup Russia™ mascot. This action-packed and colourful book is the perfect gift for any young football fan. Australia has qualified for the world cup, and will participate.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Official History of the FIFA World Cup FIFA

DRAF T

C OV E R

The Official History of the FIFA World Cup is an authoritative and comprehensive review of the 20 FIFA World Cups to have taken place since the inaugural tournament in 1930. Packed with stunning photography, exclusive interviews of the biggest stars of each edition, unique official documents and statistics from the FIFA World Football Museum. No other event in the sporting world can rival the glamour, impact, fervent following and universal appeal of the FIFA World Cup. This unique book tells the stories behind the scenes, as well as analysing the most famous incidents. It features the biggest stars and many previously unknown ones too, all with a unique worldwide point of view.

Author Details The FIFA World Football Museum is based in Zurich, Switzerland. It has a permanent collection and curates special exhibitions. All its contents are exclusive. The editorial team, headed up by Creative Director David Ausseil, comprises football experts from all over the world. They handle the museum's exhibitions and publications, the FIFA Archives, the FIFA Library and Documentation Centre and all of the museum's interactive and digital platforms.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$55.00

Key Information

ISBN

9781787390188

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Colour illustrations and photos

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

• •

This is the only World Cup history to be officially licensed by the Federation of International Football Associations (FIFA). The FIFA World Cup is the biggest single sport event on the planet; it has an extremely rich history, dating back to the inaugural finals in 1930. FIFA World Cups are the most followed sporting events on television, with a total of 3.2 billion viewers for the last edition in Brazil in 2014. Each chapter will contain a uniquely detailed report on one tournament, illustrated by outstanding photographs, maps and informative infographics. There will be a review of the qualifying tournament, a results section, reports on major matches, including the final, features on star players and detailed statistics, all complemented by items of memorabilia from the FIFA World Football Museum. According to FIFA.com's statistics, at the FIFA World Cup 2014 (won by Germany), 113 million fans connected with official World Cup content on hand-held electronic devices and the official app was downloaded 24 million times. The FIFA World Cup 2018 will be hosted by Russia for the first time. As hosts, they qualify automatically and Brazil and Iran have reached the finals through qualifying.

Contents The Birth of a Universal Idea

World’s Cup – Uruguay 1930

World’s Cup – Italy 1934

World’s Cup – France 1938

Jules Rimet Cup (World’s Cup) – Brazil 1950

World Championship (Jules Rimet Cup) – Switzerland 1954

World Championship (Jules Rimet Cup) – Sweden 1958

World Championship (Jules Rimet Cup) – Chile 1962

World Championship (Jules Rimet Cup) – England 1966

World Championship (Jules Rimet Cup) – Mexico 1970

106

FIFA World Cup – Federal Republic of Germany 1974

120

FIFA World Cup – Argentina 1978

134

FIFA World Cup – Spain 1982

150

FIFA World Cup – Mexico 1986

170

FIFA World Cup – Italy 1990

186

FIFA World Cup – USA 1994

204

FIFA World Cup – France 1998

220

2002 FIFA World Cup Korea/Japan™

236

2006 FIFA World Cup Germany™

252

2010 FIFA World Cup South Africa™

268

2014 FIFA World Cup Brazil™

284

FIFA Football Museum

304

Groups

1934_FWC_small.jpg

1930_FWC_small.jpg

alg

arg

aut

bel

bra

chi

cmr

eng

esp

fra

frg

hon

hun

ita

kuw

nir

nzl

per

52 MATCHES PLAYED

1950_FWC_small.jpg

1938_FWC_small.jpg

2.8

“NARANJITO”

AVERAGE GOALS PER GAME 12th FIFA WORLD CUP

pol

History of the qualifiers

Two newcomers: Kuwait and New Zealand

n addition to host country Spain, 13 European nations secured their place at the tournament by finishing either first or second in a group of five teams (West Germany, winning all their eight matches, Austria, Belgium, France, USSR, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, England, Yugoslavia, Italy, Scotland, and Northern Ireland), or first in a group of 3 (Poland). The most notable absentees were the Netherlands and Portugal, both failing to qualify. Three more places were filled by South American countries (Brazil, Chile and Peru), joining Argentina, who qualified automatic-

sco

slv

tch

urs

yug

CARDS

24 TEAMS

ally as reigning champions. Africa, meanwhile, had two teams: Cameroon, conquerors of Morocco, and Algeria, who had edged out Nigeria. Kuwait and New Zealand (after a playoff against China) represented the Asia-Oceania Zone for the first time. Lastly, the North, Central American and Caribbean Zone provided Honduras and El Salvador but, in a major surprise, Mexico failed to make the cut ,having finished 3rd in the final qualifying table. In total, the qualifiers involved 103 countries worldwide (out of 109 registered), with 306 matches played and 797 goals scored overall.

99 5

1954_FWC_small.jpg

1958_FWC_small.jpg

×6

LOGO

2 109 723

1974_FWC_small.jpg

1970_FWC_small.jpg

Italy

GROUP 1

GROUP 2

ita

0-0

pol

1990_FWC_small.jpg

1986_FWC_small.jpg

alg

arg

0-1

bel

per

0-0

ita

1-1

cmr

chi

0-1

aut

hun

10-1

slv

per

frg

4-1

chi

arg

4-1

hun

pol per

0-0

cmr

alg

0-2

aut

bel

1-0

slv

5-1

per

alg

3-2

chi

bel

1-1

hun

ita

1-1

cmr

frg

1-0

aut

arg

2-0

slv

T W D

+ –

T W D

+ –

pol

frg

ita

cmr

aut

alg

per

chi

2nd round

eng

T W D

+ –

bel

arg

hun

slv

GROUP A

GROUP 5 fra

esp

1-1

hon

tch

1-1

kuw

yug

0-0

eng

2-0

tch

esp

2-1

fra

4-1

kuw

hon

fra

1-1

tch

hon

eng

1-0

kuw

esp

0-1

+ –

eng

fra

1 12 6

tch

kuw

GROUP B

nir

sco

5-2

nzl

yug

bra

4-1

sco

1-1

nir

urs

3-0

nzl

0-1

yug

urs

2-2

sco

nir

bra

4-0

nzl

+ –

nir

esp

yug

hon

GROUP C

3-0

bel

frg

0-0

eng

ita

2-1

arg

aut

0-1

fra

0-1

urs

frg

2-1

esp

arg

1-3

bra

aut

2-2

nir

pol

0-0

urs

esp

0-0

eng

ita

3-2

bra

nir

1-4

fra

bra

0 10 2

urs

sco

nzl

2 12

T W D

+ –

T W D

+ –

T W D

+ –

T W D

+ –

frg

ita

fra

urs

eng

bra

aut

bel

esp

arg

nir

SEMI-FINAL frg

3rd PLACE 3-2

fra

FINAL ita

3-1

Gijón El Molinón Oviedo Carlos Tartiere Stadium

+ –

1998_FWC_used_small.jpg

2006_FWC_small.jpg

3-3 5-4

fra

rom the semi-final stage, if a game remained level after extra time, the teams were to be separated via a penalty shootout. Five players from each side were nominated to take alternate penalties. The semifinal between France and2014_FWC_small.jpg Germany was the 2010_FWC_small.jpg first World Cup match to be settled in this way.

Bilbao San Mamés

Vigo Balaídos Valladolid josé-zorrilla Stadium

ita

La Coruna Riazor Stadium

T W D

pol

0-2

1994_FWC_small.jpg

The 120,000-capacity Camp Nou

urs

Saragossa La Romareda

GROUP D

bel

pol

136

2-1

pol

Penalties

The host cities and stadiums

bra

T W D

SEMI-FINAL

Final table

GROUP 6

3-1

T W D

1 13

BALL

1. Caption Three minutes after his handball, Maradona scored one of the finest goals in history.

GROUP 4

1-2

“Tango”

The competition format

GROUP 3

frg

1982_FWC_small.jpg

TOP SCORER

2002_FWC_small.jpg

1st round

1978_FWC_small.jpg

Paolo Rossi

WINNER

SPECTATORS

1966_FWC_small.jpg

1962_FWC_small.jpg

Spared by the earthquake that had occurred in September 1985, the 12 stadiums spread across 9 cities had capacities ranging from 30,000 to, in the case of the cavernous Aztec Stadium where the opening ceremony was held, 114,580. These venues were a key factor in Mexico being awarded the World Cup.

Madrid Santiago Bernabéu Vicente-Calderón Stadium

Seville Benito Villamarín Sánchez Pizjuán

Malaga La Rosaleda

Barcelona Camp Nou Sarrià

The first round was contested by 6 groups of 4 teams, followed by a second round with 4 sets of 3 teams, with the winners Valencia Luis Casanova Stadium qualifying directly for the semi-finals, which were reintroduced for the first time since the 1970 tournament. Of the 17 stadiums chosen, Barcelona’s Camp Nou was the largest in Europe with a capacity of Alicante over 120,000, although the final was held José Rico Pérez Elche at the Santiago Bernabeu stadium in Stadium Madrid (91,000 capacity). The climate also Martínez-Valero played its part, with average temperatures at kick-off time ranging from 20 degrees in La Coruna to 32.7 in Saragossa. The altitude also varied from one venue to another, with Valladolid the highest (698.3 metres above sea level) followed by Madrid (655.36m).

frg

137

1986 World Cup Mexico

Quarter-finals

“ One of the greatest games in World Cup history.” Pelé

3 1. Maradona against Shilton It was a final for us. It wasn’t about winning a match; it was all about knocking out the English.

The Hand of God 22 JUNE 1986 ARGENTINA

Maradona 51st, 54th

2-1

ENGLAND Lineker 81st

n that day of 22nd June in Mexico, a legend was born out of a trivial action. Chasing a looping back pass, Diego Maradona found himself challenging English keeper Peter Shilton for the ball in the box. As he leapt, the Argentine no.10 used his left hand to beat his opponent to the ball and divert it into the net. Much to general surprise, the game’s Tunisian referee Ali Bennaceur gave a goal, having not seen Maradona use his hand. At the post-match press conference, “El Pibe de oro” declared obliquely : “I scored a little with the head and a little with the hand of God.” Before adding: “It was a final for us. It wasn’t about winning a match; it was all about knocking out the English. I will never forget this match.” Then he twisted the knife: “I don’t regret and will never regret it, the goal I scored with my hand against the English. A thousand apologies to them but, in fact, I would be capable of doing the same thing a thousand and one times. “

152

“ He was on a different level from us!”

2. Zico and Tigana Five minutes after his infamous handball, Maradona scored one of the finest goals in history.

A legendary match 21 JUNE 1986 BRAZIL

1-1 tab

Careca 17th

Valdano, Argentina forward

6 Against Argentina, Gary Lineker reduced the deficit in the 81stminute with a firm header (1-2). His 6th goal of the tournament, it saw him finish as top scorer in spite of England’s elimination.

Five minutes after his handball, Maradona scored one of the finest goals in history. Picking up the ball in his own half, he ghosted past four English players (Peter Beardsley, Peter Reid, Terry Butcher and then Terry Fenwick) before dribbling around Peter Shilton and stroking the ball into an unguarded net (2-0). A timeless moment. “I experienced that goal as if it was being filmed by a mobile camera. As any decent striker should, I had got up in support of him and went far post to give him a possible option", recalls the Argentine centre-forward Jorge Valdano. "And the surprises weren’t over at the final whistle either, as back in the changing room, Diego told me that he had looked for me to try to give me the ball in the best position possible. So as if this goal hadn’t been impressive enough, he had also taken the time to look around him to see if he should pass. He really was on another level from us mere mortals! (laughs) It proves we were truly in the presence of a genius. Of course, if he’d passed to me, it would have been a really easy goal to score, but then he wouldn’t have scored the greatest goal in World Cup history. “

eralded as the tournament’s ‘clash of the titans’, this quarter-final was l a t e r d e s c r i b e d b y Pe l e a s "one of the greatest games in World Cup history." France were at the peak of their powers courtesy of their “Magic Square” (PlatiniGiresse-Tigana-Fernandez), while Tele Santana’s Brazil boasted a heady blend of older (Socrates, Junior, Zico) and younger talent. Built with attack in mind, neither Les Bleus nor the Seleçao knew the meaning of holding back. In Guadalajara on 21st June, even the soaring temperature (45° C) couldn’t prevent them from serving up a ding-dong battle. Brazil were first on the scoresheet with a textbook move: Muller played a double onetwo with Junior, before reversing the play to the unmarked Careca. The Naples striker unleashed a fierce strike past keeper Bats (1-0) to register his fifth goal of the competition. In the 32nd minute, Muller came close to doubling the lead when his shot struck the foot

FRANCE Platini 40th

3-4

of the post. But France were seeing more and more of the ball. In the 41st minute, Manuel Amoros found Alain Giresse, who set Dominique Rocheteau free down the right. Yannick Stopyra attempted to cut out the cross, but only succeeded in colliding with his own keeper. An alert Michel Platini pounced at the far post to tuck the loose ball home (1-1). This breath-taking match was still either side’s for the taking. In the 2nd half, the Seleçao were awarded a penalty. But Bats was able to palm Zico's spot kick away. In extra time, Bruno Bellone was played in by Platini but despite being blatantly fouled by keeper Oscar, he stayed on his feet and tried in vain to reach the ball, only for the referee to then wave play on (115th). It ended with a penalty shootout. Unlike their semi-final loss against Germany in Seville four years earlier, France triumphed when Luis Fernandez converted the crucial spot kick (1-1, 4-3), after misses by Socrates and Julio Cesar for Brazil and Platini for France.

3. Caption Three minutes after his handball, Maradona scored one of the finest goals in history. 4. Caption Three minutes after his handball, Maradona scored one of the finest goals in history.

“ Two remarkable teams” Branco, Brazil left winger This was undoubtedly one of the highlights of this World Cup , a superb battle between two highly skilful sides. France had lined up with its heavyweights such as Platini, Amoros, Tigana, Rocheteau and Giresse. But Brazil also fielded a phalanx of impressive performers like Careca, Junior, Edinho, Zico, Socrates and Alemao, who would go on to great things with Napoli alongside Maradona. At a technical level, it was a duel of great beauty. The first half finished with the score at 1-1, so both sides returned to the field with every chance of claiming victory. Giving free rein to their respective talents, they served up a truly sumptuous spectacle. Both teams were quite frankly remarkable.” 153

1982

4 Although the United States had not yet truly adopted “soccer”, the 1994 tournament was watched by more spectators than any other FIFA World Cup Final phase. It featured some major innovations – like three points for a win and the players’ names on their shirts – not to mention some stunning goals such as the single-handed raid by Saudi Arabia’s Said Al Owairan against Belgium. For the first time ever, the tournament final failed to produce a goal, with Brazil eventually clinching their fourth world title by overcoming Italy on penalties.

The USA adopts soccer

or the first time in its history, the World Cup was held in North America, with the aim of promoting “soccer” there. Their national championship, the Major League Soccer, was launched two years later, in 1996. Despite the logistical constraints linked to the nature of the United States, which cover a continent spanning 9 million km2 and four different time zones, everything passed off perfectly. Despite the 6,000 kilometre distance and 3-hour time difference between Boston and Los Angeles or San Francisco, despite the differences in temperature and

182

humidity between the various cities, no particular problems arose. In order to adapt, the teams arrived an average of 11 days before the tournament’s start. Broadcast on ABC and ESPN, the matches attracted 8.76 million US households, with a peak of 8.95 million for the last sixteen stage clash between Brazil and the United States. For the final, Univisions, the Spanish language channel, obtained the biggest audience with 1.62 million households. The sporting spectacle on the field was undeniably excellent.

1. Caption Three minutes after his handball, Maradona scored one of the finest goals in history.

183

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The World Cup in 100 Objects Iain Spragg The World Cup in 100 Objects tells the almost 90-year history of the world's most celebrated sporting event from a unique perspective and proudly boasts the most fascinating collection of artefacts from FIFA World Cup history. Every object tells a rich and fascinating story from one of the actual balls used in the very first FIFA World Cup final (the two teams could not agree on the match ball so supplied a ball to use in each half) and the collar of Pickles the dog, who found the stolen FIFA World Cup trophy in 1966, to Bobby Moore's shirt that he was photographed giving to Pele in the 1970 finals, and the shirt Diego Maradona wore when he scored his infamous “Hand of God” goal in 1986. Richly illustrated, authoritatively researched and expertly compiled, The World Cup in 100 Objects is produced in association with the National Football Museum (the world's leading football museum) and the official FIFA Collection. With text written by respected footballer authority Iain Spragg, this is the FIFA World Cup as never before.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$54.99 | NZ$59.99

Key Information

ISBN

9780233005195

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

•

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

•

Format

237 x 185 mm

•

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

220 colour and black & white

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Iain Spragg is a sports journalist who has written for The Daily Telegraph and The Times.

•

This book offers a unique perspective on the FIFA World Cup, charting its history through a collection of rare and important objects. Produced in association with the National Football Museum in Manchester and the official FIFA collection housed in Switzerland. Accompanies Carlton's bestselling sister titles, The First World War in 100 Objects, The Second World War in 100 Objects and The Beatles in 100 Objects. Written by the respected football writer and journalist, Iain Spragg. Published in advance of the 2018 FIFA World Cup to be hosted by Russia.

CONTENTS

1978 World Cup

124

1930 World Cup

1982 World Cup

138

1934 World Cup

1986 World Cup

152

1938 World Cup

1990 World Cup

164

1950 World Cup

1994 World Cup

176

1954 World Cup

1998 World Cup

188

1958 World Cup

2002 World Cup

202

1962 World Cup

2006 World Cup

214

1966 World Cup

2010 World Cup

226

1970 World Cup

2014 World Cup

238

1974 World Cup

110

Index

252

Introduction

AFTER THE FINAL WHISTLE ...

1930

The crowning of Uruguay as the first world champions was far from the end of the story of the 1930 FIFA World Cup, as both South American countries experienced dramatically contrasting emotions in the wake of a tournament that had already transformed the football landscape.

La Celeste’s victory over Argentina in the final was

Worse followed when supporters decided to vent

unsurprisingly the catalyst for scenes of unbridled celebration

their frustration on the streets. There were, according to

throughout Uruguay. The government declared a national

contemporary reports, “several minor riots, in which shots

holiday to mark the team’s triumph and every member of the

were fired, in Buenos Aires [while] late at night about

squad was given a house as a reward for his efforts. For several

100 demonstrators assembled in front of the Uruguayan

days the streets of Montevideo were thronged with crowds

Consulate and threw stones.”

enthusiastically waving the national flag, and, in what was

The immediate aftermath of the final also had

also the centenary of the country’s birth as an independent

potentially serious consequences for the match referee,

state, the sense of national pride was palpable.

Belgium’s John Langenus. Famed for officiating in a shirt

In Argentina, however, there was a volatile mixture

and tie and his trademark knickerbockers, Langenus

of anger and despair. The Argentine Football Association

evidently feared the ire of the fans of the losing side and

broke off relations with its Uruguayan counterpart and

agreed to take charge only on condition that he and his

after having witnessed the battered and bruised state of the

linesmen be escorted from the pitch under the protection

players on their return home, there was widespread criticism

of mounted police.

in the media of the alleged thuggery of the Uruguay team.

Things didn’t go exactly according to plan, however, and, as he blew his whistle for full time, the Estadio Centenario witnessed a pitch invasion and, rather than wait for his equine escort, Langenus melted into the crowd and made good his escape. He wasn’t quite out of the woods yet, though. He fled directly to the harbour in Montevideo and to the SS Duilio, the ship scheduled to convey him back to Europe, but thick fog delayed departure and the Belgian was forced to spend the next 24 hours making himself as inconspicuous as possible before the captain was finally able to weigh anchor.

Left: Pedro Cea (second left) slides in to divert the ball past Argentina goalkeeper Juan Botasso to equalise for Uruguay early in the second half. Right: One of the two balls used during the 1930 World Cup final. Argentina’s ball was in play for the first 45 minutes in Montevideo while Uruguay did the honours in the second half.

“We went to Rio pretty well unprepared. We had a couple of weeks together but we were immature by the standards we had to face.” Walter Winterbottom

Opposite: USA striker Joe Gaetjens scored only one goal during his brief international career but it was an iconic strike which had disastrous repercussions for England’s World Cup prospects in Brazil.

Above: The match ball from England’s infamous loss to the USA in Belo Horizonte in 1950.

EAST MEETS WEST

1974

The Cold War continued to rage unabated when West Germany hosted the World Cup in 1974. Political tensions provided a constant backdrop to the tournament, the prevailing atmosphere coming to be embodied in the groupstage clash between the hosts and their Soviet Bloc neighbour, East Germany.

There was only one talking point following the draw for

Munich Olympics, a second-round game won 3–2 by East

the group stages of the 1974 World Cup. West Germany’s

Germany. It must be remembered the Olympic Games were

Group 1 clash with tournament debutants East Germany

for amateurs in the West – Eastern Bloc nations selected

at the Volksparkstadion in Hamburg on 22 June was the

players who were in the armed forces or civil servants,

subject on everyone’s lips and both teams were actually

even if they never saw duty. Only Uli Hoeness for West

aware they were to be held up, albeit reluctantly, as the

Germany played in both matches, but five East Germans

champions of competing ideologies. It was a battle between

from 1972 started and four others were in the squad.

democracy and Communism.

Both had already played two group games. West

It was not the first meeting between the two teams.

Germany had beaten Chile and Australia without conceding

They had most recently crossed swords at the 1972

a goal, and had already secured their progress to the second

The Shrinkology Solution Discover Your Eating Type, Lose Weight and Keep it Off – For Life Dr. Meg Arroll and Louise Atkinson Psychologist Dr Meg Arroll and diet journalist Louise Atkinson presentThe Shrinkology Solution : the answer to permanent and lasting weight loss, through a deeper understanding of how, rather than what we eat. 'So many diet books focus solely on the food and not nearly enough on the psychology of why we eat what we do and how to use simple hacks to overcome temptation. This is whereThe Shrinkology Solution comes in – a strong and original idea from two very smart and knowledgeable authors.' – Dr Michael Mosley, bestselling author of The Clever Guts Diet 'This book has a wealth of weight-loss wisdom, based on huge experience and common sense. A revelation!' – Dr Xand Van Tulleken, bestselling author of How to Lose Weight Well

Publication

17 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$21.99

ISBN

9781787131842

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Diet

Format

216 x 138 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In a world where we are tempted by food on every street corner, on every billboard and all over our social media, is it any wonder so many of us struggle with weight loss and sticking to diets? What if we started thinking about the psychology of dieting and eating, rather than just the food on our plates? The Shrinkology premise is super-simple: in order to achieve lasting weight loss, you need to start addressing your emotional issues with food, rather than simply going after every fad diet. Offering an in-depth psychological quiz which will reveal which type of eater you are, and tailored life and food hacks for each type, this is the last diet book you will ever need.

Author Details Dr Meg Arroll (PhD, FHEA, CPsychol, CSci, AFBPsS) is a psychologist and health researcher who specialises in stress and anxiety, invisible/misunderstood illness and integrative approaches to healthcare. She is a Chartered Psychologist with the British Psychological Society, an Associate Fellow of the British Psychological Society, a Chartered Scientist with the Science Council, a Fellow of the Higher Education Academy and a member of the Royal Society of Medicine. Louise Atkinson is a freelance journalist/writer/editor with a strong specialism in diet, nutrition, exercise and health. She has spent the last thirty years writing for national newspapers and glossy magazines. She has planned, coordinated and written theDaily Mail ’s massive circulation-boosting diet series which often results in the books racing into the bestseller lists.

Publication date 17 May.

Chapter 5: What’s your Shrinkology type? The next key step in your quest to create a truly personalised Shrinkology solution is discovering which Shrinkology Type you are most likely to be. This is the bit you’ve been waiting for! We have combined the well-established research and principles of psychology with a deft bit of insight and analysis to create six distinct ‘over eating’ categories. The vast majority of people who struggle with their weight will fit one of them: Are you a Soother (who finds comfort and solace in food)? A Gourmet (who lives to entertain and indulge)? A Scrambler (forever nibbling, grazing, snacking on the hoof)? A Magpie (flitting from one sparkly new diet plan to another)? A Traditional (adhering to deeply established dietary conventions) or A Rebel (who’s either fully immersed in a diet or thoroughly ‘off message’). Take the quiz below to find out. Finding the Shrinkology Type which fits you most closely right now is a crucial step in the development of your personalised Shrinkology plan. Your approach and attitude to food is, of course, completely unique to you and based on your very own suite of influences, susceptibilities,

strengths and weaknesses. But we have found clear distinctions which help us clearly define each type and cherry pick the best hacks and tips to guide your approach to change. The advice you’ll find in your Shrinkology type chapter is very specifically designed to hold greatest appeal to you and ultimately to be most effective in getting your head in the best possible place to find and remain at a happy healthy weight for you. You might find you straddle two or even three types, and, as we explain in Part 4, your Shrinkology type can change as you move through life. But find the type which, if you are really honest with yourself, best describes your attitude and approach to life right now. If you, like so many, have tried plenty of different approaches to diet and exercise in the past, you will know that this is not a ‘one size fits all’ industry. But by tailoring your approach and personalising your plan, you stand a much better chance of success. This is a fun quiz you can run through with family and friends, but do bear in mind, it is designed as a diagnostic tool for adults who struggle with their weight. The algorhythms are not suitable or appropriate for children, and the quiz just doesn’t work on the lucky ones who can eat anything they like and remain effortlessly slim. If you are unsure about your Shrinkology diagnosis, ask your partner or a trusted friend to answer the quiz on your behalf – their response might be intriguing and highlight some aspects of your eating behaviour that you’re unaware of. Just make sure they are aware of the purpose of Shrinkology and is there to support, not critique your journey. But anyone who is willing to admit they have certain issues with food and might be occasionally frustrated by repeated failed dieting attempts,

should find themselves clearly falling into one of the six Shrinkology categories. Make a note of your highest second score as this could indicate influential factors which will also have a bearing on your future weight maintenance success. You can think of this as your ‘rising type’ just as keen astrologers pin-point their ‘sun sign’ (from their birth date) but also pay attention to influences of their ‘rising sign’ (which is usually different, and calculated according to the actual time of birth). It is certainly reading through both chapters as any duality in Shrinkology type which might explain conflicting traits worth addressing. How would you describe your friendship style? A – my friends are EXTREMELY important to me, but I struggle to keep up with them all B – I enjoy the company of people who share my interests C – I have a small number of very core ‘best’ friends D – my partner/family are my best friends E – I stick close to my old buddies F – I enjoy meeting new people and building new friendships What are your dreams? A – to live a fabulous life free from mundanity B – to achieve tip-top health C – to be truly, deeply happy D – to be mortgage free and financially secure E – to be the best of the best F – to get to the end of each day without some mini disaster

If you invite friends over for dinner you are most likely to serve up: A – Fine food, exquisite ingredients, laboriously prepared and beautifully presented B – A healthy and nutritious meal featuring quinoa/kale or pomegranate seeds C – Curry with rice, naan and all the trimmings D – Shepherd’s pie with peas/carrots or lasagne (with garlic bread) E – Steaks (preferably medium rare) F – Pre-prepared chicken/salmon breasts with bagged salad How would you best describe your grocery shopping style? A – I like to browse independent delis and artisan boutique stores B – I’m a fan of the health food stores and the ‘free from’ aisles C – I find it difficult to keep away from the sparkling centre aisles of the superstore choosing foods that take my fancy D – I stick quite closely to my usual shopping list or hit ‘go’ on my online ‘favourites’ each week E – I’ll grab something at the express supermarket close to work or when I stop for fuel F – I have an online food delivery every week and I’m always on the look-out for BOGOF deals When someone says CAKE do you think: A – ‘which recipe? What ingredients?’ B – ‘does it contain gluten? Sugar? Refined flour? Is it organic?’ 6

C – ‘mmmm, can I have a slice please?’ D – ‘that would be smashing with a nice cup of tea’ E – ‘no thanks (for now)’ F – ‘can you wrap me a slice to go?’ Which celebrity do you most admire? A – Obama B – Dr Michael Mosley C – Oprah Winfrey D – Kate & William (the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge) E – Bear Grylls F – Davina McCall What kind of books do you like? A – world events/politics B – literary prize winners C – romance/chick lit D – autobiographies E – personal development/specialist magazines F – audio books What do you look for in food labels? A – I prefer to buy fresh artisan food which doesn’t have labels B – I scrutinize the labels looking for sugar derivatives, preservatives and gluten C – I rarely look at food labels

D – I’m brand loyal for familiar names from my childhood (Heinz, Kraft, Kelloggs, Nestle etc) E – I’ll check protein content F – I’m more interested in price, offers and deals What’s your preferred breakfast option? A – homemade muffin warm from the oven or Greek yoghurt and local honey B – green juice or smoothie C – croissant or porridge D – cornflakes or toast and jam/marmalade E – protein shake F – black coffee Your perfect holiday would include: A – the latest word in high-end luxury B – a fastidiously researched city break with a packed itinerary C – a super-chilled villa/beach/pool holiday D – the same place you love to go back to each year, where the locals know you and you feel truly welcome E – high octane adventure/trekking/tours F – fun family holidays that involve inevitable compromise What’s your perfect kind of car? A – Lexus (high end luxury) B – Hybrid (economical/environmentally sound) C – Volvo (super safe) 8

D – 4 x 4 (practical/useful in all conditions) E – sexy sports car F – SUV/people carrier (practical/useful) What’s your preferred snack option? A – smoked almonds or olives B – granola bar C – chocolate D – biscuits E – energy ball F – diet cola What would you typically choose for lunch on the hop? A – homemade soup with sourdough bread and cold French butter B – a packaged salad C – a baked potato with cheese and baked beans D – ham or cheese sandwich on sliced bread (pack up) E – canteen meal or pub lunch F – a ready-made sandwich or a couple of biscuits What classic movie genres do you love? A – a foreign film with subtitles B – true stories/docu-dramas C – Romantic/indulgent D – Bond movies E – Action F – Escapism 9

Chocolate of choice? A – 85% coco solids B – cacao with nuts or chilli C – Quality Street/Celebrations D – Cadbury’s Dairy Milk (obvs) E – Yorkie bar F – Freddo, Finger of Fudge, fun sized Milky Way How do you best like to chill in your spare time? A – with friends food and wine B – reading or researching C – box set/Netflix D – DIY/gardening E – working towards my latest goal/ challenge F – what spare time? What’s your preferred work style? A – entrepreneurial B – flexible C – collaborative D – conventional E – managerial F – eclectic/diverse

Your favourite tipple? A – pastis/schnapps/brandy B – designer G&T C – Prosecco D – whiskey/red wine E – beer F – white wine (in a large glass) Your liquid refreshment? A – fresh ground coffee B – smoothie C – latte D – tea E – energy drink F – instant coffee What’s your confrontational style? A – I’m usually right B – I try to read the signs to work out the best options C – I’ll usually cave/do anything to find a swift resolution D – I try to avoid conflict and keep things to myself if I can E – I’ve been known to flounce off in a huff F – I’m good at conflict resolution and sorting things out

RESULTS Mostly As: You could be a GOURMET You love food – but not any food, it has to be the finest you can get. The process of sourcing and preparing food is as important as the ingredients you use and hosting parties is an important outlet for your exuberant personality. You have a flair for storytelling and you are socially adept. Your curiosity and fascination also spans current affairs, politics, both global and local history and of course you have a deep interest in those around you. But for the GOURMET dieting can get tricky and negative issues with food and eating behaviour appear because you find it utterly incomprehensible NOT to consume the best, most exquisite food and drink – surely that’s what life is all about? Mostly Bs: You could be a MAGPIE Magpies love to investigate and experiment each sparkly new health approach – you are a trend-setter in many things, moving on from the ‘next big thing’ before most of your friends have even heard of it. Your keen investigative skills spill over to all areas of life – you are the go-to person to organise holidays and outings and you are flawless in your planning and execution abilities. You also keep an eye on all health news and file away the information in your vast memory. But the MAGPIE can quickly lose interest in one diet plan and switch to the next, causing confusion (and over-eating). Mostly Cs: You could be a SOOTHER Soothers have BIG hearts. You are an emotional type, and you care deeply for those around you. You soak up other people’s

everyone happy. But to the SOOTHER, food is truly comforting and carbohydrates can easily become trusted, unerring companions as you seek to self-sooth with food. Mostly Ds: You could be a TRADITIONAL As a Traditional, you hold your core values very dear – you have great respect for law and authority and you strive to ‘do the right thing’. You know what you like and what you don’t like and you’re not particularly comfortable taking risks. You like the idea of adventure and spontaneity, but it takes quite a bit of persuading before you try something new. Friendships and relationships might take longer to build, but once established they are almost impossible to break. The TRADITIONAL sticks close to longestablished patterns of eating and will be frustrated by changes in nutritional dogma and the fact that the old dietary rules and portions sizes no longer serve to keep you slim. Mostly Es: You could be a REBEL The REBEL is a very black and white thinker - success and goalmeeting are VERY important. You take everything to the max and you’re more than happy to lead by example. You’re no shirker, and you will exercise to the point of exhaustion, but you’ll think nothing of meeting friends in a bar afterwards and drinking double the calories you just burned in the gym. You’ll show exemplary will power and stick to the toughest, most rigid diet plan – with impressive results – then blow everything on an allyou-can-eat buffet. 13

Mostly Fs: You could be a SCRAMBLER The SCRAMBLER is busy. Really busy. Whether youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re juggling young children, aging parents, a demanding job, committee work, voluntary positions, you LOVE the challenge of keeping all those plates spinning. For you, life would feel dull if every minute wasnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t a multi-tasking challenge. But amid all this organised chaos, it is all too easy to forget to take care of yourself - it can be tough to work out which plate you are going to have to drop to make room.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Hummus where the heart is Moreish Recipes for Nutritious and Tasty Dips Dunja Gulin Rich, creamy and against all odds healthy, just a smear of this flavour-packed dip can transform any dish into something infinitely more delicious. Hummus-lovers everywhere will be satiated with this book of over 65 inventive hummus recipes.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781849759281

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

It’s the humble Eastern Mediterranean mezze dish that stole our hearts – who’d have thought a little bowl of smashed up chickpeas could taste like magic? As a snack it is far too easy to get through a whole tub if left alone with a familysized bag of crisps. It has become an essential item for any modern well-stocked fridge, whether served as a dip with plain crackers or vegetable crudités, slathered on bread to give oomph to kebabs or sandwiches, or offered as part of a main meal in its own right. Homemade hummus is superior to store-bought in many ways: it is less sour, more intense in fresh flavours and inexpensive to put together. Author Dunja Gulin shares her tips and tricks for making perfect homemade hummus, so that you can get the flavour balance and texture just right every time. The classic combination is usually chickpeas, lemon juice, garlic and tahini – but this basic recipe is so versatile that it gratefully absorbs any flavour you can throw at it. Chapters include Chickpea-Based Hummus recipes such as Onion Jam Hummus and Fresh Herb Hummus. Bean and Lentil-Based Hummus features Spicy Red Lentil Hummus and an Indonesian style Hummus. The Veggie-Based selection includes a Baked Aubergine variety as well as a Sweet Potato and Coconut. Raw Hummus features a Cashew and Avocado and a Green Pea and Basil. There is a chapter of Dippers with Chapatis, Pitta Breads and Sesame Grissini. A section on Hummus Meals includes Chunky Hummus Burgers, Hummus Pasta Sauce and Veggies Baked in Hummus Batter. Finally, try some Sweet Hummus Brownies or Ice Cream Cups in the daring Desserts section.

Author Details For almost a decade Dunja Gulin has worked as a cooking teacher and chef – both on retreats and for private clients – and contributed to several healthy cookbooks. She also runs her own fermented food workshops. Dunja is the author of a popular book on vegan breakfast published in her native Croatia, and of The Vegan Baker, Raw Food Kitchen, The Vegan Pantry and Falafel Forever.

Key Information • • •

In the last decade, chefs such as Ottolenghi and Claudia Roden have popularised Middle Eastern foods. Hummus now considered a modern fridge staple. Filling, delicious and yet healthy foodstuff that often happens to be vegan, gluten and dairy-free. Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

RPS1958 Hummus Blad - v1

Contents Introduction 06

// Chickpea Based 10 // Bean and Lentil Based Veggie and Nut Based 52 // Top Hummus Dippers 72 Love Your Leftovers 90 // Sweet Treats 118 // Index 128

IW RPS1958 Hummus blad pages.indd 1

19/07/2017 17:44

RPS1958 Hummus Blad - v1

Pink Beetroot Hummus

h The earthy sweetness of beets

is even more intensified when they are baked in their skins, the process adds a depth and richness of flavour to this delicious hummus.

2 fresh beetroots/beet, skins on, well washed 1 portion of Basic Hummus (see page 14) 1 teaspoon caraway seeds umeboshi vinegar, to taste pinch of salt

Serves 2

Preheat the oven to 200°C (400°F) Gas 6. Rub salt into beetroot/beets. Wrap them well in aluminium foil and place on a baking sheet lined with baking parchment. Bake in the preheated oven for at least 45 minutes until soft. Let cool slightly. Peel, discard the skins and tops and blend into a smooth purée in a food processor. Slowly blend the beetroot/beet purée into the Basic Hummus, adding small quantities at a time. Add 1 teaspoon of caraway seeds at the end of blending. Season with umeboshi vinegar to taste.

IW RPS1958 Hummus blad pages.indd 2

19/07/2017 17:44

IW RPS1958 Hummus blad pages.indd 3

19/07/2017 17:44

RPS1958 Hummus Blad - v1

Pea and Basil Hummus Green peas are just perfect for making into this thick hummuslike spread! They actually have an amazing texture and colour when blended. This is a very simple recipe, but so delicious and filling, it makes a great lunch option. 700 ml/3 cups water 260g/2 cups fresh or frozen peas 50 g/Â˝ cup fresh basil 1 tablespoon olive oil 2 garlic cloves

Â˝ teaspoon cumin seeds,

Bring the water to a boil, add the peas

dry-roasted and crushed

and cook, covered, until soft but still

(optional)

green (about 8-10 minutes).

salt

Drain, saving the cooking water. Blend with the other ingredients in a food

Serves 2

processor until thick and creamy, adding cooking liquid as necessary.

2 tablespoons sunflower seed butter

VEGGIE AND NUT BASED 48

IW RPS1958 Hummus blad pages.indd 4

19/07/2017 17:44

IW RPS1958 Hummus blad pages.indd 5

19/07/2017 17:44

RPS1958 Hummus Blad - v1

Onion Jam Hummus This onion jam takes a little while to make but you can prepare a bigger batch in one go and it keeps well stored in jars. It can be used up during the year as a delicious condiment or added to dishes like hummus! olive oil, for frying 1 kg/ 21 ⁄ 4 lb. onions, cut into thin half-moons 90 ml/1 ⁄ 3 cup olive oil 50 g/1 ⁄ 4 cup demerara brown sugar 90 ml/1 ⁄ 3 cup good quality wine vinegar

Add the oil to a heavy-bottomed pan over a low heat. Add the onions and a little salt. Stir on a low heat, uncovered, until the onions have softened. Mix the other ingredients into the onions and boil down into a paste (this can be thicker or runnier, as preferred). Let cool and pour into sterilized jars. (The jam will keep in the fridge for about 2 months.) Mix in 120 ml-230 ml/ ½-1 cup of the onion jam into the Basic Hummus recipe. Top with more onion jam, if you like. Serve as a bruschetta topping or with wholegrain or raw crackers.

60 ml/1 ⁄ 4 cup white wine dash of soy sauce 1 portion of Basic Hummus

pepper

Serves 2

IW RPS1958 Hummus blad pages.indd 6

salt and freshly ground black

(see page 14)

19/07/2017 17:44

IW RPS1958 Hummus blad pages.indd 7

19/07/2017 17:44

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bruce Springsteen 1973-1986 From Born to Run to Born tn the USA David Gahr An unprecedented look at a very young Bruce Springsteen and the E Street Band, from the group’s creation and early New Jersey days to their meteoric rise and seminal Born in the USA tour, in photographs almost all not previously published.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847862344

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

279 x 216 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

150 Colour & B/W Photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

David Gahr (1922–2008) was tapped by Columbia Records designer John Berg to shoot cover art for Bruce Springsteen’s second album, The Wild, the Innocent and the E Street Shuffle . Gahr’s earliest photographs of the musician showcase a youthful Springsteen, not even aged twenty-three, in Asbury Park, New Jersey, on the eve of a career breakthrough. Gahr befriended the rising star, and over a span of approximately ten years he photographed Springsteen, both on- and offstage. Rare captures include Springsteen recording music, performing at the cramped venue Bottom Line weeks before the release of his seminal 1975 album Born to Run , and playing to legions of fans during his Born in the USA tour. Bruce Springsteen 1973–1986 is an unprecedented look back at Bruce Springsteen and the E Street Band on their path to becoming rock legends.

Author Details David Gahr (September 18, 1922-May 25, 2008) was an American photographer. He was one of the pre-eminent photographers of American folk, blues, jazz and rock musicians of the 1960s and beyond. Chris Murray is a writer and owns Govinda Gallery.

Key Information •

•

• •

Although a celebrated rock photographer, David Gahr (1922-2008) never published a book. Gahr photographed countless musicians during his fifty-year career, including Pete Seeger, Phil Spector, John Lennon, Patti Smith, Miles Davis, and Johnny Cash, to name only a few. Gahr's obituary in The New York Times stated: "[Gahr] turned his back on a promising career as a scholar to take pictures and listen to music and who as a result landed among the pre-eminent photographers of American folk, blues, jazz and rock musicians of the 1960s and beyond." This would be his first published book. Bruce Springsteen's appeal has not waned over the decades. To the contrary, his concerts are considered to be the greatest live show in modern music history. His recent autobiography, Born To Run, was published in September 2016 and immediately became a New York Times bestseller, selling more than 117,000 copies in the first week alone. Bruce Springsteen has been inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. Nearly all the work in the book has never before been published, and most has never before been seen.

49. 1977, Springsteen, S6643-16A, Holmdel, NJ, January 14, 15, 1977

5 A. Springsteen, S6643-32A, Holmdel, NJ, January 14, 15, 1977

54. ru e Springsteen,

laren e

lemons, dit

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Good Company Grace Bonney A journal of inspiration, community, and practical advice for creative women. Published in 2016, Grace Bonney’s In the Company of Women is a continuing bestseller that shows how women of all ethnicities and backgrounds embraced their creative spirit, overcame adversity, and sparked a global movement of entrepreneurship. Bonney now takes the next daring step to serve and inspire that same movement with the launch of Good Company, an illustrated biannual journal. The mission of Good Company is to provide motivation, inspiration, advice, and a vital sense of connection and community for women at every stage of life. Each issue of Good Company focuses on one overarching theme, including Change, Mentors, Work, and Motherhood. Content includes first-person essays and pep talks from well-known women in the creative world; studio visits and interviews; group discussions; and in-depth explorations of specific fields and niches, from designers in rural areas to women reviving the art of embroidery. And throughout, readers will find useful, targeted advice on how to tackle common problems like navigating copyright and contracts or working with friends.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781579658427

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Author Details

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Business/Motivational

Format

254 x 203 mm

Grace Bonney is the author of the bestselling books In the Company of Women and Design*Sponge at Home. Bonney is passionate about supporting all members of the creative community: she foundedDesign*Sponge , a daily website dedicated to the creative community, which currently reaches nearly 2 million readers per day; runs an annual scholarship for up-and-coming designers; writes a free business column for creatives; and is the host of a weekly podcast, After the Jump, which reaches over 500,000 listeners per episode.

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

75 colour photographs

Key Information

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

With its emphasis on the power of inclusivity, diversity, and celebrating the differences that unite, Good Company provides an energetic and highly stimulating place to connect, learn, grow, and work through the challenges that women experience in pursuing their passions and dreams.

• •

Grace Bonney’s social media and online following encompasses over 2 million daily readers across the globe. Good Companywill continue to tap into the “girl power” energy of the bestselling In the Company of Women and provide even more in-depth interviews and inspiration for women in life and at work. Much like Rookie magazine, Good Companywill have a friendly, relatable scrapbook feel with themed issues that will make readers want to collect and keep them as sets to reference for years to come. The author has collaborated with many versatile brands worldwide, from Ann Taylor and Eileen Fisher to Target, West Elm, Anthropologie, and Mrs. Meyers. Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO BY GRACE BONNEY

Price

AU$75.00

ISBN

9781579655976

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

All the Buildings in Paris That I've Drawn So Far James Gulliver Hancock A new title from the author/illustrator of the hugely popular All the Buildings in New York, this is a charmingly illustrated journey to Paris, told one building at a time. All the Buildings in Paris is a love letter to Paris, told through James Gulliver Hancock's unique and charming drawings of the city's diverse architectural styles and streetscapes. This unusual combination of the artistic and the technical presents the Parisian cityscape as a colourful, one-of-a-kind journey through the streets of this historical city. The book showcases beloved iconic buildings and structures, such as Notre Dame, the Louvre, and of course the Eiffel Tower. The latest modern landmarks are featured, such as the Centre Pompidou and the Grande Arche, along with celebrated cultural institutions, such as the Musée d'Orsay and the Palais Garnier Opera House. The book also includes the everyday buildings that may not be famous but whose stylishness or eccentricity make up an important part of Paris and its architectural landscape.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$37.99

ISBN

9780789334237

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

248 x 191 mm

Key Information

Extent

64pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

Parisians and tourists alike will savour this volume that uniquely celebrates the energy, spirit, and history of one of the greatest cities in the world.

Author Details James Gulliver Hancock is an artist and illustrator from Sydney, Australia. His work has been exhibited in galleries worldwide, and he has worked with a wide variety of high profile clients, including Coca-Cola, the New York Times, and Herman Miller Furniture. He is the author of All the Buildings in New York, All the Buildings in London, All the Buildings in Sydney, All the Buildings in Melbourne and All the Buildings in Paris. He is based in Sydney.

• • •

Previous success of author's books. Paris is a perennially popular topic. The perfect gift book and collectible for both Parisians and tourists alike. Appealing to fans of art, architecture, illustrations, and travel. A highly promotable author. As was the case with All the Buildings in New York and All the Buildings in London, the author will set up a blog for All the Buildings in Paris to help promote the book and will organise book signings and possible exhibitions. Publicity campaign on release.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO BY JAMES GULLIVER HANCOCK

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$34.99

Price

AU$37.99

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

Price

AU$37.99

ISBN

9781743791936

ISBN

9780789331120

ISBN

9781742709918

ISBN

9780789324672

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Life in the Sloth Lane

Slow Down and Smell the Hibiscus

Lucy Cooke Photos of adorable (and popular) sloths illustrate a mindfulness book like no other. Slowing down and noticing the small things around us has never been more delightful! Is there a reason sloths are always smiling? Yes! They’ve mastered the art of living slow in a world whose pace is making everyone crazy. Along with being the “it” animal – “sloths are the new kittens” (Washington Post)—the sloth clearly has much to teach us about how to live. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9780761193227

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Animals

Format

152 x 152 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Combining the irresistible cuteness of sloths with words of wisdom about slowing down, Life in the Sloth Lane is a mindfulness book like no other. On spread after spread we see heart-tugging, full-colour images of sloths—grown-ups and babies, both two-toed and threetoed, draped in trees, lying on hammocks, eating, hugging, nuzzling, playing – paired with inspiration on the joy of living slow, including quotes from Thoreau and Emily Dickinson, Paulo Coehlo and Elizabeth Gilbert. Written by Lucy Cooke, author of the sellout Sloths calendar and the "Steven Spielberg of sloth filmmaking" (The Atlantic), Life in the Sloth Lane is the perfect gift for anyone who wants to step out of the fast lane. Or – hint, hint – needs to.

Author Details British filmmaker and zoologist Lucy Cooke has been called “the Steven Spielberg of sloth filmmaking” (The Atlantic). She is the woman behind Animal Planet’s Too Cute! Baby Sloths, the author of New York Times bestseller A Little Book of Sloth, and the founder of the Sloth Appreciation Society. Find her on the web at slothville.com.

Key Information •

• •

From their appearances in Zootopia and Ice Age, to the bestsellerdom of Workman's Sloths calendar, to sloth plush that stores just can't keep in stock, to internet memes, these creatures are everywhere, and their fan base keeps growing.One reason people love sloths: They take it sloooooow. The other reason: They're adorable to look at. So who better than sloths to remind us all to slow down and enjoy the small pleasures of life? Lucy Cooke knows sloths. The author/photographer of Workman's bestselling (and sell-out!) Sloths calendar, as well as The Little Book of Sloth, Cooke runs the Sloth Appreciation Society and Slothville (with more than 30,000 Facebook fans). Her videos featuring sloths from a Costa Rica sanctuary have had over 25 million views, and she produced a multi-award-winning documentary for Animal Planet called Too Cute! Baby Sloths!. Workman's Sloths calendars have been sellouts annually since they were first published in 2015; the 2017 wall calendar had 84 per cent full-price sell-through and the 2017 mini calendar had 92 per cent full-price sell-through.

[2017: IMG_3660]

Slow and steady wins the race. â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Aesop

2 | LIFE IN THE SLOTH LANE

LIFE IN THE SLOTH LANE | 3

If you live in awareness, it is easy to see miracles everywhere.

[2018: Che3bacca in tree.JPG or (?) Chewbacca_IMG_6999.JPG]

â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Thich Nhat Hanh

4 | LIFE IN THE SLOTH LANE

5 | LIFE IN THE SLOTH LANE

LIFE IN THE SLOTH LANE | 5

[2017: IMG_5639]

Don’t worry about a thing. —Bob Marley

LIFE IN THE SLOTH LANE | 37

15 Minute Vegan Comfort Food Simple & satisfying vegan recipes Katy Beskow 100 brand new, comforting vegan recipes that can be made in 15 minutes. From the author of the bestselling 15 Minute Vegan comes 15 Minute Vegan: Comfort Food. The book shatters the notion that vegan food is cold and soulless by showing you how to create inspired comfort foods, whether you're vegan or not. Vegan cookery expert Katy Beskow celebrates cooking for pleasure, soul and enjoyment, without having to spend hours in the kitchen. Using ingredients readily available in supermarkets, Katy’s easy recipes and instructions will have you making delicious, nutritious meals time after time. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787131064

The book explores how a mindful cooking process is as comforting as the final dish, even when you have just 15 minutes to spare, and offers 100 recipes across five chapters: comfort classics (chocolate chilli, moussaka bowls); sides & bites (sweetcorn fritters, speedy samosas); social sharing (mushroom bourguignon, garden biryani); solo recipes (spicy falafel burger, cashew chow mein); and sweet comforts (cherry pot pies, jam sponge pudding).

Author Details Katy Beskow is a dynamic vegan cookery write who blogs at: www.littlemissmeatfree.com. She develops recipes for a number of magazines and retailers and teaches vegan cookery at Yorkshire Wolds Cookery School. Katy is also now working on projects with the RSPB and other conservation charities as a Nature Revolutionary.

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Key Information

Format

225 x 175 mm

•

Extent

160pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

A follow-up to the bestselling 15-Minute Vegan. Dynamic, down-to-earth and media-friendly young author. Katy has a packed schedule of appearances at food festivals throughout the UK. 6 copy pack with 47.5% discount: GTIN: 9349685008798. Publicity campaign on release with food media.

five steps to comfort food Buy ingredients that look enticing. Be inspired by colourful, fragrant and seasonal produce, and try new things often. Sometimes, this means stepping outside of the supermarket to a local food market, where you can smell and feel the products, as well as chatting to the vendor about the locality and sourcing of the produce for sale. Choose vegan alternatives for an ethical and sustainable way to eat. Be excited about your purchases and plan how you will use up every last bite to reduce waste. 1) Enjoy being in the kitchen – even if you only have fifteen minutes to spare. Pour yourself a glass of wine or brew a cup of tea and enjoy the mindful process of following a recipe and putting a delicious meal together, whether you are cooking for yourself or friends and family. Be spontaneous and adapt recipes to your own preferences, like adding a little extra chilli if you like more heat or switching one fresh ingredient for another – cooking is all about what is right to you. Cooking is also about having fun and being creative, so don’t take yourself too seriously! 2) Plate up your food onto your favourite crockery, whether it’s a plate you usually keep for special occasions, an old chipped bowl that reminds you of dinner at your gran’s house, or load it into lunch tubs to take on a picnic. Eating from your favourite plate or bowl always feels like home, as it’s familiar and comforting. Enjoy your comfort food somewhere you feel happy, whether it’s being curled up on the sofa or sat under the tree in the park; there are no rules.

3) Eat together when you can and turn each meal into a catch-up, celebration or conversation. It feels great to cook up a feast for family and friends and have everyone help themselves to a selection of foods. Set up a table with fresh linens, perhaps some flowers and always plenty of serving spoons for guests to try out new dishes. Some of the happiest memories people have are when families get together and sit around the table to enjoy a meal. This isn’t exclusively for a special occasion or celebration, but simple, everyday mealtimes spent with immediate family. Eating like this creates memories and a positive, holistic attitude towards food. 4) Sometimes we choose to eat alone, whether it’s a conscious choice, irregular work shifts, or just what we need to do to enjoy a moment of ‘me time’. When cooking for yourself, you’re more likely to try something new, so take the opportunity to choose a recipe you fancy cooking and get creative with the ingredients. Cooking for yourself is rewarding, from the cooking process through to eating, where you can relax and enjoy the food, tasting every mouthful. 5) It’s easy to get stuck in a rut when cooking for yourself and for others, creating dishes that you’re familiar with, perhaps out of habit. This becomes uninspiring in the kitchen and at the dinner table, so use any opportunity to try something new – who knows, it could become your new comfort food classic! Every familiar dish started with an idea in the kitchen, so get creative, break the rules and eat the type of food you love, just the way you like it.

introduction

tuscan bean and pasta soup Serves 4

The reassuring texture and flavour of white beans and pasta are brought together in this simple soup, which is filling and warming.

Butterfly-shaped farfalle look attractive, as well as being easy to eat from a soup spoon.

Heat the olive oil in a large saucepan over a medium– high heat and cook the onion, celery and carrot for 3–4 minutes, stirring frequently. Add the garlic, oregano and mixed herbs, and cook for a further minute. Pour in the chopped tomatoes, vegetable stock, pasta and cannellini beans, and cook for 8 minutes, with the pan lid placed over on an angle. Stir occasionally.

1 tbsp olive oil 1 onion, finely chopped 1 stick of celery, finely chopped 1 carrot, finely chopped 1 clove of garlic, crushed 1 tsp dried oregano 1 tsp dried mixed herbs 400g (14oz) can chopped tomatoes 1 litre (1¾ pints/4½ cups) hot vegetable stock

Add the kale and cook for a further 2 minutes.

100g farfalle pasta (ensure egg free)

Season to taste with sea salt and black pepper.

400g (14oz) can cannellini beans, drained and rinsed Generous handful of kale, stalks removed Pinch of sea salt and black pepper

comfort classics

chocolate chilli Serves 4

This is soul food in a bowl. The fiery, fresh, dark and deep flavours marry together to create this indulgent chilli, that tastes like it’s been cooked for hours. For those who are sceptical about the addition of cocoa, you’ll find this dish has a beautifully balanced richness and a satisfyingly dark sauce.

This chilli freezes perfectly, so whip up a pan, enjoy a portion and pop the rest in the freezer for evenings when you have less than 15 minutes to cook.

Add the chopped tomatoes and onion to a large saucepan over a medium– high heat. Throw in the red pepper, celery and sweetcorn, and cook for 2–3 minutes.

400g (14oz) can chopped tomatoes 1 onion, finely sliced 1 red (bell) pepper, deseeded and sliced 1 stick celery, roughly chopped

Spoon in the cocoa, sugar, chilli powder, smoked paprika and cinnamon. Stir through the kidney beans and cannellini beans until combined, and cook for 12 minutes, stirring frequently while the chilli bubbles away. Remove from the heat and scatter with the spring onion, coriander and lime juice. Sprinkle over the dark chocolate just before serving.

4 tbsp frozen or canned sweetcorn 2 tsp each cocoa powder and mild chilli powder 1 tsp each soft brown sugar and smoked paprika ½ tsp ground cinnamon 400g (14oz) can red kidney beans, drained and rinsed and 400g (14oz) can cannellini beans, drained and rinsed 1 spring onion (scallion), roughly chopped Small handful of fresh coriander (cilantro), roughly torn

Also, be sure your chocolate is dairy free.

Juice of 1 unwaxed lime 1 square of dark chocolate, grated

comfort classics

boozy french bistro Serves 4

1. Chestnut mushroom bourguignon 2. Parsley and butter bean mash 3. Garlic baguettes 4. Fennel and radicchio slaw 5. Mint and musterd green beans Create a French bistro in the comfort of your own home with this rich and comforting meal.

social

instant mango fro-yo

lemon curd

Serves 2 generously

Makes 1 medium jar

When I lived in the city, I loved eating a creamy tub of frozen yoghurt on a hot day. I was lucky to find a wonderful shop that sold a vegan version, which I passed on my way home from work throughout summer. No matter where you are, stopping and having a moment of calm is good for the mind and body; this instant fro-yo will transport you to somewhere tropical.

Add the frozen mango, coconut yoghurt and lime juice to a high-powered blender and blitz until smooth and creamy. Serve immediately.

200g (7oz/½ cup) frozen mango chunks 5 rounded tbsp coconut yoghurt Juice of 1 unwaxed lime

Creamy, zesty lemon curd, generously spread onto white bread, brings back memories of childhood summers spent in the garden. I always have a small jar of this in the fridge – I hope you will too.

Traditionally, lemon curd is made using eggs and butter. This vegan version sets as it cools, however, I love it straight from the pan, drizzled onto hot toast or over a vanilla cake. If you prefer a more set version, pour into a clean jar and leave overnight in the fridge.

Add the lemon zest, lemon juice, sugar, soya milk and cornflour to a pan, and bring to the boil over a medium– high heat. Simmer for 10 minutes, stirring frequently. Stir through the vegan butter and cook for a further 2 minutes until smooth and glossy. Use as a thickened drizzle while warm, or allow to cool and pour into a jar to set overnight. It will keep in the fridge for up to a week.

Zest and juice of 2 unwaxed lemons 150g (5½oz/¾ cup) granulated sugar 400ml (14fl oz/scant 1¾ cups) sweetened soya milk 1 level tbsp cornflour (cornstarch) 1 tbsp vegan butter

Frozen mango chunks are available in large supermarkets. Stock up and use them in smoothies, puddings and curries.

128

sweet

129

15 MINUTE VEGAN COMFORT FOOD GTIN: 9349685008798

6 copy pack with 47.5% discount AU RRP: $179.94 With discount: $94.47 NZ RRP: $197.94 With discount: $103.92

ALSO BY KATY BESKOW

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781849499637

Open Sandwiches 70 Smørrebrød Ideas for Morning,Noon and Night Trine Hahnemann Smørrebrød for every occasion, including basic recipes for breads and toppings. The massive trend for all things Scandi, healthier eating and the profile of "New Nordic" cuisine worldwide, have led to the renaissance of the open sandwich. Smørrebrød are the classic Danish variety and in the hands of chef and food writer Trine Hahnemann, they are a treat for the senses as well as the taste buds. Traditionally using a rye bread base, they can be topped with a huge variety of vegetables and pickles, fish, meats, herbs, salads – and can even include sweet options. Trine offers 70 recipes for delicious, healthy open sandwiches that are beautiful enough to serve at a dinner party or simply make a quick and filling snack using leftovers. From quick-cured salmon to blue cheese with apple, the delightful recipes are accompanied by photographs from acclaimed Danish photographer Columbus Leth.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131255

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

A chef and food writer, Trine Hahnemann is an enthusiastic advocate for sustainable solutions, organic sourcing and food cooked with love. With her great knowledge of Danish food and food culture, she writes for and appears regularly in the media in America and Britain. Trine has written ten cookbooks in her native Danish and five in English, including The Scandinavian Cookbook, Scandinavian Christmas , Scandinavian Baking and Scandinavian Comfort Food, all published by Quadrille.

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 160 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

Trine is the undisputed expert on Nordic cookery. Open sandwiches are a key part of the New Nordic food trend. 70 imaginative ideas to revolutionise your lunch break.

everyday / fancy / basics

tomato, egg and mayonnaisse Intro needed... Serves 4 4 slices of rye bread salted butter 2 large tomatoes 2 hard-boiled eggs (see page 000) 2 tbsp Classic mayonnaise (see page 000) 2 tbsp cress sea salt flakes and freshly ground black pepper Place the rye bread slices on a work top and spread the butter evenly on each slice. Slice the tomatoes. Cut each egg into 4 slices, and place 2 slices of egg with 1 slice of tomato in the middle on each bread. Divide the mayonnaise between the open sandwiches, place the cress on top and sprinkle with salt and pepper. 14

variation Use cottage cheese instead of mayonnaise. Or change the herbs: chopped chives, chervil and dill will work well instead of cress.

everyday / fancy / basics

“æggekage” baked eggs with tarragon and potatoes Inspired by an old Danish recipe called æggekage, which is eggs with fried slices of salted pork belly. You can find recipes for this in cookbooks dating back to 1864, when it is said to have been served to soldiers fighting in the Danish-German war. I make my æggekage with leftover potatoes instead of pork belly and serve it with tomatoes and chives. Serves 4 20 cherry tomatoes on the vine 1 tbsp extra virgin olive oil for the baked eggs 8 large eggs 100ml (3½fl oz) single cream sea salt flakes and freshly ground black pepper 1 tsp salted butter 1 spring onion, finely sliced 2 tbsp finely chopped tarragon leaves 200g (7oz) cold boiled potatoes, finely chopped 4 slices of rye bread 2 tbsp chives, chopped Preheat the oven to fan 180°C/400°F/gas 6. Brush the tomatoes with olive oil, and bake in the oven for 10 minutes. Meanwhile, beat the eggs well in a jug, then beat in the cream and add salt and pepper. Melt the butter in a medium-sized frying pan that has a lid and sauté the spring onion, tarragon and potatoes for 3–4 minutes. Pour the egg mixture into the pan, reduce the heat and cover with a lid. Let it bake on the hob for about 15 minutes. Or, if you use an ovenproof frying pan, the eggs can be finished in the oven alongside the tomatoes for about 10 minutes. While they are still warm, cut the baked eggs into pieces and place them on the slices of rye bread. Sprinkle with the chives and serve right away with the baked tomatoes. 68

variation This can also be served with crisped bacon crumbled on top.

everyday / fancy / basics

cod and fennel In Denmark, we have a traditional dish with fried plaice and prawns that we call ‘shooting star’. Sometimes you have to stir up the classics a little bit. I wanted to make a new dish with fried fish, mainly because, for most of the year, we can only buy prawns in brine and I am not that crazy about those (they are too salty). This is the result. Cod is one of my favourite fish, so, with capers and fennel, I hope I’ve created a new classic! Serves 4 1 fennel bulb 500g (1lb 2oz) cod fillet 1 egg 100g (3½oz) breadcrumbs sea salt flakes and freshly ground black pepper 5 slices of rye bread 2 tbsp capers, drained and rinsed 1 tsp salted butter, plus more for the capers 1 tbsp finely grated unwaxed lemon zest 1 bunch of watercress Cut the fennel in very thin slices, using a mandolin if you have one, and place in a bowl with ice-cold water. Cut the cod into 8 pieces, as even as possible. Lightly beat the egg and place in a shallow dish. Mix the breadcrumbs with salt and pepper and place in a second dish. Dip each piece of cod in the egg, then hold it up to drain off any excess, then place it in the breadcrumbs. Turn the fish over until coated with a good layer of crumbs, then place on a dish lined with baking parchment. Repeat with the remaining pieces. (You can chill the breaded fillets at this stage to firm up the breadcrumbs, if you have time.) Take 1 slices of rye bread and crumble it into small crumbs. Place in a dry frying pan over a medium-high heat and toast the crumbs, stirring, until crisp. Fry the capers in a little butter until they open up like little flowers, then leave them in the pan. Now fry the breaded cod fillets in the remaining butter, in batches if necessary, making sure the pan is never dry, for 2–3 108

variation Serve with Tarragon Mayonnaise (see page 000), capers and sliced tomatoes.

ALSO BY TRINE HAHNEMANN

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$55.00

ISBN

9781849498869

How to be a Modern Princess Quadrille Publishing Ltd Meghan’s done it. Now you can too. Tips and tricks for becoming the ultimate modern princess. "Get a cool paralegal alter ego." "Get divorced. Sorry Wallis Simpson..." "Perfect the art of gazing adoringly (into the camera/your prince's eyes)." Meghan Markle has changed the rules. What was once an unattainable 7-year-old’s dream has now become an achievable reality. With this book, step into Meghan’s glass slippers, and find out all the little ways in which you can channel your inner modern princess. Simple yet profound, this humorous little book could change your life forever. Read it, enjoy it, learn from it… and it’s just possible that your fairy tale dreams could come true. Publication

19 April 2018

Key Information

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9781787132627

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Humour

Format

127 x 105 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

The perfect gift book for lovers of the British royal family. 70 hacks on how to be a modern princess. Meghan Markle has reinvented the notion of the ‘princess’ with her everyday upbringing, feminism and independence – the perfect role model. Publication in April in time for a guaranteed royal wedding frenzy.

Publication date 19 April.

Be More Unicorn How to find your inner sparkle Joanna Gray A rainbow-filled celebration of the unicorn trend. Unicorns are rare, wonderful, shimmery creatures. A mascot for the millennials and a symbol of magical positivity, there is much we can learn from these fabulous mythical ponies. Be More Unicorn offers a dose of glittery escapism. It teaches you to let go by embracing your inner unicorn and gaining a deeper understanding of yourself and others. Unleash your playfulness and uncover the secret of postivity, through a collection of practical rainbow-coloured tips, mystical exercises and witty, whimsical quotes. So polish your hoofs, shake out your luscious mane and get ready to become the all-new, powerful you and Be More Unicorn! Publication

01 April 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781787131224

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Gift

Format

155 x 120 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

The perfect gift for unicorn lovers everywhere! Unicorns have a large celebrity following, with fans including Margot Robbie, Nicole Kidman, Emilia Clarke and Jennifer Lopez. Unicorns are a social media phenomenon, racking up a total of 969,715 #Unicorns tags on Instagram.

Publication date 1 April.

unicorns are... magical ˈmædʒɪkl: beautiful or delightful in a way that seems removed from everyday life Before you read this chapter, please, close your eyes. Keep them closed. Wait for two minutes. Listen to what is happening around you. Feel the touch of your skin. Breathe deeply and wait for the magic of the unicorn to descend. Try it now. Close your eyes. Picture the unicorn. Its glimmering horn. Its rippling flanks. Its perfectly curled lashes. Its beauty. Now slowly open your eyes. And whisper: “I believe in unicorns” To conjure the spirit of unicorn is to enter the realm of true make-believe. It is to step into our own childhoods. It is to be charmed by the exquisite. “I believe in unicorns” 10 magical

Magic and unicorn have played with each other since the deepest past. There is one particular story about the unicorn’s benign use of magic that has travelled with the blessed creature through the ages… It’s dawn; the forest is creaking awake. The mice are scurrying for nuts, the deer are breathing the dew damp air, the birds are singing to herald the sun. Little do they realise that at nightfall, the serpent

slithered from its hole to the lake with evil intent. With one flick of its tongue, it poisoned the watering hole. And yet at dawn, the unicorn appears on the shore, as fleeting as quicksilver. Its bright white flanks gleam against the woodland glade. It dips its head, and the horn touches the water. A magical jolt of energy darts from the horn and in an instant the water is cleansed of the serpent’s poison. As sun breaks out from

11 magical

Being in tune with the natural magic all around is the first trot to being a magical unicorn. The second leap requires the acquisition of gentle emotional intelligence. Unicorns donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t make an enormous song and dance about their magical water purifying abilities. Oh no. They work their magic with the water and slip away.

Nature is a petrified magic city.

So too, can you follow the unicorn and decide to complete a magical act every day. No one but the unicorns need know what youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re up to. Think of yourself as the magical unicorn fairy.

Novalis, poet 17 magical

be more...

fabulous

To live like a unicorn is to inhabit a fabulous legend.

Get the fabulous unicorn look: Wear more sequins

To be truly fabulous is to live an life that inspires other great minds.

Be bold Be brave Be bright Run wild Dye your hair Be fun Be OTT Command attention Dazzle

27 fabulous

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Harry & Meghan An Invitation to the Royal Wedding Angela Peel This highly illustrated, detailed account of Harry and Meghan's relationship celebrates the announcement of their wedding and tells the story of a thoroughly modern royal romance. The book charts their very different individual lives from childhood to shared global stardom, revealing how the couple first met on an unlikely blind date and then secured their love for one another while camping in the wilds of Botswana. Based on first-hand anecdotes of the couple's life together, Harry and Meghan: An Invitation to the Royal Wedding traces the fairytale-like romance between the UK's fifth-in-line to the throne and the star of television's Suits up to the day of their engagement in November 2017. It also explores their plans for this highly anticipated royal wedding.

Author Details Angela Peel is a journalist and author who has produced a series of books on royal subjects. She has written for a variety of magazines including Hello!, Glamour, Marie Claire and Elle and is a regular contributor to The Times and Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787391338

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

260 x 194 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

Approx. 150 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Vanity Fair.

Key Information • • • •

The wedding of HRH Prince Henry of Wales to Miss Meghan Markle is the most highly anticipated royal event of recent times. More than 500 million people are predicted to watch the event worldwide. The event will be attended by a glittering array of royalty, movie stars and luminaries from across the globe. Interest in the wedding will generate income in excess of $1.7 billion in sales of wedding souvenirs, tourism and television rights worldwide.

CHAPTER 9

A ROYAL ENGAGEMENT

ovember,

2017,

and

cozy night in for the happy couple at Nott Cott. Harry had been a dab hand at

cooking since his Eton days and Meghan was a self-acknowledged foodie who had frequently posted recipes on her own blog, and so what could have been more natural for the two of them to be roasting a chicken together? Or ì trying to roast a chicken,î as Harry later said. Harryís mind might indeed not have been on the task in hand for a much bigger preoccupation was looming. There was no doubt as to how serious the relationship had become and Harry had often spoken longingly of settling down as his brother had done, into palpable domestic happiness with his wife and children. William had proposed in the wilds of Africa; would Harry do likewise? No: warm and happy in front of the kitchen stove, the moment to do it was now. But Harry was a traditional sort of chap and so he proposed in the traditional way. ì It was so sweet and natural and very romantic. He got down on one knee,î Meghan said later in the television interview the pair gave when the announcement was made on 27 November. ì As a matter of fact, I could barely let you finish

OPPOSITE, RIGHT

proposing. I said, ì Can I say yes now?íî

and OVERLEAF: The

Harry took over the story: ì There was hugs and I had the ring in my finger. I

beaming couple pose

was like, ëCan I give you the ring?í She goes, ëOh, yes! The ring!íî And slowly the

for an official photocall

couple opened up about the relationship: Harry revealed that they had only been

at The Sunken Gardens

on a couple of dates together when he persuaded her to go away ñ and it was that

at Kensington Palace on 27 November 2017.

Goat Cooking and Eating James Whetlor The definitive goat meat cookbook. We should all be eating more goat. It’s sustainable, ethical, highly nutritious and low in calories. Why then does it remain so underused and misunderstood? This book tells the story of how food and farming culture developed in the west without the help of this staple of global agriculture, and showcases the best recipes from around the world using this fabulous beast. Utterly delicious cooked fast and lean or slow-cooked in curries, stews, braises and roasts, from kebabs to stir-fries to sausages, goat is the one meat we should all be eating more of. With 100 dishes created by Cabrito’s founder James Whetlor and chef Matt Williamson, plus a foreword by Hugh Fearnley-Whittingstall, and guest recipes from world-renowned chefs including Yotam Ottolenghi, Gill Meller, Neil Rankin and Jeremy Lee, Goat is a ground-breaking, bold cookbook. Essential reading for anyone with even a passing interest in food and the way we eat today, and set to be the definitive guide on the subject for years to come, Goat is a genre-defining book. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781787131187

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details James Whetlor of Cabrito Goat Meat worked as a chef for 12 years in London, before moving back to his hometown in Devon and working at River Cottage. During this period, he bought four goats to help turn an area of scrubland into useable pasture and began to learn about the plight of the British Billy goat, in most cases euthanised shortly after birth. James thought this was, in today’s world of dwindling resources and environmental challenges, unacceptable and set out to do something about it. The award-winning business now sells to catering butchers, restaurants and supermarkets, from a network of farms across the country.

Key Information • • • • • •

Foreword by Hugh Fearnley-Whittingstall from River Cottage. Kid meat contains less cholesterol than chicken and more iron than beef. 'It's fantastic that goat meat is now in supermarkets' Jamie Oliver. With guest recipes from celebrity chefs Hugh Fearnley-Whittingstall, Yotam Ottolenghi, Gill Meller, NeilRankin and Jeremy Lee. Instagram: 2K+ followers (@cabritogoatmeat). Twitter: 4K+ followers (@cabritogoatmeat).

converted stable – but with the help of some straw bales and a tractor, they managed. After four years the Billy Tannery was born on Jack’s family farm. Kid leather isn’t just good for those gloves that you are meant to handle delicate people and situations with. It is strong, lightweight and durable, making it ideal for the bags, notebooks and wallets Billy Tannery are making. But it is the soft finish and pronounced grain that make it really beautiful and lend it a luxurious feel. Having the Billy Tannery take the hides is the last piece of the puzzle for Cabrito. It is another wonderful example of the opportunities out there for artisan production and how the restaurant trade, albeit by a rather circuitous route, is helping make it happen. Being able to step back from the system and see milk, meat and leather is deeply satisfying. It’s how things used to be. For centuries, each last resource would be eked out of an animal’s carcass. Waste needs to be a 20th century phenomenon. Jack and the Billy Tannery have relearned a skill that Britain had lost, and in doing so have added value to a waste product. Sadly, Jack is yet to add those Ötzi-style goat leather trousers to the range, but it’s early days.

Farm Africa Right from the start we were determined that Cabrito would have a charitable element. Just as I believe that it’s hard to start a food business without an ethical or sustainable element in today’s environment, I think it’s incumbent on us as a business to take that ethical stance beyond the confines of our product or industry and see where we can help others. If we care about goats, we should care about humans too. The draw towards a charity that works with goats was of course irresistible to us, and so a relationship with Farm Africa was born. 50 per cent of my fee for writing this book, and 50 per cent of the royalties, are being donated to Farm Africa to support the wonderful – and I mean truly wonderful – work they do. So thank you, dear reader, for buying this book and making a small contribution. Farm Africa has been working in Tigray, Northern Ethiopia for over 20 years, and has worked with over 11,000 women. Most of the households in Tigray are female-headed. The men leave to find casual jobs in the cities and many never return, leaving the women to raise children alone. Women, particularly single mothers and widows, find access to quality livestock hard as

INTRODUCTION

Kid Khoresht with Rhubarb This is really good made in a slow cooker, if you have one. Serve with chopped salad and yoghurt sauce (page 201). It can also be topped with rose petals.

Serves 4 700g/1lb 9oz diced kid 2 tablespoons vegetable or olive oil (or use butter) 2 large onions, finely diced ½ teaspoon ground turmeric ½ teaspoon ground cinnamon pinch of saffron strands (optional) ¼ nutmeg, freshly grated

Season the meat with salt and pepper. Heat 1 tablespoon of the oil in a pan and add the diced meat. Fry until just coloured on all sides, then transfer to a plate. Add the rest of the oil and the onions to the same pan and cook until soft, about 10 minutes. Add the spices and cook for 1 minute, then add back the meat, with the honey and pomegranate molasses.

SLOW

1 tablespoon honey 3½ tablespoons pomegranate molasses 500ml/2 cups kid stock (or use water or chicken stock) 2 sticks of rhubarb, roughly chopped salt and freshly ground black pepper

Add the stock to the pan and bring to a gentle simmer, then cover and cook for about 1½ hours over a low heat, stirring every now and then until the meat is completely tender and the sauce is thick (cook uncovered after 45 minutes if the sauce is too thin). Add the rhubarb for the final 15 minutes. Check the seasoning, adding more salt, pepper or honey to taste before serving.

Quick Cooks This section of the book has lots of recipes that you will recognize: sausages, meatballs, burgers – the sort of easy-to-make food we all eat, all the time. When we started thinking about goat versions of these sorts of dishes I knew they had to have an authenticity. I saw no point in trying to make a goat version of a pork and apple sausage, for instance, as the pork version would always be superior. Instead, we followed the goat to its source and found inspiration there… except, perhaps, for the burgers, but I’m sure you will forgive me for that. This is a group of recipes where I urge you to get your hands dirty. When mixing the spices into the sausages or meatballs, get your hands into the bowl and pound and squash the meat with your fingers. Work the meat like you are making bread dough. This will do a few things: it will make sure the spices and flavourings are evenly distributed through the mixture; it will help the texture by causing the proteins to bind; and it will make you feel like you own it, like you’ve actually made it – and that is a lovely feeling. There is some obvious crossover between quick cooking and barbecuing, and plenty of these recipes will cook fantastically well and even be enhanced over coals, so please experiment!

Boned Shoulder Stuffed with Spiced Rice You can replace the lemon zest and juice with orange if you like. This is also good served with lightly steamed spring greens and some seasoned yoghurt mixed with fresh dill.

Serves about 8 50g/3½ tablespoons butter ½ cinnamon stick 6 green cardamom pods 150g/5½oz basmati rice, washed and rinsed 20g/¾oz chopped almonds, pine nuts or pistachios 20g/¾oz raisins, dried cherries or dried apricots, roughly chopped

Heat the butter in a large pan, add the cinnamon and cardamom and fry for 2 minutes. Add the rice, nuts and dried fruit and stir to coat, then cook for 1 minute. Add the carrot and cook for 1 minute more, then add 250ml/1 cup water, ½ teaspoon salt and the saffron and its soaking liquid. Cover and cook for 12 minutes, then add the lemon zest and juice, and check the seasoning. Set aside. Preheat the oven to 220°C/425°F/gas mark 7. Open up the shoulder skin-side down on a board and trim and flatten it to open it out as much as possible. Spoon as much rice filling as will fit into the boned shoulder, reserving the rest for later. Roll up, tie with butcher’s string to secure and put into a roasting dish. Rub with the oil and season with salt and pepper, then roast in the oven for 35 minutes.

14 6

ROAST

1 small carrot, peeled and coarsely grated small pinch of saffron strands, soaked in 3 tablespoons boiling water finely grated zest and juice of 1 lemon 1.5kg/3lb 5oz boneless kid shoulder 2 tablespoons vegetable or olive oil 1 large onion, roughly chopped salt and freshly ground black pepper

Turn the heat down to 180°C/350°F/gas mark 4, give the meat a baste, then add the onion and 200ml/scant 1 cup water to the dish and roast for about a further 2 hours. Add the remaining cooked rice to the dish, around the meat, and cook for a further 30 minutes until the rice begins to brown and crisp up and the shoulder is completely tender. Remove from the oven and let it rest for 10 minutes, loosely covered with foil, before serving in thick slices with the rice.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Clean + Dirty Drinking 100+ Recipes for Delicious Elixirs, Made With and Without Booze Gabriella Mlynarczyk This bright and vibrant drinks book combing health/wellness in a fun format speaks to fans of Chronicle series like

Eat, Drink, and Be Gorgeous and Eat Pretty , as well as a new generation of women looking to get healthy from the inside out, but still have a little fun. As this book features both nonalcoholic and alcoholic versions of every drink, it will appeal to healthy/clean eaters, ladies who might make drinks for a party or baby shower, and cocktail enthusiasts. They will respond to the inspiring recipes and photography, new drink flavour profiles and techniques, and the author's funny, irreverent writing in this gifty little package. From a bartender/practitioner of the holistic arts comes a recipe book that combines health, wellness, and craft cocktails to create drinks that taste delicious, heal the body, promote glow, and increase longevity. This practical and seasonal drinks book promotes healthful ingredients (anti-inflammatory, blood-purifying, and antioxidants) for building good cocktails (or mocktails) from quality ingredients. Each of the 24 recipes can be made 'clean' (made sans booze) or 'dirty' (with the addition of a spirit) and are organised seasonally to focus on ingredients with specific health benefits. Part One details the basics of cocktail making (tools, syrups, garnishes) and choosing clean ingredients and flavour profiles; it contains more than 50 recipes for garnishes, drink bases, and more.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781452163819

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Food & Drink

•

Format

229 x 140 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

32 full colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details English-born, Los Angeles–based Gaby Mlynarczyk currently tends bar at hot spot Birch in Hollywood. Her blog was a best Drink Blog 2014 from Saveur and on the Serious Eats Best Cocktail blog list. Her recipes have been published in The New York Times Magazine, Los Angeles Times, Fast Company, and other outlets. http://www.lalovingcup.com

•

This is Eat Pretty (2014, 116K net sales globally) for cocktails with 75 delicious recipes for finding beauty and health from the inside out, from a top-rung bartender with a demonstrated interest in the holistic arts. The ingredients in each recipe have health-boosting and detoxing properties that make a round of cocktails guilt free. While cookbooks have published to the healthy-eating, detox trend, cocktail books haven't yet tapped into that interest. This will be among the first of the cocktail books that focus on putting healthy ingredients in your beverage to promote overall beauty and health, instead of just weight loss. Author Gaby Mlynarczyk has received numerous accolades for her drinks blog (including a Saveur blog award nod) and has serious bartending/restaurant world chops (including working with food luminaries like Terence Conran and Michael Voltaggio along the way).

INFUSING

TOOLS

Holy Basil Rum or Parsley Vermouth Turmeric + Ginger Vodka or compound syrup Miso-Infused Manuka Honey Black Sesame Whiskey Chamomile Vermouth Lemon Verbena Gin or Tisane Grapefruit + pink peppercorn Gin or Compound Syrup Clean or Dirty Rhubarb “Pimms” Clean or Dirty “Campari” Bitter

ICE

FROM THE LARDER

Melon, Mint + Basil ice cubes “Old Fashioned” Stock cube ice

Brown Butter -Washed Syrup or Rum Coconut Butter washed Syrup or Scotch Nut or Brown Rice Milk Beet Shrub Plum Agrodolce or Sweet + Sour Shrub Ginger Manuka Kombucha Coconut Water Kefir

Introduction

CHAPTER ONE: Building Blocks HEROES, SUPERPOWERS & SIDEKICKS

MIXING JUICING Agar clarification Tomato Consommé Rhubarb Consommé SYRUPS Clean or Dirty Simple Syrup Raw Honey Syrup Raw Date Syrup Clean or Dirty Gum or Gomme Syrup Clean or Dirty Turmeric + Ginger syrup Clean or Dirty Grenadine Clean or Dirty Hop or Green Tea syrup Clean or Dirty Lemon Thyme syrup Clean or Dirty Tikka Masala spice syrup Clean or Dirty Brown Rice Orgeat + Falernum Clean or Dirty Salted Caramel Syrup Clean or Dirty Cola Syrup

Fruit or Veg Chips Campari or Fernet Dust Dirty Drunken Brine Clean Pickling Brine Salty Dog Air Lemon Verbena Air Coconut-Spiced Foam IPA Beer or Hop Syrup Foam Spiced Apple Cider Foam Beet Kombucha Foam

CHAPTER TWO : Recip es

#14 / Caramel + Apple + Calvados

#15 / Brown rice + Banana + White Rum

#16 / Carrot + Cardamom + Aperol + Old Tom Gin #17 / Oolong + Black Lime + Bourbon #18 / Pomegranate + Harissa + Sherry + Mezcal WINTER #19 / Black Sesame + Date + Amaretto + Bourbon

#1 / Kumquat + Coriander + “Campari” + Mezcal

#20 / Chamomile + Bee Pollen + Highland Scotch

#2 / Grapefruit + Hop + Gin

#21 / Cranberry + Falernum + Apple Cider + Calvados

#3 / Nasturtium + Peas + Agricole Rum #4 / Parsley + Key lime + Vodka #5 / Rhubarb + Coconut + Gin

Clean or Dirty Hot Toddy Stock Cubes Clean or Dirty Fluid Gel

#6 / Rose Geranium + Rhubarb + “Pimms”

THE ESSENTIAL BAR

SUMMER

Herb or Flower Hydrosols Sweet Tart Powder Whipped Honey & Bee or Fennel Pollen Butter Whipped Lardo Parmesan Frico Prosciutto Chips Walnut + Miso Butter Candied Cranberries or Olives Miso Candied Walnuts or Popcorn Sesame + 5 Spice Candied Popcorn

#13 / Golden Beet + Shiso + Saison Beer

SPRING

MODERNIST INGREDIENTS

GARNISH

AUTUMN

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Contents

#22 / Guava + Blue Majik + Chai green Tea + Rum #23 / Miso + Manuka Honey + Islay Scotch #24 / Turmeric + Tikka Masala + Vodka

#7 / Avocado + Cilantro + Tequila

Resources

#8 / Holy basil + Matcha Green Tea + Rum

Acknowledgements

#9 / Lemon Verbena + Vanilla + Reisling #10 / Lettuce + Celery + Mezcal #11 / Strawberry + Umeboshe + Manzanilla Sherry #12 / Watermelon + Bergamot Mint + Bourbon

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Melon, Mint + Basil Ice Cubes MAKES 16 LARGE ROCK CUBES

Tools

ingredients

Vegetable juicer

4 cups [560 grams] cubed watermelon

Chinois strainer Three 6-cube silicone ice cube trays

10 sprigs mint 5 sprigs basil 2 cups [480 ml] filtered water

Clear a level space in your freezer to fit a small, rimmed sheet pan. Place the ice cube trays on the sheet pan for stability (silicone trays are wobbly and you donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t want to lose precious juice in transit). Add the melon, mint, and basil to the juicer and process. Pour through the chinois into a large bowl or pitcher. Add the water and stir to combine. Pour the mixture into the molds, filling them three-quarters full (the mixture expands while freezing). Transfer to the freezer and freeze for at least 8 hours and up to 1 day. Store in an airtight container or re-sealable plastic bag for 1 week in the freezer. To release cubes, allow to sit for 5 minutes (less if youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;re in a hot room) so that the cube starts to pull away from the sides of the mold, turn ice cube tray upside down and carefully peel silicone mold away from the sides, have a bowl handy to catch the falling cube or it will slide all over your counter top.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Chocolate Alchemy A Bean-To-Bar Primer Kristen Hard What Tartine Bread did for bread, Alex Stupak's Tacos did for tortillas, and Michael Ruhlman's Charcuterie did for sausage, this book does for chocolate: it reveals the complete process for making chocolate from scratch as well as offers a wealth of innovative recipes using chocolate. In look and feel it will have an appeal like that of the Ladurée cookbooks with their jewel-like presentation. This collection of 100 fresh recipes celebrates bean-to-bar chocolate from the ground up. Including a revolutionary recipe for making chocolate from scratch from cacao beans, the book takes control back from the big chocolate manufacturers and gives home cooks the power to make their own chocolate of the highest quality.

Author Details

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847858415

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

267 x 181 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

75 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Kristen Hard had her first chocolate epiphany when she was working as a private chef on a yacht in the Caribbean. At a stop in Martinique, she discovered cacao trees growing in the forest. She became obsessed with mastering all the details of the bean to bar process. In Atlanta in 2008, she opened Cacao, the first bean-to-bar chocolate maker in the Southeast. Its mission is to make chocolate bars and confections from scratch using beans sourced directly from farmers. She has been featured in Food and Wine, Bon Appetit, Town & Country, Details, Country Living, and Travel and Leisure. Cacao products are sold in its three original shops in Atlanta as well as in select Williams-Sonoma and other specialty foods stores in the US.

Key Information •

•

A central part of the author's mission is to overturn chocolate's old reputation as a sinful food. She is evangelical for its superfood qualities thanks to its flavonoids and mood-enhancing components. The key is starting with good-quality raw cacao, processing minimally to maintain beneficial enzymes, and avoiding additives like soy lecithin. A section of the book is devoted to vegan truffles, made with coconut oil, and all of the recipes focus on dark chocolate. At the heart of the book is a six-page section devoted to explaining how to make chocolate from scratch at home starting with cacao beans. This recipe has never been detailed in any cookbook for home users before. This recipe breaks down the barriers that have historically separated cooks from chocolate from scratch. Serious chocolate-lovers will go wild for this in the same way that hobbyist bakers obsess over making the perfect loaf from a natural starter.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847858415

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

267 x 181 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

75 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

The book includes recipes for all levels of expertise. Novice cooks can dive in immediately with baked good recipes like the no-bake chocolate salami or drinks like Aztec sipping chocolate. Next level cooks will delight in the truffles and confections chapters. Care is taken to make recipes customisable wherever possible, such as offering alternate easier techniques for truffles to be scooped instead of molded. Kristen Hard has been called "the female pioneer of bean-to-bar chocolate" by Southern Living magazine. Chocolate making has historically been dominated by men, which makes her story especially seductive for the press and consumers. She taught herself the intricacies of chocolate making by spending months with farmers in South and Central America then experimenting for several years to figure out how to make chocolate from scratch on a small scale. She brings this hard-won knowledge to the reader in this book.

Chocolate liquor, also called cacao liquor or cacao paste (Not to be confused with a liquor—cacao liquor doesn’t contain any alcohol.) The basis of all chocolate, this is 100 percent chocolate, made from the finely ground nibs of the cocoa bean. Nibs are ground to a thick paste, which becomes liquid when heated. It is sometimes commercially referred to as “cacao mass.” Cocoa pods The fruit of the cacao tree are fleshy footballshaped pods, between 6 and 12 inches in length, and ranging in color from green to bright reddishorange or purple. When ripe, they are harvested with machetes and split open. The pod contains a pulp embedded with 20 to 60 seeds. Cocoa beans, also called cacao seeds, these are the source of all chocolate. Cocoa beans are found in the pods of the cocoa tree. Cocoa butter A cocoa bean is approximately 50 percent cocoa butter. This fatty substance is obtained from chocolate liquor during processing. Under high pressure, the cocoa butter separates (breaks) from the cacao liquor, and the remaining material is pulverized to make cocoa powder. The two are combined again with sugar and other ingredients to make chocolate. Cocoa butter is not a dairy product, but it is also used in cosmetics and moisturizers. Cocoa butter melts at body temperature, which is why chocolate will “melt in your mouth.” Cocoa powder When raw cacao is roasted and processed at high temperatures, resulting in the loss of the live enzymes, it forms a powder, which is referred to as “cocoa powder.” Cocoa powder doesn’t provide the many health benefits that are present in cacao. It is used often for drinking chocolate and in cooking. Couverture A high-quality coating chocolate that contains from 32 to 39 percent cocoa butter. The cocoa butter helps form a thinner coating shell than noncouverture chocolate.

Chocolate Alchemy

Dark chocolate Chocolate that contains more than 50 percent cacao content. Besides chocolate liquor, it often contains added cocoa butter, sugar, vanilla, and often soy lecithin, which helps keep the cacao and cocoa butter from separating. Ganache A rich, silky mixture made by combining chopped milk, dark, or white chocolate with boiling cream, which is stirred until the mixture has a smooth, glossy sheen. (Sometimes cocoa butter is also added.) If cooled slightly, ganache will remain liquid and can be used to top cakes and other desserts. When it is chilled, ganache is used to make truffles. Milk chocolate Chocolate liquor to which milk, sugar, vanilla, and often lecithin have been added. Quality milk chocolate should contain a minimum of 30 percent chocolate liquor. Single-origin chocolate A chocolate that is made using cacao beans from one particular place or “origin.” The bean-to-bar movement has made single-origin chocolate popular. Single-origin chocolates focus on the specific terroir (or region) and the types of beans grown, which produce varied indigenous flavors. Tempering The process of bringing chocolate to a temperature high enough that the cocoa butter achieves a stable crystal form. Proper tempering to the right heat, followed by proper cooling, produces a glossy shine and good “mouth feel.” Unsweetened chocolate This is chocolate in its simplest form; it is made from cocoa solids and cocoa butter. Unsweetened chocolate is not good for eating because it is so bitter, but it can be used for baking and cooking. Not to be confused with bittersweet or dark chocolates, which have some sugar added. White chocolate This is not considered real chocolate, although it contains cocoa butter, because it does not contain chocolate liquor. White chocolate is made from cocoa butter, milk, sugar, and vanilla.

Chocolate-Dipped Waffle Cones Makes 1 dozen cones I am guilty of wanting to do everything myself, but I swear, the only way to serve the best waffle cones is to make them yourself! Once you taste these [TK describe what’s go good about them], you’ll want to make them all the time. To do so, you’ll need a waffle cone– forming tool as well as a basic waffle iron with a 12-inch diameter capacity (see “Source Guide,” page xx). Once you’ve made your waffle, move quickly and pay attention to technique: The most critical part is to make sure the base of the cone is sealed tightly so the ice cream won’t drip out (we’ve all experienced that, right?). The cones will harden after a minute or two and are ready for dipping at that time.

3 large eggs 3 egg whites 1½ cups sugar 1½ teaspoons salt 6 tablespoons unsalted butter, melted 2 cups all-purpose flour 9½ ounces 70% Cacao Base Chocolate (page xx) or highest-quality chocolate bars, coarsely chopped (1 cup), melted and tempered (see page xx), for dipping

Preheat the waffle iron while you make the batter. In a medium bowl, whisk together the eggs, egg whites, sugar, and salt until the sugar is dissolved. Add the melted butter and stir to combine. Whisk in the flour just until combined. The batter should be thick but still pourable. Open the waffle iron and pour a 2 tablespoons batter onto the middle of the preheated surface. Close and secure the lid. Allow the waffle to cook for approximately 1½ minutes (or follow the directions for your waffle iron). Check for doneness soon after the first minute is up. The waffle is done when it appears light golden-brown with white, doughy edges. Use a small offset spatula to remove the waffle from the iron then close the iron in order to maintain the heat.

Remove the cone from the form and insert and place it on a baking sheet to cool completely. If you want chocolate-dipped cones, you may now dip the tip of the cone into the warm tempered chocolate. Set the cone upside down on a piece of parchment to allow the chocolate to set. Fill with scoops of ice cream or gelato and eat immediately!

Kid-Size Waffle Cones: To make smaller cones for children (or adults who don’t want to overindulge), use half the amount of batter per cone and begin checking to see if the waffle is cooked after 30 seconds. Use a smaller insert to form the cone.

Working quickly, use a cone form and insert to wrap the waffle into the desired shape and size. Allow the waffle to sit in the form for 5 seconds to set.

Baked, Chilled & Frozen Desserts

Rich Chocolate Cake with Chocolate Buttercream Frosting Makes 8 to 10 servings This cake gets it’s rich chocolate flavor from a combination of melted chocolate and cocoa powder. Make sure to choose a high-quality cocoa powder for the best chocolate flavor. Remember, cocoa powder comes from cacao beans, so the powders will have diferent flavor expressions. They are not all created equal. Try the powder before you use it in this recipe, so you get the flavor combination you prefer. Espresso powder, which is ground expresso beans (you can grind the powder in a coffee grinder yourself doesn’t make the cake taste like coffee, but rather enhances the overall cocoa flavor.

1½ cups (3 sticks) unsalted butter, softened, plus extra for greasing the pan 1¼ cup sugar 1¼ cups all-purpose flour, plus extra for dusting the pan 1½ cups natural (non-alkalized) cocoa powder 2 teaspoons salt

4 large eggs 2 egg yolks ½ tablespoon vanilla extract 1 teaspoon instant espresso powder 3 ounces 70% Cacao Base Chocolate (page xx), coarsely chopped (scant ¼ cup) and melted 1 recipe Chocolate Buttercream Frosting (below)

Preheat the oven to 350°F. Butter and flour two 10-inch round cake pans and set aside.

Let cool on a wire rack for 30 minutes, then invert the pans to remove the cakes.

Put the butter and sugar in the bowl of a stand mixer fitted with the paddle attachment. Mix on medium speed until light and creamy.

Flip right side up and let the cakes cool for 2 to 4 hours before filling and frosting.

In a separate, nonreactive bowl, whisk together the flour, cocoa powder, and salt Turn the mixer speed to its lowest setting and add the dry ingredients to the creamed butter and sugar, mixing until fully incorporated. Increase the mixer speed to medium and add the eggs and yolks one at a time, scraping down the side of the bowl with a spatula after each addition as needed. Add the vanilla and espresso powder and mix just until combined. Remove the bowl from the mixer and, using a spatula, fold in the melted chocolate until well combined. The batter will be smooth and even in color.

(At this stage, the cakes can be stored in the refrigerator, well wrapped in plastic wrap, for up to 1 week.) To frost the cake layers, place one of the cooled cake layers on a 10-inch cardboard cake circle. Trim the tops of the layers with a sharp knife to make sure the layers sit evenly. After trimming, brush the top of each cake layer with the simple syrup, using all the syrup. There’s no need to wait to let the syrup soak in; you can go ahead and frost the cake.

Evenly distribute the batter between the prepared pans. Bake for 45 minutes, rotating the pans three times during baking. The cakes are ready when a wooden toothpick inserted into the center comes out clean.

Baked, Chilled & Frozen Desserts

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Superfood Juices and Smoothies Over 100 Recipes for All-Natural Fruit and Vegetable Drinks with Added Super-nutrients Nicola Graimes A collection of over 100 powerhouse recipes for fresh juices and smoothies, blended from fruit and vegetables and packed with added super-nutrients. Whether you’re looking for a punchy pick-me-up, an effective detoxifier or an anti-aging rejuvenator, Superfood Juices & Smoothies shows how to make flavour-packed drinks with unbeatable therapeutic properties. Along with the nutrients gleaned from ‘superfood’ fresh fruit and vegetables, these great-tasting glassfuls contain the added benefit of active super-nutrients such as spirulina, wheatgrass, maca, baobab, açaí berries, chia seeds and raw cacao among others. The first chapter, Detoxifiers, includes delicious recipes such as the Minty Fresh, designed to flush out the digestive system and encourage the elimination of toxins, and the Clear Mind packed with blueberries to boost concentration and memory. Energy- Enhancers features uplifting drinks such as the Super Boost, Rocket Fuel and Raspberry and Goji Restorer. If you’re feeling under the weather, try a warm, spicy and restorative Cold Comfort from the collection of Pick-me-ups. Alongside over 100 recipes there are also tips for getting the most from your fresh produce. For those who want to start from scratch, there are also recipes for making your own yogurt and dairy-free nut milks, as well as sprouting seeds and beans at home so you can be confident that your drink is 100 home-produced as well as tasting delicious!

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781849759311

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Author Details

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 190 mm

Nicola Graimes is an award-winning writer specialising in nutritional health, vegetarian cookery, and food for children. A former editor of Vegetarian Living magazine, she has written more than 30 books, includingGreat Healthy Food for Vegetarian Kids , which won Best Vegetarian Cookbook in the World Gourmand Awards 2002. For Ryland Peters & Small she has written The Salad Bowl and Superfood Slow Cooker . Nicola is a member of the prestigious Guild of Food Writers and lives in Brighton, UK.

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

80 colour photographs

Key Information

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

•

Blend your way to health and happiness with Nicola Graimes’ creative recipes for nutritionally potent juices, smoothies and other freshly-made blended drinks. Commercially produced juices and smoothies are big business, but by making your own, you can cut costs, feed your body only natural, unprocessed fruit and vegetables and have confidence that what you’re consuming is 100 per cent additive-free. Included are recipes for making yogurt, nut milks, and sprouted seeds and beans.

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Specifications

Superfood Juices & Smoothies

Binding: Hardback PLC

Whether you’re looking for a punchy pick-me-up, an effective detoxifier or an anti-aging rejuvenator, Superfood Juices & Smoothies shows how to make flavour-packed drinks with unbeatable therapeutic properties. Along with the nutrients gleaned from ‘superfood’ fresh fruit and vegetables, these great-tasting glassfuls contain the added benefit of active super-nutrients such as spirulina, wheatgrass, maca, baobab, açaí berries, chia seeds, and raw cacao among others. To help those unfamiliar with these super-nutrients, an in-depth list with a detailed explanation of their numerous health benefits as well as information on how to use them is included.

Extent: 144 pages Illustrations: c80 colour photographs Text: c15,000 words Price: UK £14.99 / US $19.95 / Priced higher in Canada Publication Date: February 2018 ISBN: 978-1-84975-931-1 Text copyright © Nicola Graimes 2014, 2018 Design and photographs copyright © Ryland Peters & Small 2014, 2018 For further information contact: UK OFFICE Ryland Peters & Small 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: + 44 (0)20 7025 2200 Fax: + 44 (0)20 7025 2201 info@rps.co.uk UK PUBLICITY Maria Hughes Tel: + 44 (0)20 7025 2232 maria.hughes@rps.co.uk US OFFICE Ryland Peters & Small 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 info@rylandpeters.com US PUBLICITY Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com www.rylandpeters.com

The first chapter, Detoxifiers, includes delicious recipes such as the Minty Fresh, designed to flush out the digestive system and encourage the elimination of toxins, and the Clear Mind packed with blueberries to boost concentration and memory. Energy-Enhancers features uplifting drinks such as the Super Boost, Rocket Fuel and Raspberry and Goji Restorer. If you’re feeling under the weather, try a warm, spicy and restorative Cold Comfort from the collection of Pick-me-ups. The Weight-loss Aids chapter is packed with healthful recipes including the Skinny Dip – a smoothie-cum-dip and the Breakfast to Go smoothie – breakfast in a glass. Finally, Beauty Boosters features recipes to cater to all your beauty needs including the Skin Brightener – a rejuvenating blend of goji berries, strawberries, pineapple and camu camu. Alongside over 100 recipes there are also tips for getting the most from your fresh produce. For those who want to start from scratch, there are also recipes for making your own yogurt and dairy-free nut milks, as well as sprouting seeds and beans at home so you can be confident that your drink is 100% home-produced as well as tasting delicious!

TJ15-7-2017 RPS(Patricia) RPS1962 Superfood Smoothies W:197mmXh:241mm 175L 157gsm Lumi Art G/A Magenta

Format: 235 x 190 mm (7½ x 9¼ in.)

Contents 6

8 26 48 70 96 118

Introduction

The juice kitchen Detoxifiers Energy-enhancers Pick-me-ups Weight-loss aids Beauty boosters

140

Index 143 Suppliers 144 Acknowledgements UNCORRECTED PROOFS

Reverse_COV TJ15-7-2017 COV 175 CTP.indd 2

7/10/17 15:27

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Mezze Small Plates to Share Ghillie Basan A mouth-watering collection of dips, bites, salads and other small plates to share from the Mediterranean and Middle East, to enjoy as appetisers or light meals. Mezze features a mouth-watering collection of Mediterranean and Middle Eastern dips, bites, salads and other small plates to share, to enjoy as appetisers or light meals. An ancient tradition, mezze is the heart and soul of modern culinary life in Turkey and Eastern Mediterranean countries. The word ‘mezze’ (‘meze’) in Turkey and ‘mazza’ in Syria and Lebanon) is thought to have derived from the Persian ‘maza’ meaning ‘taste’ or ‘relish’ which is exactly what is – something tasty – designed to be savoured with a glass of tea, wine or beer, a fruit sherbet, or a yogurt drink with the aim of pleasing the palate, not to fill the belly. At its simplest, mezze can be represented by a bowl of gleaming olives marinated in lemon juice and crushed coriander seeds, or a mixture of roasted nuts and seeds tossed in salt and dried thyme. At its most elaborate, it can be presented as an entire feast comprising a myriad of little colourful dishes, each the bearer of something savoury or sweet but always utterly delicious. In this reformatted gift edition, you’ll discover such exciting recipes as Orange and Date Salad with Chillies and Preserved Lemon; Vine Leaves stuffed with Aromatic Rice; Hot Hummus with Pine Nuts and Chilli Butter; Savoury Pastries filled with Feta and Herbs; Baby Saffron Squid stuffed with Bulgur and Zahtar; and Stuffed Dates in Clementine Syrup – nothing beats the magic of mezze.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781849759359

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Author Details

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

210 x 170 mm

Ghillie Basan has worked all over the world as a cookery writer, journalist and restaurant critic. She is Cordon Bleu trained and has written a number of highly acclaimed books, including the bestselling Flavours of Morocco and Tagines & Couscous for Ryland Peters & Small. She lives in the Scottish highlands, where she runs popular cookery workshops.

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

100 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

•

Reformatted gift edition of Ghillie Basan's popular book Mezze. Mezze dishes are based on fresh seasonal produce, simple homemade cheeses and yogurts, and make use of whole grains and lentils – all foodstuffs that are fashionable and enjoying a surge in popularity as mindful healthy eating becomes mainstream. Small plates for sharing have become a popular, fuss-free and sociable way to entertain at home.

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

Zhug Fiery and versatile like harissa, zhug (‘zhoug’) is a popular chilli/chile paste in Yemen, Oman, the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia and Egypt. Containing the characteristic flavours of Yemeni cooking – chilli/chile, cardamom and garlic – zhug is usually served as a condiment with grilled and fried vegetables or shellfish, or it is combined with ingredients like pounded tomatoes, the pulped flesh of smoked aubergines/eggplants, or finely chopped grilled (bell) peppers, olive oil and fistfuls of finely chopped coriander/cilantro and served as mezze with chunks of fresh bread to dip into it.

6 10 24

112

136 142 144

Introduction BASIC RECIPES COLD MEZZE Nibbles 26 Dips 34 Salads & Stuffed Vegetables 44 HOT MEZZE Dips & Purées 64 Fried & Sautéed Dishes 72 Pastries & Pies 80 Stuffed Vegetables & Fruit 88 Kebabs & Pan Fries 96 Fish & Shellfish 108 SWEET MEZZE Sweet Fruit & Vegetables 114 Sweetmeats, Pastries & Desserts 122 AFTER MEZZE Index Acknowledgments

Put the chillies/chiles in a bowl, pour boiling water over them and leave

large sterilized glass jar

oil into it and garnish with ﬁnely chopped coriander/cilantro or parsley.

FURTHER INFORMATION

Binding Hardback PLC; wood-free paper

UK office Ryland Peters & Small 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2200 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2201 info@rps.co.uk www.rylandpeters.com

Format 210 x 170 mm / 6¾ x 8¼ inches Extent 144 pages Illustrations c.100 colour photographs

them to soak for at least 6 hours. Drain them, cut off the stalks, squeeze out the seeds, and roughly chop them.

Text 20,000 words

Using a pestle and mortar, pound the chillies/chiles with the garlic and salt to a thick, smooth paste. Add the cardamom and caraway seeds and

Price UK £9.99 / US $14.95 / Priced higher in Canada

the peppercorns and pound them with the chilli paste – you want to break up the seeds and peppercorns, but they don’t have to be perfectly ground as a little bit of texture is good. Beat in the parsley and

Publication February 2018

coriander/cilantro and bind the mixture with the oil. Spoon the spice paste into a sterilized jar, drizzle the rest of the oil over

ISBN 978-1-84975-935-9

the top and keep it in a cool place, or in the refrigerator, for up to 4 weeks. When serving as a condiment or a dip for bread, mix the layer of

Makes 4–5 tablespoons

For UK publicity, contact: Maria Hughes Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2232 maria.hughes@rps.co.uk US office Ryland Peters & Small, Inc 341 E 116th St New York, NY 10029 Tel: +1 646 791 5410 Fax: + 1 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: +1 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

TJ24-7-2017 RPS(David) RPS1966 Mezze W:177mmxH:216mm 175L 175GSM Lumi Art G/A Rhodamine/Magenta

CONTENTS

8 dried red chillies/chiles (Horn or New Mexico varieties) 4 garlic cloves, roughly chopped 1 teaspoon salt seeds of 4–6 cardamom pods 1 teaspoon caraway seeds ½ teaspoon black peppercorns a small bunch fresh flat-leaf parsley, finely chopped a small bunch of fresh coriander/ cilantro, finely chopped 3–4 tablespoons olive oil or sunflower oil

SPECIFICATIONS

UNCORRECTED PROOFS

Dried fig, rakı and pine nut conserve This is a wonderful winter conserve and a great way to use dried figs. I used to eat it with hot fresh bread, straight from the baker’s oven, in the cold morning air in Bursa before heading up the mountain to ski. The addition of the aniseed-flavoured spirit, ‘rakı’, (‘arak’ in Arabic, ‘ouzo’ in Greek) is optional – you can omit it altogether and increase the amount of water or you can substitute it with brandy or whisky. Spoon the jam over warm bread and Labna (see page 20), or serve it with salty cheese and cured meats. 450 g/2¼ cups granulated sugar 225 ml/1 cup minus 1 tablespoon water 500 g/1 lb. 2 oz. dried figs, coarsely chopped 3 tablespoons pine nuts 100 ml/½ cup minus 1 tablespoon rakı

Serves 6–8

Put the sugar and water into a heavy-based pan. Bring the liquid to the boil, stirring all the time, until the sugar has dissolved. Reduce the heat and simmer for 5–10 minutes, until the syrup begins to thicken. Stir in the ﬁgs. Bring the liquid to the boil once more, then reduce the heat and simmer for 20 minutes, until the ﬁgs are tender. Add the pine nuts and rakı and simmer for a further 10 minutes. Leave the conserve to cool in the pan. Spoon it into sterilized jars and store in a cool, dry place for at least 6 months. To serve, spoon it into a bowl and enjoy it with crusty bread, cheese and cured meats. S WEET F RU IT & V EGETABLES 125

IFC-IBC TJ24-7-17 Cov 175L CTP.indd 2

13/07/2017 4:00 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Sheet Pan Cooking 101 Recipes for Simple and Nutritious Meals Straight from the Oven Jenny Tschiesche The roasting pan is your new best friend, and the dishes in this book will save you time, help you create healthy family food and cut down on washing up so you can get on with your life. Life is busy, chaotic and full on – whether you’re a parent, part of a dual-working couple, or a student in a large flat-share. Sometimes getting dinner on the table seems like the hardest thing to do after a long day, let alone trying to think up something nutritious everyone will like. This book aims to show you just how easy and how simple a step it is to take to create colourful, diverse tray bakes. From an All-in-one Breakfast to a Grain-free Tomato Spaghetti Bake, these are the sorts of recipes that the whole family will enjoy, making it possible, finally, to sit down together for a meal. This book will show you that real food meals are not rocket science. They are not complicated and they don’t take a huge amount of your time. It’s about making the oven do the work. All you need to do is prepare the food then let the heat do the rest.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781849759366

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Key Information

Illustrations

90 colour photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

Author Details Jenny Tschiesche is one of the UK’s leading nutrition experts and the founder of the successful lunchboxdoctor.com. She has developed a reputation for creating and presenting delicious and nutritious new recipes for audiences globally via TV, radio, in person through workshops and seminars but also working with brands to develop recipes that show their product off at its best. Jenny provides specialist nutrition and dietary advice to a wide range of people including top athletes, sporting bodies, people dealing with illness and parents and their children.

•

101 recipes for simple and nutritious meals straight from the oven. The dishes in this book will not only save you time but also help you create healthy food for multiple people straight from the oven – from light dinners to full-on family feasts. Nutritious recipes for all the family including vegetarian and vegan dishes and desserts.

TJ27-7-17 RPS(Patrical) RPS1969 Sheet Pan Cooking W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 128GSM Gold East M/A Magenta

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

CONTENTS introduction 6 • meat 10 poultry 40 • fish 58 vegetarian 74 • vegan 92 sides and salads 144 • sweet things 126 index 142 • credits 144

1 TJ27-7-17 P01-08 175L CTP.indd 1

17/07/2017 2:58 PM

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

ALL IN ONE BREAKFAST You’ll need just 5 ingredients for this simple one pan dish. It’s a delicious twist on the traditional breakfast of bacon and eggs and one to be enjoyed by all at any time of day. 4 large field mushrooms 2 tablespoons olive oil 12 slices of parma ham or bresaola 4 eggs 1 tablespoon freshly chopped parsley sea salt and freshly ground black pepper SERVES 2–3

Preheat the oven to 220˚C (425˚F) Gas 7. Place the mushrooms in a rimmed baking sheet. Drizzle over the olive oil and salt and pepper. Bake in the preheated oven for 15 minutes. Check that the mushrooms are almost cooked through. If not, cook for up to a further 5 minutes. Add the ham or bresaola to the sheet. Crack the eggs on top of the ham/bresaola. Bake for another 7–10 minutes, until the eggs are just cooked. Remove from the oven, sprinkle over the fresh parsley and enjoy.

TJ27-7-17 RPS(Patrical) RPS1969 Sheet Pan Cooking W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 128GSM Gold East M/A Magenta

SWEET POTATO & KALE HASH WITH BAKED EGGS Bacon and eggs combine with the ‘powerhouse’ flavours of sun-dried tomatoes and sweet potato and the super green leafy vegetable kale to create a delicious hash. 2 medium sweet potatoes, peeled and grated 65 g/2 cups baby kale leaves or the same amount of kale, destalked and chopped up small 6 slices unsmoked back bacon, very sliced thinly 11/2 tablespoons dried oregano

90 g/1/2 cup sun-dried tomato pesto or sun-dried tomato paste 1 tablespoon olive oil 6 eggs SERVES 2–4 AS A MAIN MEAL

Preheat the oven to 200˚C (400˚F) Gas 6. Mix the grated sweet potato with the kale leaves, bacon, oregano, pesto/paste and olive oil. Place the mix into a baking pan and bake in the preheated oven for 15 minutes. Make some holes in the mixture to crack the eggs into. Add the eggs and bake for a further 7–10 minutes until the eggs are just cooked. Serve.

2 TJ27-7-17 P01-08 175L CTP.indd 2

17/07/2017 2:58 PM

TJ27-7-17 RPS(Patrical) RPS1969 Sheet Pan Cooking W:190mmxH:235mm 175L 128GSM Gold East M/A Magenta

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

TJ27-7-17 P01-08 175L CTP.indd 3

17/07/2017 2:58 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Lola's Cupcake Kit LOLA's Bakery Chic recipes from London’s fashionable cupcake bakery in a cute little book, plus 48 cupcake cases and cupcake toppers, all in one box set.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Book & Gift

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781849759380

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Category

Food & Drink

Format

140 x 140 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

40 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

The enduring popularity of the cupcake knows no bounds, and they remain the most stylish of bakery treats. Their versatility is what makes them so successful, from simple classics that are perfect with afternoon tea or mid-morning coffee to extravagantly decorated creations that make delightful gifts at any time of year. In this little book, we want to let you in on some of LOLA’s secrets, and share their favourite recipes. Their best-loved cupcakes from LOLA’s classic range are included here, so you can create their famous Chocolate, Vanilla and Red Velvet cupcakes at home. You can also try your hand at some of our unique LOLA’s specialities – Maple Syrup, Peanut Butter, Banoffee, Raspberry Pavlova and Apple Crumble never fail to please. For grown-up palates, there is an array of cocktail-inspired delights, such as Cosmopolitan, Mojito and Piña Colada, as well as decadently rich chocolate bakes, such as Chocolate Chilli, Dark Chocolate Truffle and Chocolate Mint. Also included are 48 pretty cupcake cases and 48 attractive cupcake toppers, making this the perfect gift for anyone who loves baking.

Author Details LOLA’s is a business with a simple aim: to handcraft the most delicious cupcakes you have ever tasted, using only the finest fresh ingredients. LOLA’s is run with passion and creativity by Asher Budwig, a fourth generation baker who grew up watching his father Mario establish and run the enormously successful chain Millie’s Cookies, which grew to over 100 stores in the UK. Asher’s grandmother and great grandmother had also run a patisserie and café since the 1940s in Colombia, so with such a talented family of bakers, it was almost inevitable that he would bring success to LOLA’s. LOLA’s is rapidly expanding, and Asher’s passion for high standards and quality ingredients is reflected in the latest developments. In every new branch of LOLA’s, quality remains key. The specialist bakers are highly trained and passionate about all things LOLA. Each individual cupcake is created with love and skill, so that every cupcake is sure to impress.

Key Information • • •

Cupcakes continue to be the sweet treat of choice and LOLA’s boutique bakeries are the place to go for irresistible and gorgeous handcrafted cakes. ‘10/10! The best cupcake in London.’ Daily Mail. Lola's Cupcakes has 43K+ followers on Instagram (@lolas_cupcakes).

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Small Innovative Houses Philip Jodidio Changing lifestyles and economic condictions as well as ecological concerns have fueled a move to smaller, more efficient living spaces. This book includes the most cutting-edge, effective, and appealing breakthroughs in home design and architecture within the past five years.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00

ISBN

9780847861583

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

216 x 216 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

275 colour photographs, 55 b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Budgets aren't what they used to be, houses are smaller, and lifestyles are changing rapidly. Clients today want flexible space, and when climate allows, even the distinctions between indoors and out are dissolving. How to make the most of a narrow lot, how to use every square foot of living space, while also responding to rising ecological concerns, and skyrocketing energy bills â&#x20AC;&#x201C;Â the answer is clearly the small, innovative house, as examples from Chile to Tokyo show. This truly unique compendium presents cutting-edge ideas for small residences from the world of international architecture and interiors built within the past five years. Featuring the world's most innovative traditional and nontraditional tree houses and beach houses, city residences and experimental structures, this handy format contains concise text that puts the homes into architectural contexts and provides further insight into their various styles, from modern to classic. Today, with reduced budgets many architects have turned in a more focused way to create works that may be diminutive in their dimensions but are definitely big when it comes to trendsetting ideas. All of these share the effort to make the most of space, to innovate and to offer clients more for their money. From world-famous names (Steven Holl, Todd Saunders, and Tadao Ando) to the freshest new talent, this book discovers architectural invention on a whole, new small scale. Small Innovative Houses is international in scope and covers stunning places in North and South America, Europe, Asia, and Australia.

Author Details Philip Jodidio studied art history and economics at Harvard University, and was Editor-in-Chief of the leading French art journal Connaissance des Arts for over two decades. He has published numerous articles and more than 100 books, including Taschen's Architecture Now series, and monographs on Norman Foster, Richard Meier, Alvaro Siza, Tadao Ando, and Renzo Piano. Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Key Information • • • • • •

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00

ISBN

9780847861583

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

216 x 216 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

275 colour photographs, 55 b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Small spaces that also creatively solve living and design problems are a trend that is here to stay. A huge range of styles are on offer here from treehouse and ocean front spaces to city living and country nooks. Offers real solutions and inspiration for how to re-imagine living spaces All-new photography and handy format: presents a selection of fresh and new 50 projects in a handy format. Includes both well-known architects and designers (Todd Saunders, Steven Holl, Tadao Ando) and those recently discovered. Covers traditional and nontraditional houses in North and South America, Australia, Europe, and Asia. Philip Jodidio has written several Rizzoli books such as Discovering Architecture, I. M. Pei, and Tadao Ando at Naoshima, and he is the author of Taschen's Basic Architecture series.

raiNforest retreat

mIll bay, VaNCOuVEr ISlaNd, brITISh COlumbIa, CaNada architect: agathom area: 825 square feet

This small house is located on the east, mountainous edge of Vancouver Island. It is intended for short stays and also serves as an art studio. The structure includes a small kitchen with window counter seating, a living room/ art studio, a bathroom with shower, a generous bedroom, and a “secret” floating deck. The client requested the small size of the house and its abundant natural lighting. The architects explain, “Great effort was taken to minimize the building’s impact on the site, resulting in a long and slim structure. By slightly twisting two main blocks of the plan, and overlapping these shapes, a building modest in area is ever expansive and full of unexpected depth. Spaces overlap and reveal themselves gradually as one moves through the house.” Locally harvested red cedar and Douglas fir (interiors) were used for cladding, with fir planks and exposed concrete slabs for the floors. Radiant floor heating is used throughout. Operable windows are designed to maximize airflow in the warmer months. A 14-foot-tall window in the art studio frames a view of the old Douglas fir trees on the site. Exterior lighting was specially designed for the house to gently illuminate the forest and the house itself. Agathom is a practice based in Toronto that was founded by Adam Thom and Katja Aga Sachse Thom, both of whom obtained their MArch degrees from the Southern California Institute of Architecture (SciArc).

Exorem ipsum dollor sit at, consec teur adipis cing elit, 10 a diam no nummy nim euismod tincindit laoret dollore man 20 a aliquam erat volutpat. Ut wisi enim ad minim veniam, qui30 nostrud exerci tation ullam corper suscipit lobortis nis 40 aliquip ex ea commodo conqse quat.

168

169

guest House bOlOGNa, ITaly

architect: Enrico Iascone architetti area: 1,076 square feet

On a hill in Bologna, in a forest of oaks, ash, and maple trees, a small guest house on two levels, conceived in a modern style and built in 2009, adapts itself to the landscape in an innovative and contemporary way. Its rectangular block form certainly takes into account some lessons learned through the observation of warehouse design. The relatively simple floor plan of the house is better integrated into the wooded natural setting because of its blackened finish. The upper level of the house slightly overhangs the concrete ground floor that is partially inserted into the sloped site. Some interior spaces are marked by long, narrow, horizontal slit windows that bring in light but also give residents a hint of the wooded exterior. It is a compact volume that is embedded in the land and takes advantage of the characteristics of the earth and the place. The house was built in just over four months, using prefabricated wooden panels with insulation and humidity control taken into account. The insulated walls are covered with gray-black ceramic panels that take on the hues of the surrounding trees. The sides of the house have large horizontal windows that allow the building to better integrate into the natural setting both from within and from the exterior. Born in Bologna in 1965, Enrico Iascone founded Enrico Iascone Architetti with Carlotta Menarini in 2001.

260

261

Hut oN sleds

whaNGaPOua, NEw zEalaNd architect: Crosson architects area: 377 square feet

Because this residence was to be installed on a white sand beach on the Coromandel Peninsula, in a coastal erosion zone, it was required that the structure should be removable. Set on two wooden sleds, it can thus be moved across the beach and onto a barge. The architect states, “The aesthetic is natural and reminiscent of a beach artifact/perhaps a surf-life-saving or observation tower. The fittings and mechanics are industrial and obvious, the structure is gutsy and exposed.” Although it measures less than 400 square feet, the structure can accommodate a family of five in a living area, two sleeping zones, and a three-tiered bunk for children.The Hut on Sleds is clad in front in macrocarpa wood (Cupressus macrocarpa), and it can be entirely closed to protect it from the elements. A two-story front shutter serves as an awning when it is open. Doubleheight steel-framed glass doors can be opened behind the shutter. The rear of the structure is covered in “flat sheet”—described as “a cheap building material found in many traditional New Zealand holiday homes.” A “worm tank” waste system and the extensive use of wood, together with the temporary nature of the design, make the entire project sustainable and respectful of its sensitive dune environment. Ken Crosson was born in 1957. He studied at the Auckland University School of Architecture (1976–80), receiving his BArch degree in 1981. He created his own firm in Auckland in 1982, which went through several iterations before assuming its present name, Crosson Architects. The Hut on Sleds was a winner of a 2014 Architzer A+Award in the Single Family Home XS category.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Interior Portraits At Home With Cultural Pioneers and Creative Mavericks Leslie Williamson Following up on her very successful titles Handcrafted Modern and Modern Originals, native Californian Leslie Williamson returns to her roots with Interior Portraits: At Home With California's Cultural Pioneers and Creative Mavericks. All the successful hallmarks of Williamson's first two books are here: beautiful and distinctive photography; gorgeous interiors full of art and with unique details; and compelling and personal texts of each story by Williamson herself. Interior Portraits also expands on the original formula to include not just iconic homes of famous designers such as architect Charles Moore and fashion designer Christina Kim, but also the residences of non-designers, who arguably have had more influence on how Americans live today than most designers. Readers see fashion designer Christina Kim's airy loft in downtown Los Angeles, sparingly decorated with her art collection as well as her chic clothes, as well as chef Alice Waters' book-lined Craftsman bungalow in Berkeley, with its lovingly restored period details and the drop-dead kitchen, and artist Alma Allen's ultra chic studio and home in the southern California desert, filled with his finished and in-progress biomorphic wood and bronze sculptures. The thirteen unique homes range from the rugged coasts of northern California to the sunlight filled modernist structures of Los Angeles and San Diego. Interior Portraits is itself a journey through the very best that the California design lifestyle has to offer.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$95.00

ISBN

9780847861569

Author Details

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Leslie Williamson pursues both fine art and commercial photography, garnering numerous accolades, including being a Surface magazine Avant Guardian and featured in Communication Arts magazine. In addition, her work has appeared in Dwell, Surface, and Travel + Leisure magazines, among other publications. She is the author and photographer of Rizzoli's Handcrafted Modern (2010) and Modern Originals (2014).

Category

Home Design

Format

254 x 203 mm

Extent

224pp

Key Information

Illustrations Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Follow up on two very successful books by author. Chapters on the homes of international names like Alice Waters and Charles Moore, and rising art stars like Alma Allen will ensure press as well as sales. The book covers a variety of styles and approaches to design and living.

stained-glass door across the room. Through this door is another courtyard surrounded by workshops. A small cork-walled alcove sits in the light from the stained glass, with some of Alfreda’s collection of kachina dolls and Native American pieces resting among books on the shelves. This open-plan part of the house is commonly referred to as the “original shoebox,” and it is where I feel Sam and Alfreda’s soul the most. It is a cozy space, made cheerier with vibrant colors (an acid-yellow couch with bright orange and bubblegum-pink walls!), Sam’s woodworking flourishes, and the sweet details that are evidence of a dialogue between husband and wife. My favorite is in the room just off the kitchen. A sort of breakfast room / solarium with high ceilings and a row of clerestory windows, the room is paneled in wood and teeming with plants. Sam noticed Alfreda’s difficulty watering all the hanging plants one day and devised an elaborate pulley system to lower them all easily, so she would never need a ladder to water again. I think it is daily kindnesses like this that show true love. The kitchen and dining area with its long table were central to both family and business life. Visitors and collectors would frequently come around since Sam and Alfreda’s home was their showroom in the early days and many would be invited to share a meal. Apparently Alfreda made a mean casserole on the fly. The kitchen is simple and functional with chocolate-brown appliances that hark back to the 1970s. There is something so pleasing about the monochromatic room that I wonder why chrome is so popular now. As I continued to photograph the house, I could hear the sounds of furniture being made and wood being cut emanating from the workshops (Sam Maloof Woodworker is carried on by one of Sam’s assistants), and it occurred to me how integral those sounds would have been when the Maloofs lived here. The sonic life of this house is rich, not just because of the woodshop but also the way your feet make a “chink, chink, chink” with every step on the brick floors. It was subtle and pleasantly melodious, like a woman’s jewelry making a faint jingling as she walks. The master bedroom was in another wing of the house that had been added much later, but I felt Sam and Alfreda there too. Large photographs of them hung on the wall and Sam’s signature piece, the Maloof rocking chair, sat at the foot of the bed. I suddenly realized I felt joyful this time around at the house. All those feelings of that first visit were gone, and Sam’s warmth, which had drawn me through his workshop window, now flooded the house. I think it is because Sam’s and Alfreda’s souls are reunited.

DE SIG N PIL G RI M AGE

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Georgian Style and Design for Contemporary Living Henrietta Spencer-Churchill Henrietta Spencer-Churchill brings the practical comfort of 21st century living to the elegant and timeless classical proportions of eighteenth century design. This inspiring and invaluable book showcases some of Henrietta Spencer-Churchill’s favourite projects. Whether working with authentic Georgian interiors, apartments or newly-built homes, Lady Henrietta brings her perfectionist talent to the task of marrying comfort and practicality to the spirit of 18th century elegance and timeless classical proportions. Georgian Style and Design for Contemporary Living is lavishly illustrated with specially commissioned photographs from the author’s portfolio of work, and contains insights into how the design process works at a practical level. With chapters looking at each room in the home individually, from the dining room to the home office and media room, discover Henrietta’s secrets for achieving the ultimate blend of Georgian style with the needs of a modern home. This is the classic design template for 21st century living. Publication

01 May 2018

Author Details Henrietta Spencer-Churchill's father was the 11th Duke of Marlborough and consequently Henrietta spent her childhood surrounded by the exquisite architecture of Blenheim Palace. She runs the highly successful interiors company Woodstock Designs, and is the author of eight books, including Classic Interior Design, Classic Design Styles and Blenheim and the Churchill Family, all published by CICO Books. Henrietta lives in London and Woodstock, Oxfordshire.

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$65.00

ISBN

9781782495963

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Home Design

•

Format

298 x 229 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

Henrietta Spencer-Churchill is a highly esteemed interior designer and an accomplished speaker. Henrietta Spencer-Churchill is the author of a number of bestselling titles including Blenheim and the Churchill Family (ISBN: 978-1-78249-0593), which has sold over 16,000 copies. Beautiful photography by Christopher Drake accompanies insider tips, practical advice and an explanation of this top interior designer’s style.

contents

bedrooms

dining rooms

bedrooms

Binding: Hardback with jacket Format: 9 x 113⁄4in. / 298 x 229mm Extent: 176 pages Illustrations: 200 color photographs Price: US $40.00 / Priced highed in Canada / UK £30.00 Publication date: May 2018 Text: 20,000 words

hand-painted silk The green chinoiserie-style bedroom pictured here and overleaf is typical of the

Introduction 6

eighteenth-century fashion for hand-painted wall coverings in the ‘Chinese taste’. In this room, the design was hand-painted onto silk panels that were specially measured and precisely planned for the room, taking into account the position of the windows, doors and fireplace so the continuity and scale of the

C HA P T E R ON E

design would not be compromised. The Italian-strung, or reefed, green silk curtains are topped with a gilded pelmet that provides a good contrast and

The Classic Georgian House

makes a clean edge between the curtains, cornice (cove) and wallpaper.

specifications

Blackout shades can be pulled down at night, so that the curtains do not have to be closed. Elegant bow-fronted window seats offer great places to watch the world go by, and on a practical level they conceal the radiators. Antique furniture pieces, all with softly curved lines, add weight to the otherwise very green room.

ISBN: 978-1-78249-596-3

CH A P T E R TWO

First Impressions

LEFT:

A pretty and elegant chinoiserie-inspired bedroom provides a serene atmosphere and a

welcome retreat in a bustling household. The combination of the antique furniture and the hand-

Text © Henrietta Spencer-Churchill Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

painted silk wall covering gives the room an authentic 18th-century feel.

BELOW:

A mantelshelf is the ideal place to display objects. Here, a pair of orchids adds splashes of

colour and the crystal candelabras and antique scent bottles lend sparkle.

CH A P T E R TH REE

Living Rooms

Uncorrected proofs

CH A P T E R FO U R

ABOVE:

Detail of the silver cruets which form part

of my client’s collection of fine silver.

Home Offices and Libraries

ABOVE RIGHT:

Another group of fine silver items –

a coffee pot, sugar bowls, jugs – which have been lovingly sourced and are regularly used.

OPPOSITE:

A large Regency sideboard breaks up

the long wall. Above it is one of a pair of still life

CH A P T E R FI V E

paintings flanked by a pair of brass wall sconces

I love to decorate formal dining rooms: it is one room where you can be bold and

day, strong vibrant colours come into their own. Shades of deep red exude warmth and glow in the candlelight. Oil paintings look great against red but during the day it can be a little overpowering, so using a softer coral colour could give you the best of both worlds. I also love greens and blues, but whatever you choose, it is always wise to look at a test in both daylight and artificial light to ensure your choice will work. White woodwork will also look very stark against strong colours, so consider

in a similar style to the chandelier over the table.

Dining Rooms

painting doors, frames and skirtings (baseboards) in a darker colour, too.

86 124

125

C HA P T E R SI X

Kitchens

living rooms

110 regency style

The beautifully proportioned drawing room pictured here and

C HA P T E R SEV EN

bathrooms

Bedrooms

In the absence of plumbing, Georgians took their

118

where the main entertaining room is situated on the piano

nobile and is double-aspect. More Regency in style, this room has floor-to-ceiling sash windows with large panes

while jugs of hot water and chamber pots were

Bathrooms

and narrow glazing bars – glazing bars became increasingly attenuated as the eighteenth century progressed. Rooms with this layout generally lend themselves to two

discreetly ferried up and down the back stairs

seating areas focused around the two fireplaces. In this case

by servants. Obviously, few of us would wish to

144

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St, New York, NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

on pages 54–7 is typical of many London town houses,

baths in tin tubs set in front of bedroom fireplaces

CH A P T E R EI GH T

For further information, contact:

make a statement. Because these rooms are used more at night than during the

the fireplace in the smaller, somewhat narrow area at one

recreate this level of authenticity, but in a house

end had been removed, allowing a cosy secondary seating

decorated in Georgian style, an ultra-modern

area to be created which would have been difficult had the fireplace remained. One of the two entrance doors was

decor, even in the bathroom, would be

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields, London, WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

also removed, allowing a more practical placement of the

inappropriate, so a compromise is needed.

CH A P T E R N I N E

Outside In

furniture (two armchairs instead of one) in the main area.

Equally, to establish a bathroom in a period house

166

Index 174 Acknowledgments 176

The wood parquet floor laid in a traditional herringbone pattern is new – the original flooring was wood plank. In my

that was never designed to house one is a

view the herringbone is more elegant for this style of room

challenge. In many original Georgian homes,

and provides a great background for the fine Persian silk

spare bedrooms are subdivided to provide small

rugs. The walls are wallpapered in a pale blue-grey ragged

bathrooms, but that does ruin the proportions.

effect, which could also have been achieved using a

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

specialist paint finish.

I would prefer to sacrifice a whole bedroom and

The curtains are in a contemporary damask and the trim-

create within it a generous, luxurious space in

mings hand-made to complement the fabric. Although there

traditional style.

are many standard trimmings available, it is sometimes easier and more economical to have one specially commissioned, with matching tassel tiebacks. In this way you can ensure the

LEFT:

The bathroom shown here and overleaf is large enough to place a

proportions and colours are just right.

free-standing bath in the middle of the room. However, it was essential to establish the exact location before installing the pipework, as the bath taps (faucets) are exposed and floor-mounted. The wood plank floor was newly installed and sealed to protect it from any water. A flat-screen television was sunk within the panelled wall and bordered with wood trim to tie it in with the rest of the room. Each window has two single decorative curtains, which are pulled back to opposite sides, with voile under-curtains providing some

LEFT:

privacy. The mahogany chest of drawers adds a classic feel, as well as

room, an approach that works very well here, especially because items such

providing useful storage space.

as coffee tables are, of course, impossible to find as genuine antique pieces.

145

A combination of antique and reproduction furniture was used for this

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1208_GEORGIAN_STYLE_BLAD_DSJ_02.indd 2

20/09/2017 13:44

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Inspiring Tiny Homes Creative Living On Land, On the Water, and On Wheels Gill Heriz Gill Heriz presents a collection of some of the most inspiring small homes in the UK and the USA.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781782493570

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

People have been living in small spaces for centuries, for reasons of practicality, mobility, flexibility or personal choice. More recently, tiny homes have become the answer for many who need somewhere affordable to live and who possess the creativity and energy to make something different. A small home can be relatively cheap to build or convert, and gives its owner choices, reflecting the way they want to live and their concern for the impact they have on the environment. Tiny homes can also be stunningly beautiful and imaginative. They ask their owners to be discerning about what belongings they have – what is necessary and what is beautiful. The choices are individual and can be seen as part of a movement away from money and property-slavery to a more simple and connected way of living. Gill Heriz has brought together a collection of some of the most incredible small homes, from containers in the city to cabins in the countryside. A traditional Mongolian yurt provides off-grid living for its owners, and a portable cabin offers a chic, flexible space. There is a reclusive shack set in woodland, a converted mountainside bothy, and a log cabin pod near the coast. What all the owners have in common is dedication to living well on a smaller footprint.

Author Details Gill Heriz is an artist and writer who was once an interior designer, and has a passion for architecture and design. She is also self-confessedly nosy, and loves nothing more than exploring other people’s houses. Her interest in small spaces was first sparked by some fine examples in her local area, and now extends across the world. Gill’s first book published by CICO Books, A Woman’s Shed, won the Gold in Home & Garden at the 2014 Foreword Reviews IndieFab awards. Gill is also the author of A Woman's Huts and Hideaways and lives in Palsgrave, Suffolk.

Key Information • • • •

Celebrates the increasingly-popular Tiny House Movement. Over 40 small homes – from houseboats to yurts. Stunning photography accompanies fascinating stories about each home. From the author of A Woman's Shed (ISBN 978-1-78249-099-9) and A Woman's Huts and Hideaways (ISBN 9781782493228).

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

CONTENTS Introduction 6 Contemporary Spaces 8 On the Water 44 On Wheels 80 Eco Homes 116 Cottages and Houses 152 Index 188 Acknowledgments 192

IW CB1034_TINY_HOUSES_BLAD_SPREADS_04.indd 1

19/07/2017 14:41

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

LEFT The opening at the top of the yurt allows

BELOW RIGHT A woodburning

air to circulate, and lets in some light.

stove is used to heat water, and to provide warmth. It is surrounded by fireguards, to prevent accidents.

BELOW The yurt provides all the living space that Johann and Firefly need.

EVERYTHING IN THE YURT’S STRUCTURE IS TRADITIONAL, FROM THE CANVAS TO THE WOODEN STRUTS, WHICH ARE PAINTED A BRIGHT RED.

RIGHT The wooden work surface in the kitchen was cut by Johann to fit the curve of the yurt’s walls.

the top of the dome which is sometimes called “The Wheel of Heaven” or traditionally the “toonoo.” This lets in some light, but Firefly and Johann have also put in a large window to bring in further light. Everything in the yurt’s structure is traditional, from the canvas to the wooden struts which are painted a bright red and have what Johann calls “squiggles,” which he doesn’t particularly like. Many Mongolian yurts integrated Buddhist symbolism in their design, structure, and proportions which are based on designs in temples. The yurt is open-plan with a dividing set of shelves. The kitchen feels spacious and there are cupboards, shelves which Johann made from old drawers, and a wooden work-surface which had to be cut to fit into the curve of the yurt’s walls. The window is framed by plants and a beautiful chair with a sheepskin over it, then a table and chairs fit between the door and window. With the beautiful high-domed roof, nowhere feels cramped. Johann, a photographer, has a small desk and the rest of the space is filled by a couch which belonged to Firefly’s great-grandmother, and a huge bean bag on a rug. The woodburner with its many kettles sits in the centre of the yurt, protected by fireguards from the baby as he crawls around the floor. They built the base of the yurt to be robust, insulated, and mouse-free, and then laid a wooden floor. The wood

ECO HOMES 121

120 ECO HOMES

IW CB1034_TINY_HOUSES_BLAD_SPREADS_04.indd 120

19/07/2017 14:42

IW CB1034_TINY_HOUSES_BLAD_SPREADS_04.indd 121

19/07/2017 14:42

Cyan Magenta Yellow Black

BELOW The raised bed, which provides useful storage beneath, is covered with a vintage quilt in soft pastel shades. This quilt once belonged to Bill’s grandmother, as did the small armchair to the side. Janine intends to make curtains for the windows, ideally reusing faded curtains from Bill’s parents’ farmhouse.

A hinged pulldown cabinet door provides a useful worksurface, while the pipe and faucet provide water from the tank above.

ABOVE LEFT

Original slim-line cabinets built into the sides of the wagon provide useful storage. While the wagon exterior required a lot of restoration, the interior had stood the test of time.

LEFT

The preacher’s wagon used to belong to Bill’s mother, who found it in a nearby village. When Bill inherited the wagon, he began to restore it. Once the exterior had been made weatherproof, Bill concentrated his efforts on the interior. Built in the late 1800s, the wagon still had all its original cabinets, which make good use of every inch of space. Cupboards hold crockery, food, and other essentials, and a special cabinet next to the door was originally for the preacher’s frock coat. The woodwork, all painted by Janine, is soft cream with details picked out in a contrasting duck egg blue. Light pours in from the high mollycroft windows set into the sides of the raised roof.

ABOVE CENTER A hanging tealight lantern, its soft green glass coordinating perfectly with the paintwork. ABOVE RIGHT The wagon may originally have had a small pot-bellied stove, but Bill has installed a cast-iron barge-style stove which keeps the wagon cozy. When the stove is lit, Bill says, the wagon comes to life.

Nestled under the trees at the end of Bill and Janine’s garden is a tall, horse-drawn wagon. Originally built as a preacher’s wagon, it once traveled from village to village, with the preacher delivering sermons from the small platform at the front of the wagon.

ON WHEELS

IW CB1034_TINY_HOUSES_BLAD_SPREADS_04.indd 92

19/07/2017 14:42

IW CB1034_TINY_HOUSES_BLAD_SPREADS_04.indd 93

19/07/2017 14:42

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Shabby Chic Interiors Rachel Ashwell Step inside Rachel Ashwell's beautiful world of Shabby Chic Interiors and be guided through stunningly beautiful homes that are bursting with design ideas and sumptuous details. Rachel Ashwell’s Shabby Chic Interiors showcases the many ways that shabby chic design can be applied with gorgeous results. See how Rachel has used grand items, such as crystal chandeliers and aged furnishings, to create a calming, romantic and imaginative retreat. Across numerous stunning locations you’ll explore colour-schemes of off whites and discover the power of detail with beautiful shells and flowers. You’ll even visit a gorgeous Spanish hacienda that was once lived in by Marilyn Monroe, and the stylish New York apartment that was lived in by fashion designer Betsey Johnson. In the sixth chapter, Rachel will take you Behind the Scenes where you will delve into her passion for fabric and vintage clothing before teaching you how to mix and match elements to create a perfectly imperfect shabby chic paradise. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99

ISBN

9781782495826

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

292 x 244 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

300+ colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Rachel Ashwell is the founder of Shabby Chic and author of ten books celebrating the ethos of edgy, faded pastel prettiness. Rachel’s Simply Shabby Chic designs are available online at shabbychic.com, there is a Rachel Ashwell Shabby Chic Couture store in Los Angeles and, in 2011, Rachel opened “The Prairie by Rachel Ashwell” – a bed and breakfast in Texas. Her other titles published by CICO Books are Rachel Ashwell: My Floral Affair, Rachel Ashwell: Shabby Chic Inspirations, and Rachel Ashwell: Couture Prairie. Rachel lives in LA, USA.

Key Information • • • • •

Rachel Ashwell is the bestselling author of Shabby Chic Inspirations and Beautiful Spaces (ISBN 9781907563591), which has sold over 37,000 copies. The original edition of Shabby Chic Interiors (ISBN: 978-1-908170-80-4) sold over 56,000 copies internationally. Shabby Chic has become a classic design style of our times. Rachel now has a Shabby Chic Couture store in Los Angeles – the website is at www.shabbychic.com. Rachel has over 57k Instagram followers and over 64k followers on Facebook.

CONTENTS

SPECIFICATIONS Binding: Hardcover with jacket Format: 9½ x 11½ in./292 x 244 mm Extent: 192 pages Illustrations: 300+ color photographs Price: US $35.00 / Priced higher in Canada / UK £25.00 Publication date: May 2018 Text: 20,000 words

Dedication 7 Introduction 8

MY HOME

14 Rachel’s home for all reasons

HILLTOP LIVING

Amy’s family tree house

ISBN: 978-1-78249-582-6

MALIBU

Text © Rachel Ashwell Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

104 Rachel’s small, happy beach cottage

CELEBRITY HOMES

122

Uncorrected proofs

Hollywood and New York

DOGS, ART, AND LITERATURE

For further information, contact:

134

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St, New York, NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

The Milches’ neighborhood house

BEHIND THE SCENES

150

Design, vintage, and inspiration

DETAILS

172

Resources 188 Index 190

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Rachel Ashwell is the founder of Shabby Chic and author of ten books celebrating the ethos of edgy, faded pastel prettiness. Rachel’s Simply Shabby Chic collection can be found at Target. Her designs are available online at shabbychic.com, there is a Rachel Ashwell Shabby Chic Couture store in Los Angeles, and in 2011 Rachel opened “The Prairie by Rachel Ashwell”—a bed and breakfast in Texas. Her other titles published by CICO Books are Rachel Ashwell: My Floral Aﬀair, Rachel Ashwell: Shabby Chic Inspirations, and Rachel Ashwell: Couture Prairie. Rachel is based in Los Angeles, USA.

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields, London, WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1175_RA_SHABBY_CHIC_DSJ_02.indd 2

20/09/2017 12:51

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Carolyn Westbrook Vintage French Style Homes and Gardens Inspired by a Love of France Carolyn Westbrook Stunning and inspirational French-style interiors and chic décor from Carolyn Westbrook. When it comes to styling interiors, designer Carolyn Westbrook has a distinct signature look that combines her love of French style and vintage charm. In Part One of this new book, Carolyn first leads us on a tour through 10 specially photographed locations that are perfect examples of her vintage French style. Carolyn’s own Texan plantation family home is included, alongside other stunning houses that evoke the look – a grand château, French farmhouse-style, a mid-century modern take on French design, and more. The homes all feature individual and eclectic styles, skilfully partnering inherited treasures alongside new purchases, and successfully mixing pretty junk store finds with designer pieces. In Part Two, Details and Vignettes, pretty displays and vignettes from the homes featured on earlier pages are captured, teaching you how to group collections and showcase treasured items to best effect.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$45.00

ISBN

9781782495482

Carolyn Westbrook is a prominent lifestyle designer, known for her brand Carolyn Westbrook Home. Her passion for all that is French often translates into her home decor line to include bedding, pillows, slipcovers, lamps, and other accessories, as well as the interiors she has designed. The author is based in Chatfield, Texas, USA.

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

254 x 216 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

160 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Carolyn Westbrook has a well-established following and her lifestyle products have been featured in home décor magazines, including Country Living, Romantic Homes, Mary Englebreit Home Companion and Better Homes and

Gardens. •

From the author of The French-Inspired Home (ISBN 978-1-907030-69-7), which sold over 26,000 copies internationally, Through The French Door (ISBN 978-1-908170-79-8) and A Romance with French Living (ISBN 9781782491385), published by CICO Books.

CONTENTS introduction 6 PART ONE

HOME S

+ GARDENS

maison 12 mid-century modern 50 chÃ¢teau 76 farmhouse 100 equestrian 120

PART TWO

DETAIL S

+ VIGNETTES

trays & tabletops 136 masters of art 146

index 158 acknowledgments 160

IW CB1120_CW_VFS_BLAD_SPREADS_05.indd 5

21/07/2017 11:34

Château style makes me think of those huge

ABOVE: A French-inspired kitchen that has muted tones of

French country houses—grand, multi-roomed

green on the cabinetry, a fabulous restaurant-style faucet above

buildings, often sited by a lake or river, with

the deep butler’s sink, and an unusual tiled back splash. The

beautiful architectural details, high ceilings,

copper bowl is an appropriate nod to château style.

polished wooden floors and furniture, and twinkling crystal chandeliers to illuminate the

OPPOSITE: The oversized antique pine French doors lead

formal reception rooms. Originally inhabited by

out to the terrace and make a wonderful statement in this

successive generations of the same family, these

room, adding a touch of grandeur. The elegantly tall, small-

châteaux are usually surrounded by lovingly

paned windows are reminiscent of the classic château style

tended vineyards, farmland, or orchards, which

found in large French country houses. There are many vintage

once provided work for the surrounding villages.

elements to be found here and a gorgeously eclectic mix of

Although very few of us will ever be lucky enough to live in such a place, this is an interior style that can be recreated in your own home, and in this

furnishings, from the unusual beaded chandelier above the circular table with an intricately carved base to the antique leather dining chairs.

chapter I will guide you through the key looks.

CHÂTEAU

IW CB1120_CW_VFS_BLAD_SPREADS_05.indd 8

21/07/2017 IW CB1120_CW_VFS_BLAD_SPREADS_05.indd 11:34 9

21/07/2017 11:34

Century-old trees canopy over the house, providing welcome

ABOVE: The chickens peck at the ground from dawn

shade to the verandah. It is the place to sit and rest a while,

until dusk, only pausing to chase the grasshoppers,

after toiling in the garden. The vegetable garden is brimming

blissfully unaware of the imposing rooster keeping

with a bountiful harvest of sun-ripened red tomatoes and

watch behind them.

beautifully colored squash and all the other edible delights that have been carefully planted and tended. Hydrangeas bloom around the yard in various shades of soft whites,

OPPOSITE: This is a corner of my own porch.

gentle blues, and the palest of pinks. There is nothing as

The vintage wooden rocker provides a peaceful spot

wonderful as being able to enjoy the fruits of your labor,

to rest awhile and take in the beauty of the garden.

especially being able to cut beautiful bouquets of roses,

The piles of pillows are covered in checked and striped

peonies, and hydrangeas, and I like to mix sprigs of lamb’s

black-and-white fabrics, with decorative ruffled edgings

ear, basil, and mint amongst the blooms for texture and

adding a chic touch.

scent. I love to have a “live” element in every room and being able to bring in my own home-grown fresh flowers just makes me happy. Not only are they visually stimulating, but I adore the herbal scents mixing with the fragrance of antique roses.

HOMES

+ GARDENS

IW CB1120_CW_VFS_BLAD_SPREADS_05.indd 10

21/07/2017 IW CB1120_CW_VFS_BLAD_SPREADS_05.indd 11:34 11

21/07/2017 11:34

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Gardening with Junk Adam Caplin Revamp, recycle and rejuvenate your old containers into some stunning feature pieces for your garden. Learn how to become more eco-friendly and make the most of old mugs, oil cans, plastic bottles and so much more with

Gardening with Junk.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9781782495512

Publisher

CICO

Learn everything you need to know to make the most of your unused containers and turn them into something beautiful, creative and exciting for your plants. The first section, Getting Started, is devoted to teaching you the basics and explaining how to choose the right container and the right plant for your space. It’s easy to get carried away by your own enthusiasm but Getting Started will show you how to condense your creative thoughts into gorgeous and cohesive projects. The second section, Planted Junk, will demonstrate how to utilise all sorts of great materials, from ceramics, stone and glass, to wood, wicker, metal and plastic. Learn how to make the most of any container, whether they are beer cans, wicker baskets, quirky ceramics and so much more! The final section, Plant Directory, provides a comprehensive list of flowers and plants so that you can find what best suits you and your newly converted pots! This section also provides useful addresses that will help you on your way to a fabulously upcycled garden. Written by horticultural expert Adam Caplin, and complete with stunning photography by Francesca Yorke, Gardening with Junk is a must-have for any green-fingered enthusiast with an interest in recycling and the environment.

Author Details Adam Caplin’s love of gardening began at the tender age of five, in his father’s garden, and blossomed to become a lifelong passion. He studied horticulture at university and has since been involved in the setting up and running of various garden centres in London. He has also been heavily involved in promoting green and environmental issues within local primary schools. Adam has written for BBC Gardener’s World magazine, Easy Gardening, Saga , and Gardens Illustrated . His book Urban Eden features a garden that Adam co-designed and which won a silver medal at London’s Chelsea Flower Show. His other books include New Kitchen Garden and Cool Containers, both published by Ryland Peters & Small. Adam lives in London.

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

300 colour photographs

Age Range

Key Information

Terms

SOR

• •

Gardening with Junk is a great guide to finding innovative ways to re-use and recycle items in the home, and will appeal to crafters and gardeners alike. As climate change becomes an increasingly pressing issue, and the war on waste becomes mainstream, more and more people are looking to reuse the items they have, rather than buy new.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Decorated Garden 25 Craft Projects for Your Outdoor Space Deborah Schneebeli-Morrell Make, build, paint, glue, shape and craft your way to a gorgeous and unique garden with Deborah Schneebeli-Morrell’s amazing book, The Decorated Garden.

The Decorated Garden contains 25 easy-to-make projects that will not only inspire your creativity but encourage you

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495536

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

to spend more time in the garden all year round. Deborah explains how to make all sorts of delightful projects, large and small. She will teach you how to make grand items, such as a stunning Pebble Mosaic, a lovely Sweetpea Wigwam, a Driftwood Bench. She will also demonstrate how to make smaller accessories, such as decorative Alphabet Pebbles, Wire Pot Holders, a Fern Stencilled Tray Table and more. With The Decorated Garden you will become an expert in all sorts of skills: woodworking, weaving, carving, shaping, painting, stencilling, building and crafting – the list is endless. You will even learn how to use a variety of materials, from ceramics and stone, to wood and wire. Whether you’re looking to furnish your own garden with these items, or to give them as gifts, there’ll be a project here to suit every crafter, garden and season. Fully illustrated with clear step-by-step photography, The Decorated Garden will have you outside and making all sorts of beautiful things in no time.

Author Details Deborah Schneebeli-Morrell originally trained in fine art and is an award-winning artist. She has appeared on radio and television and is a frequent contributor to magazines. She has written over 20 practical craft books, including Pebble Mosaics, The Art of Papercutting and Grow Your Own Vegetables in Pots, all published by CICO Books. Deborah is a keen crafter and gardener, and is based between Wiltshire and Highgate, London.

Key Information • • •

Deborah has a wealth of practical gardening and crafting experience, which is demonstrated in her easy-tofollow instructions. The garden is often a place of peace and refuge, so why not personalise it with items and furnishings unique to you and your style? Crafting isn't only for the indoors, and with The Decorated Garden you'll be able to make something for any outdoor space and any season.

CONTENTS

Specifications

INTRODUCTION

PEBBLE MOSAIC

VEGETABLE ROW MARKERS

WIRE SHELVES

WIRE EGG BASKET

PAPER BAG LANTERNS

PUMPKIN VASE

SWEETPEA WIGWAMS

MOSAIC BIRDBATH

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 81⁄8 x 107⁄8 in./276 x 208 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 300 color photographs Price: US $19.95 / UK £12.99 / Priced higher in Canada Publication date: February 2018 Text: 30,000 words ISBN: 978-1-78249-553-6 Text © Deborah Schneebeli-Morrell Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books Uncorrected proofs For further information, contact: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

GALVANIZED TUB ROCK GARDEN

STENCILED EGG WREATH

GARDEN CHANDELIER

FOX BIRD SCARER

PLANTED FLOWERPOTS

BIRD FEEDER

DRIFTWOOD BENCH

SHELL URN

SHELL CANDLES

WIRE POT HOLDERS

GLASS JAR LANTERNS

ALPHABET PEBBLES

BENTWOOD GATE

100

PERENNIAL PLANT FRAME

106

WOODEN BASKET

110

LADY SCARECROW

114

FERN STENCILED TRAY TABLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

IW C1168_THE-DECORATED_GRDN_BLAD_DSJ_04.indd 2

122 128

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

www.rylandpeters.com

ABOUT THE AUTHOR: Deborah Schneebeli-Morrell originally trained in fine art and is an award-winning artist. She has appeared on radio and television and is a frequent contributor to magazines. She has written over 20 practical craft books, including Pebble Mosaics, The Art of Papercutting, and Grow Your Own Vegetables in Pots, all published by CICO Books. Deborah is a keen crafter and gardener, and is based between Wiltshire and Highgate, London, UK.

12/07/2017 15:41

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Palm Springs A Modernist Paradise Tim Street-Porter Midcentury modern design and architecture are hotter than ever and Palm Springs has the largest concentration of this style of architecture anywhere in the world. Since Julius Shulman's seminal publication on Palm Springs in the 1950s, the architectural and design community has embraced the city. Several books have followed but none of them give an overview that is up-to-date. Tim Street-Porter will not only include the elegant modernist images of Palm Springs architecture but also today's interior restorations of stellar examples by such top interior designers as Michael Smith and Martyn Lawrence Bullard. This luxurious tome paying homage to the seminal midcentury modernism architecture of Palm Springs showcases examples of this glamorous style, including historic jet-set homes designed by such talents as Neutra, Frey, Lautner, and others, as well as private residences that have been restored by leading tastemakers.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$130.00

Author Details

ISBN

9780847861873

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Architecture and design photographer Tim Street-Porter is internationally renown. He has authored and photographed many successful books, including Casa Mexicana, The Los Angeles House, Tropical Houses, Los Angeles, and has coauthored numerous publications with his wife Annie Kelly, among them the Rooms to Inspire series and Casa Mexicana Style. He is also a frequent contributor to many life style and design magazines such as Architectural Digest, House Beautiful, Elle Decor, Vanity Fair, and The New York Times.

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

241 x 330 mm

Key Information

Extent

224pp

•

Illustrations

250 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

• • •

Today, Palm Springs has become a global attraction, due in large part to the design and architecture world's infatuation with midcentury modern, and has 3-million visitors annually. It is a favourite weekend destination for tastemakers and design enthusiasts – fashion designers Trina Turk and Tom Ford and actor Leonardo DiCaprio have vacation homes surrounded by the irresistible backdrop of palm trees and mountains. New stylish hotels designed by Commune, Kelly Wearstler, Jonathan Adler, and Martyn Lawrence Bullard keep opening. Palm Springs: A Modernist Paradise will be similar to Tim Street-Porter's best-selling over-sized L.A. Modern. The book includes contemporary interior design and restorations. The Modernist Palm Springs look is popular across Australia.

ABOVE LEFT: taque molupta vid qui dicte nem quibustrum sinverum qui inciissequi nihic tet qui doluptatur mo cus perumque nihicabo. Nam que plia aut incita eatus, nam qui cumquata voluptiis erum faccullorum erum qui soluptae volum vitiasi con eos maionseque dolu. OPPOSITE : lum vitiasi con eos

maionseque doluptatur? Quidentem ipsunt aut unt, aut velitate delibus moluptat earum et qui cullant lam, sit et dolor sapis sedis essitiis ex .

PLAM SPRINGS

D I R E C T I O N A L : Caption Natusa nimus moluptat exersped unt fugiti officie nducilla ium quidis velessi saerum aut harum fugia dolorio nsenimendam est fugiat oditibus doluptas con eossiti nonsed eate pro quo exeris voluptam hil ideliquia volupta tiosaec totaque molupta vid qui dicte nem quibustrum sinverum qui inciissequi nihic tet qui doluptatur mo cus perumque nihicabo. Nam que plia aut incita eatus, nam qui cumquata voluptiis erum faccullorum erum qui soluptae volum vitiasi con eos maionseque

PLAM SPRINGS

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Love Where You Live At Home in the Country Joan Osofsky Owner of Hammertown Barn, Joan Osofsky, along with writer Abby Adams, presents in their first book a home aesthetic that is all about modern country living – an eclectic mix of classic and contemporary elements that combine personal style with comfort, and practicality. Osofsky's infectious enthusiasm for the large and small touches that transform a house into a home has guided her work and faithful clientele for decades. Love Where You Live presents exceptional homes each of which embodies a shared aesthetic that is all about modern country design along with an authentic sense of place and personality. Rich with decorating tips and easy entertaining ideas, the range of house profiles is truly inspiring to those who embrace a chic country lifestyle.

Author Details For nearly thirty years Joan Osofsky's work as a retailer and style expert has been defined by her mantra: "Love Where You Live." It's what animates her work with customers of Hammertown Barn, the set of three independent lifestyle stores she owns and operates (in Pine Plains, New York; Great Barrington, Massachusetts; and Rhinebeck New York). Hammertown Barn has been featured in Country Living, Travel & Leisure, and The Daily Beast, among many other publications. Co-author Abby Adams is the author of several books including The Gardener's Gripe Book (Workman) and An Uncommon Scold (Simon & Schuster). She has written gardening articles and organised garden and house tours. Photographer John Gruen specialises in interiors and still life. His work has appeared in a variety of books including Living Traditions by Matthew Patrick Smyth and such shelter magazines as Better Homes and Gardens and Martha Stewart Living. Mary Randolph Carter is an author, photographer, designer, and longtime creative director for Ralph Lauren. She is the author of For the Love of Old, A Perfectly Kept House is the Sign of a Misspent Life, and the Junk series of books.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9780789334398

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Home Design

Format

260 x 216 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

250 colour photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

Key Information Country living is synonymous with getting away from the formality of the city. Hammertown Barn embraces many of the aspects of this appealing informal way of life that is sought-after by many. This is a nationwide trend. This book explores how real-life tastemakers (photographers, artists, stylists, writers) integrate their life and interiors to live well with their passions and obsessions. These homes celebrate living happily without worrying that everything isn't perfect.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Colosseum Book Nunzio Giustozzi By combining history, art, politics, and architecture, as well as the magic of the Colosseum, this fascinating book reveals seven different itineraries to discover one of the most emblematic and evocative monuments in the world. Every year, millions of visitors enter the Colosseum, which represents a common heritage of human history and culture. Visiting it is still considered a sensational experience, a unique moment that everyone wishes to see at least once in a lifetime. The wide and original array of images and literary excerpts, as well as a number of unpublished materials, confirm the Colosseum as being an exceptional source of inspiration for writers and artists until this day. Thematic itineraries guide readers on their tour, recalling the atmosphere of the past as well as modern-day links with the cinema. This volume makes a useful and delightful guide to learn more about the monument that has always had a certain "physique du role." This affordable and manageable volume has the advantage of illustrating new and original paths to the discovery of one of the most studied and well-known monuments in the world.

Author Details Nunzio Giustozzi, archaeologist and historian of Italian art, is an author of essays on classical sculpture for specialised journals, as well as a critic on contemporary artists.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9788891813435

Publisher

Rizzoli International

•

Imprint

Rizzoli

•

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

241 x 171 mm

Extent

256pp

Illustrations

200 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

• •

The book demonstrates how the Colosseum has served as an exceptional source of inspiration over the centuries for both writers and artists. The images and literary excerpts include rarely seen and unpublished material. The book presents seven original ways to interpret the monument throughout history, including the Colosseum as amphitheatre, arena, sacred Christian site, Grand Tour destination, imperial symbol, propaganda image, and film location. This fascinating guide is a great introduction to the Colosseum for visitors and armchair travellers alike. The Colosseum is the world's 39th most popular tourist destination with over 4 million visitors per year.

John Paul II presides over the Stations of the Cross at the Colosseum, Rome, 29th March 2002

Interior of the Colosseum with the Cross lit, on occasion of the Good Friday procession, Rome, 3rd April 2015

114

The Christian Colosseum

115

François-Marius Granet, Interior View of the Colosseum, 1804, oil on canvas, 125 x 160 cm, Paris, Musée del Louvre

In the work of the largest format ever produced by a lover of the Colosseum, such as that painted by Granet in the first years of his presence in Rome, the painter invites us to mediate in silence, just as the humble devotees in prayer before the Chapel, on the only expression of the white light. He remains in shadows as if to apologise for taking on so grandiose a subject. Choosing the main entrance, he keeps to one side under the access arch: the monument, in his perspective more ruined as it was before the Napoleonic restorations, does not then appear within this frame, a painting within a painting, with its own “windows” which allow the gaze to escape into the distance. To be at the Colosseum for sure, to paint it yes, but at the same time he hides it (Denis Coutagne).

108

The Christian Colosseum

109

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Summer Houses by the Sea The Shingle Style Bret Morgan An extremely popular traditionalist style, there have been other books on Shingle Style residential architecture, perhaps most notably the author's own successful volume Shingle Styles (Abrams), which is now more than fifteen years old. Our book takes a fresh look at both major houses and little known treasures, each in its romantic seaside locale – be it Jamestown, RI, or Montauk, NY – along with its warm interior rooms and often lush landscaping and gardens. The book will appeal to those who aspire to own a Shingle Style house, and to architects and students of architecture of this famed American vernacular style. The book features twenty-two shingle-style houses, all set in romantic settings by the sea, in all-new photography especially taken for the book. It includes early masterpieces of the style from the 18th century up to contemporary examples built within the last ten years by some of the great architects at work in the style today. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$120.00

ISBN

9780847858484

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

286 x 235 mm

Extent

272pp

Illustrations

200 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Bret Morgan is a photographer of architecture and interiors, gardens and landscapes. He turned to photography as a profession after studying architectural history with William H. Jordy at Brown University and earning a Master of Architecture degree from Columbia University. His books include Rustic: Country Houses, Rural Dwellings, Wooded Retreats (Rizzoli); Historic Houses of the Hudson River Valley (Rizzoli); Shingle Styles: Innovation and Tradition in American Architecture (Abrams); The Architecture of the Shakers (W. W. Norton); and Buildings of Nevada, a part of the comprehensive series Buildings of the United States published by the Society of Architectural Historians and Oxford University Press.

Key Information •

• • •

The book features a diverse range of houses, including well known and important examples of the style such as Ochre Point in Newport, RI, and the Alexander Orr House, in Montauk, NY, both by McKim, Mead & White; storied houses, such as Grey Gardens, in East Hampton, NY; as well as little known gems. Summer Houses by the Sea is a treasure trove of architectural images and ideas that will be useful to those planning a new house inspired by the Shingle Style. Lived in homes here serve as examples that are particularly helpful for those thinking about adapting a historic style to contemporary needs. With photography taken over the course of two years, throughout the seasons, the book will show the many sides of the Shingle style house in winter, spring, summer, and fall.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Making L.A. Modern Craig Ellwood – Myth, Man, Designer Michael Boyd This is the first book in more than a decade to comprehensively look at the work and legacy of self-taught master architect Craig Ellwood, a book that will be considered a touchstone and the book on the subject. It is at once accessible and authoritative, presenting the pristine, elegant, and modern architecture of this post-war master, while also offering, as previous books have not, an intimate look at the man, through photos that show Ellwood's glamorous lifestyle, which included fast cars, exotic pets, and beautiful women. The book will be of interest to architecture and design enthusiasts and lovers of high-style midcentury modern.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$130.00

This is the definitive volume on Craig Ellwood, a visionary architect, designer, and tastemaker sometimes called the "California Mies", after legendary modernist Mies van der Rohe. Features new photography of extant houses and other projects by Ellwood and explores the mystery of this self-made man, who, though untrained as an architect, fashioned a persona and career through equal parts of a talent for good design, self-promotion and ambition.

Author Details Michael Boyd is a landscape, furniture, and architectural designer based in Los Angeles and San Francisco. He is the principal of BoydDesign, a consultancy for the restoration and preservation of modernist architecture, and for collecting modern art and design. He is an internationally renowned and published expert on 20th century design and post-war Modernism. Richard Powers has served as principal photographer for over 20 books on design, architecture, and interiors. He is the photographer for Rizzoli's Making House (2017). Ray Kappe is an internationally recognised architect, urban planner, and educator. His work is considered to be an extension of the early Southern California master architects: Wright, Shindler, and Neutra. He is a co-founder of SCI-Arc in Los Angeles.

ISBN

9780847861538

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

229 x 279 mm

Key Information

Extent

240pp 200 colour & b/w illustrations

•

Illustrations Age Range

Terms

• • •

The author is well connected in the world of architecture and design, and will actively promote the book. The author is collaborating with director Maria Demopoulous on a feature length documentary film on the life and work of Ellwood, the showing of which will generate further interest in this important architect. Contributors to the book include Erin Ellwood, daughter of Craig Ellwood and architect and designer in her own right; her knowledge and personal experience of her father and his work add an element of interest and authority to the book. Other significant contributors to the book include Carl Magnusson (industrial designer and inventor and Director of Design at Knoll), Jennifer Dunlop Fletcher (SFMOMA chief curator of architecture and design), Michael Webb (prominent writer on architecture and design).

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

This is M. Sasek The Extraordinary Life and Travels of the Beloved Children's Book Illustrator Olga Cerna This charming biography explores the life of the acclaimed illustrator and children's author Miroslav Sasek. The first essay, illustrated with documents and personal images, covers his life from his childhood years to his career as a successful artist and illustrator who slowly climbed the ladder of fame. A second essay examines Sasek as an author, setting his work in the context of international visual art. The book is richly illustrated – from Sasek's own books as well as independent work and photographs from private archives, and even vintage fan letters from the children inspired by his wonderfully illustrated books. Sasek was born in Prague in 1916 and died in Switzerland in 1980. He was an architecture graduate but worked as a painter and illustrator for most of his life. Starting with This is Paris published in 1958, his books painted a delightful and evocative picture of some of the world's great cities (and countries!). In 1947 he moved to Paris to study at the École des Beaux Arts, and when the Communists came to power in what was then Czechoslovakia he made the decision not to return to his homeland. He earned a living as a graphic artist (in advertising) and architect, and from 1951 he was employed in the Czech section of Radio Free Europe in Munich. In 1957, he returned to Paris, beginning work on a children's illustrated guide to that city – This is Paris – which was originally published in 1959 (reissued 2004) and succeeded by similar books on London (also 1959; reissued 2004), Rome (1960; reissued 2007), New York (1960; reissued 2003), Edinburgh (1961; reissued 2006), Munich (1961; reissued 2012), Venice (1961; reissued 2005), San Francisco (1962; reissued 2003), Israel (1962; reissued 2008), Cape Canaveral (1963; reissued as This is the Way to the Moon in 2009), Ireland (1964; reissued 2005), Hong Kong (1965; reissued 2007), Greece (1966; reissued 2009), Texas (1967; reissued 2006), the United Nations (1968; to be reissued in 2017), Washington D.C. (1969; reissued 2011), Australia (1970; reissued 2009) and Britain (1974; reissued 2008). Having delighted children and adults for more than 50 years the This is ... books have all been reissued in English by Universe since 2003.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9780789334275

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Author Details

Format

311 x 222 mm

Extent

119pp

Miroslav Sasek was born in 1916 in Prague, Czechoslovakia. An author and illustrator, he is best remembered for his classic stories on the great cities of the world. He died in 1980.

Illustrations

175 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Olga Cerná is a highly regarded Czech children's book author and illustrator and lives in Prague. Pavel Ryška is a Czech illustrator. Martin Salisbury is an illustrator and is Professor of Illustration at Anglia Ruskin University, where he leads the Britain's first Masters program in children's book illustration. Among his books on the subject is 100 Great Children's Picture Books and Children's Picture Books.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information • •

•

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00

ISBN

9780789334275

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

311 x 222 mm

Extent

119pp

Illustrations

175 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Since the re-publication of This is New York in 2003, Universe has reissued all 17 of Miroslav Sasek's This is... books with great success resulting in sales of nearly 1 million copies internationally. Sasek's popularity has soared since Universe began reissuing his out of print books, and his distinctive mid-century style of illustration has gained a new generation of fans who will be interested in learning more about the artist's life in this charmingly illustrated biography. This book fills major gaps in our knowledge of the life of this seminal illustrator and will be of interest to graphic designers, illustrators, and anyone interested in the history and evolution of children's books and their illustrators. This is New York is one of Universe's all-time bestsellers.

1959 Paříž „Paříž je v listopadu smutná, nebe tmavošedé, turisti pryč, jsme sami mezi sebou, proto asi člověk tady trudnomyslní. Mám pár mlhavých plánů, jenomže nevím, co bych z toho mohl opravdu dovést k nějakému zdárnému konci…“ 10

Obálka prvního německého vydání To je Paříž

10 — Šklíbová, H., In memoriam M. Šašek. Nedatovaný přepis vysílání RFE obsahující úryvky z korespondence s M. Š. Text je uložen v pozůstalosti M. Šaška.

Kniha This is Paris vyšla v roce 1959 v nakladatelství W. H. Allen a zahájila putování Šaškových knižních průvodců světem. Poprvé se v ní objevily typické obrázky na předsádkách: na jedné je malíř, který vchází dovnitř knihy v civilním oblečení, na druhé z ní odchází tak, jak jej město proměnilo.

1961 Edinburgh „Leje, a i když neprší – prozatím se to stalo jen dvakrát – je strašlivá zima. Chodím ve dvou svetrech, saku a pršáku. Zebou ruce i nohy a večer mám v posteli flašku s horkou vodou, ale ráno když lezu ven, to si nepřej… Práce jde jako obyčejně špatně a pomalu, ale kdybych neměl co dělat, nevěděl bych, co si tady mám počít. Chcíp tady skotskej pes. Neděle jsou nepředstavitelné. Nedostaneš ani cigaretu.

Fotografie Wernera Roelena k článku Der Kolumbus mit Marderpinsel, Das Schönste, září 1961

Všecko, absolutně všecko je zavřené…“ 17

17 — Šklíbová, H., In memoriam M. Šašek. Nedatovaný přepis vysílání RFE obsahující úryvky z korespondence s M. Š. Text je uložen v pozůstalosti M. Šaška.

1961 Benátky „Jako obyčejně je tam takový souhrn všeho, co je zajímavé. Náměstí svatého Marka, holubi a dóžecí palác, prodavači korálů a pohlednic. Tady máš gondoliéry, gondoly se svatebčany a pohřeb na gondole, tady jsou uličky a kanály města, tady je takový typický benátský policista… A tady je bučintoró, to je ta loď, kterou vyjížděli každoročně na moře, aby slavili svatbu Benátek s mořem. Osmdesát kreseb, jako vždy.“ 18 18 — U portrétisty velkoměst. Rozhovor Františka Tomáše s Miroslavem Šaškem. České slovo, 2. 1. 1961.

74 Dvoustrana v knize To je Hongkong

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

BOOKS AVAILABLE BY M. SASEK

Price

AU$37.99

Price

AU$59.99

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9780789332585

ISBN

9780847843961

ISBN

9780789310620

AU$34.99

Price

AU$34.99

Price

AU$34.99

Price

ISBN

9780789308849

ISBN

9780789310637

ISBN

9780789318541

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Art of Incredibles 2 Karen Paik An exclusive peak into the making of Disney Animation Studio's film The Incredibles 2 (out June 2018). The Art of Incredibles reunites us with Bob, Helen, and the rest of the world's greatest superhero family by exploring the art behind Pixar's highly anticipated sequel. Opening with a foreword by John Lasseter and an introduction by writer/director Brad Bird, this Art of follows the development of the movie from concept to final render with concept art-including character sketches, storyboards, colourscripts, and more alongside quotes from the artists, making this behind-the-scenes experience of the making of the film a must-have for fans of both the original and the highly anticipated sequel. 11 May 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Karen Paik is the author of several books about Pixar and its films, including To Infinity and Beyond!: The Story of

Price

AU$69.99

ISBN

9781452163840

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Key Information

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

•

Format

229 x 279 mm

Extent

168pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Publication

Pixar Animation Studios. John Lasseter is a two-time Academy Award® winner, director, chief creative officer at Walt Disney and Pixar Animation Studios, and principal creative officer at Walt Disney Imagineering. Brad Bird is the director of the Academy® Award-winning films Ratatouille and The Incredibles, from Pixar Animation Studios.

• •

With over 20 books in this series, Disney/Pixar's Art of… continues to sell in various channels and backlist well for the holidays. Winner of the 2004 Academy Awards for Best Animated Feature, The Incredibles packed quite the punch with audience members. And even after fourteen years after the original film, fans are eagerly waiting for The Incredibles 2 (out June 2018). With over 20 books in this series, Disney/Pixar's Art of… continues to sell in various channels and backlist well for the holidays. The Art of Incredibles 2 features exclusive full-colour concept art for the making of the film.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$69.99

Price

AU$69.99

Price

AU$69.99

ISBN

9781452155364

ISBN

9781452117164

ISBN

9781452156422

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Dior Images: Paolo Roversi Paolo Roversi A stunning visual tribute to Italian photographer Paolo Roversi's celebrated images for the house of Dior. A fashion house beloved for designs evoking modern Parisian elegance. A photographer renowned for hauntingly delicate portraits. This definitive volume, Dior Images: Paolo Roversi, is an ode to their legendary rapport. An early adopter of the Polaroid, Italian photographer Paolo Roversi forged his singular style in the 1980s and '90s – leading to relationships with preeminent magazines, such as British Vogue, Vogue Paris, and W. This lavish volume presents Roversi's illustrious photographs for these publications from the past twenty-five years, featuring top models and A-list celebrities including Naomi Campbell, Natalia Vodianova, and Laëtitia Casta. Spotlighting creations by Dior's artistic directors – from Gianfranco Ferré and John Galliano to Raf Simons and Maria Grazia Chiuri – Roversi captures the house's sophisticated essence with his signature intimacy and impeccable attention to detail. This book also contains exclusive pictures from a photoshoot supervised by fashion editor Grace Coddington featuring designs by Christian Dior himself, from 1947-1957, worn by contemporary models. Equal parts fashion monograph and photographic portfolio, this exquisite volume will enthrall lovers of photography, style, and art.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$200.00

ISBN

9780847862658

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Key Information

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

•

Format

356 x 279 mm

Extent

168pp

Illustrations

150 colour & b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Paolo Roversi was born in 1947 in Italy. A fashion photography luminary, he has collaborated with British Vogue, Vogue Italia, Vogue Paris, W, Interview, Dior, Guerlain, and Comme des Garçons on editorials and advertising campaigns. He lives in Paris. Emanuele Coccia is an Italian philosopher who specialises in analysing the status and power of images, especially in fashion.

• • •

• •

Both lovers of photography and high fashion will be delighted by this book. Paolo Roversi boasts a significant following of photography buffs, while Dior is beloved across the globe. Highly anticipated and unique, this is the first book to celebrate Roversi's longstanding relationship with the house of Dior. Beautifully crafted, this title is a true objet d'art – and the perfect gift for anyone with an appreciation for the finer things in life. This book features images of Dior's contemporary designs (by Raf Simons and newly appointed artistic director Maria Grazia Chiuri) alongside its most storied designs created by Monsieur Dior himself. Fans of the brand's refreshed, modern look as well as aficionados of classic Dior style will find something to love. This book also features never-before-seen images from an exclusive photoshoot supervised by the legendary fashion editor Grace Coddington. Dior can harness its impressive social media following to help promote the book: Intagram: 18 million followers; Facebook: 16 million likes; Twitter: 8 million followers.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Theatrum Orbis MMXVII 57th Venice Biennale. Russian Pavilion Silvia Burini A complete account of the continually evolving Russian art scene, one of the liveliest in the world. Theatrum Orbis Terrarum is the name of an atlas published by Abraham Ortelius in Antwerp in 1570, bundling together the knowledge accumulated during the age of discovery and representing the world as a theater, which in those days didn't refer just to a stage. It is in the same spirit, that is the assembly and comparison of different and at first sight contrasting experiences, that the featured artists have been chosen to represent the Russian Federation at the 2017 Venice Biennale.

Author Details Grisha Bruskin lives and works in Moscow and New York. Recycle Group is formed by Andrei Blokhin and Georgy Kuznetsov. They live and work in Moscow and Paris. Sasha Pirogova lives and works in Moscow. Dmitri Kourliandski lives and works in Moscow.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$65.00

ISBN

9788831728096

Publisher

Rizzoli International

•

Imprint

Rizzoli

•

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

248 x 197 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

120 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

Lavishly illustrated. Modern, appealing graphic design. The book will be of great interest to artists, critics, academics and anyone interested in art.

148

26/05/17 12:49

149

26/05/17 12:49

174

26/05/17 12:50

175

26/05/17 12:50

188

26/05/17 12:50

189

26/05/17 12:50

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Helen Frankenthaler After Abstract Expressionism, 1959-1962 John Elderfield This striking new book features 14 paintings and 2 works on paper by renowned American abstract painter Helen Frankenthaler. Helen Frankenthaler (1928-2011), whose career spanned six decades, has long been recognised as one of the great American artists of the 20th century. She was eminent among the second generation of postwar American abstract painters and is widely credited for playing a pivotal role in the transition from Abstract Expressionism to Colour Field painting. Through her invention of the soak-stain technique, she expanded the possibilities of abstract painting, while at times referencing figuration and landscape in unique ways. She produced a body of work whose impact on contemporary art has been profound and continues to grow. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$130.00

ISBN

9780847861996

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

321 x 267 mm

Extent

88pp

Illustrations

16 colour illustrations

Age Range

Key Information

•

Terms

Showcasing fourteen of Frankenthaler's paintings, dating from 1959 through 1962, and two earlier works on paper, this beautiful book highlights a radical and lesser-known body of works unique within the artist's oeuvre. The book includes colour plates of all sixteen works, as well as four single-page and seven double-page spread details. Never before and rarely published documentary photographs appear throughout the book, along with a new and insightful text by John Elderfield. This book accompanies the 2017 exhibition of Frankenthaler's work at Gagosian Paris.

Author Details John Elderfield, Chief Curator Emeritus of Painting and Sculpture at The Museum of Modern Art, and Allen R. Adler, class of 1967, Distinguished Curator and Lecturer at the Princeton University Art Museum, joined Gagosian five years ago as a Consultant for special exhibitions. At Gagosian, he has championed the work of Helen Frankenthaler, and organised the major exhibition In the Studios: Paintings (2015). He has written over twenty-five books and nearly one hundred scholarly articles.

• • •

Features stunning colour plates of all 16 works included in Gagosian Gallery's 2017 exhibition. Several works in the exhibition have not been exhibited since the early 1960s, if at all; some are reproduced here for the first time. Rarely seen and never before published photographs of the artist appear throughout; including one from each year covered, to introduce the plates. An insightful text, published in both French and English, complete with images of additional paintings by the artist and other artists, along with documentary photographs, places these 16 works in the context of their time.

Helen Frankenthaler After Abstract Expressionism, 1959â&#x20AC;&#x201C;1962

Gagosian Paris

Fig. 2 L’exposition personnelle d’Helen Frankenthaler à la Galerie André Emmerich de New York, du 30 mars au 25 avril 1959. Vue de l’accrochage montrant, de gauche à droite, Madridscape (1959) et Before the Caves (1958)

Fig. 2 Helen Frankenthaler’s solo exhibition at the André Emmerich Gallery, New York, March 30–April 25, 1959. Installation view, showing, left to right: Madridscape (1959) and Before the Caves (1958)

Fig. 3 The Façade, 1954 Huile sur toile, 104,8 × 250,5 cm Carnegie Museum of Art, Pittsburgh. Don de M. et Mme Bernard J. Reis.

Fig. 3 The Façade, 1954 Oil on canvas, 41 ¼ × 98 5⁄8 inches (104.8 × 250.5 cm) Carnegie Museum of Art, Pittsburgh. Gift of Mr. and Mrs. Bernard J. Reis

toile révolutionnaire Mountains and Sea (fig. 1), Helen Frankenthaler était une star. Cela ne signifie pas pour autant, comme nous l’avons vu, que tout le monde aimait son travail. En 1960, l’École de New York était encore le fief des Expressionnistes abstraits et de leurs tableaux audacieusement gestuels, à la pâte épaisse. Un an plus tôt, le 4 mai 1959, jour où l’exposition de Willem de Kooning ouvrit ses portes à la galerie Sidney Janis, les collectionneurs firent la queue dès 8 h 15 du matin pour être les premiers à acheter et presque tout fut vendu avant midi.10 Ce fut une sensation dans le monde artistique, dont Time se fit l’écho ; Helen Frankenthaler et son mari en avaient forcément entendu parler, d’autant que Motherwell avait exposé à la galerie Janis en mars de la même année. En mars aussi, Helen Frankenthaler exposa pour la première fois à la galerie André Emmerich (après six expositions à la galerie Tibor de Nagy entre 1951 et 1958). Elle y montra notamment Before the Caves de 1958 et Madridscape de 1959, que nous voyons dans une photographie ci-dessus de l’installation (fig. 2). Sans être aussi agressives que les tableaux que peignait de Kooning, elles trahissaient une sensibilité qui n’était pas aussi délicate et pleine de beauté hasardeuse que le public attendait. Le critique d’Artnews les trouva même « effrayantes » et « dérangées ».11 Ce n’était pas la première fois qu’Helen Frankenthaler peignait des tableaux dérangeants. Deux ans après Mountains and Sea, le 26 octobre 1952, elle peignait encore des toiles d’une beauté limpide, à la matière fine, « d’une manière détendue et même rêveuse » selon un critique.12 Mais même alors, O’Hara y voyait « parfois un contenu intimement déplaisant, rendu beau par son affichage sans entrave ».13 Et puis, en

gestural, heavily impastoed Abstract Expressionist paintings continued to occupy center stage in New York School painting; on the opening day of Willem de Kooning’s exhibition at the Sidney Janis Gallery the previous year— May 4, 1959—collectors had been queuing outside as early as 8:15 in the morning, jostling for early purchases, and by noon nearly everything was sold.10 This was a sensational event in the art world, reported in Time magazine, and Frankenthaler and her husband could not have been ignorant of it. After all, Motherwell had exhibited at the Janis Gallery in March of that year. That same month, Frankenthaler had had her first exhibition at the André Emmerich Gallery (following six at Tibor de Nagy Gallery, in 1951–58); in it were at least two paintings—Before the Caves of 1958 and Madridscape of 1959, seen above in an installation photograph from the Emmerich show (fig. 2)— that, while in no way as aggressive as what de Kooning was doing, revealed a sensibility not at all as sensitive and replete with chanced beauty as people had come to expect. “Frightening” and “crazy looking,” the Artnews critic called them.11 This was not the first time that Frankenthaler had painted disturbing paintings. For some two years after making Mountains and Sea, on October 26, 1952, she continued to make limpidly beautiful, thinly painted canvases, “relaxed and even dreamy in manner,” in the words of one critic.12 Even then, though, O’Hara had observed “sometimes a private unpleasantness of tenor which is made beautiful by its unimpeded self-assertion.”13 And in 1954–55, the dreaminess disappeared, and if not quite unpleasantness, then discordance surfaced. Frankenthaler’s confidence

1954-1955, le caractère rêveur disparut et les discordances se dévoilèrent. Frankenthaler, qui ne croyait apparemment plus à la longévité de sa manière Mountains and Sea, se mit à peindre des toiles plus denses, souvent plus sombres et dures, à la pâte lourde, comme The Façade (1954 ; fig. 3), cherchant apparemment à se rapprocher de la richesse picturale de l’Expressionnisme abstrait du milieu des années 1950. Mais avant longtemps, elle revint à sa technique de 1952-1953. Avait-elle senti qu’elle se fourvoyait dans quelque chose d’étriqué, qui lui ressemblait moins ? Quelle qu’en fût la raison, les années qui suivirent, entre 1956 et 1958, furent les plus prolifiques de cette décennie, avec une succession d’œuvres extraordinaires comme Eden, Jacob’s Ladder, Dawn after the Storm, Europa et Nude.14 En 1958, on sent que sa manière évolue encore : Before the Caves est une toile plus robuste et expressive que les précédentes, peintes avec le bras plutôt que la main et où les parties brouillonnes et boueuses cohabitent mieux avec d’autres rayonnantes et chantantes. L’énorme Madridscape, tout aussi affirmé, était accroché juste à côté lors de l’exposition de 1959 à la galerie Emmerich. Le critique qui trouvait ces toiles effrayantes les jugeait aussi trop grandes pour « l’espace intime de la galerie » ;15 elle l’étaient, en effet, et les photos de l’installation en témoignent (voir la fig. 2). Cependant, l’artiste travaillait dans son atelier avec des toiles tendues du sol au plafond, dans un désordre « effrayant »,16 et elle avait manifestement envie d’exposer ses peintures de la même manière. L’année suivante, la rétrospective au Jewish Museum (du 26 janvier au 2 mars 1960) était presque exclusivement composée de toiles plus anciennes et pas effrayantes du

in the longevity of her Mountains and Sea approach seemed to have faltered, and she began making denser, often darker, heavily painted canvases, tougher works like The Façade (1954; fig. 3), seemingly wanting to engage with the rich painterliness of mid-1950s Abstract Expressionism. Before too long, though, she had switched back to the technique of 1952–53, perhaps feeling that she had taken a misstep into something confining and less her own. Whatever the reason, the years that followed, 1956 –58, became her most prolific period in the 1950s, producing one extraordinary canvas after another: paintings such as Eden, Jacob’s Ladder, Dawn after the Storm, Europa, and Nude.14 In 1958 there were signs of a change of emphasis. Before the Caves is a more robust, expressive canvas than its predecessors, drawn with the arm more than the hand, and more forgiving of muddy, messy parts among the radiantly singing ones. The enormous Madridscape, a similarly assertive picture, hung next to it in Frankenthaler’s 1959 Emmerich Gallery exhibition. The art critic who called them frightening also remarked that they were too large for the “intimate space of the gallery”;15 they were, as installation photographs attest (see fig. 2). But the artist worked with paintings stretching from floor to ceiling in her studio, in a “frighteningly” messy environment,16 and she was obviously willing to have them shown in this manner as well. The following year’s Jewish Museum retrospective (January 26–March 2, 1960) comprised, almost exclusively, earlier canvases not frightening at all. But it did include the 1959 Red Square (fig. 4), a big horizontal painting further indicating that Frankenthaler’s art was taking a new, more vigorously expressive direction: in this case not

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Vik Muniz: Afterglow Pictures of Ruins Luca Massimo Barbero A new project specially conceived by the artist Vik Muniz for the Galleria di Palazzo Cini, inspired by the masterpieces of the Cini Collection. An homage to Venice born out of a close dialogue with the curator Luca Massimo Barbero, Vik Muniz's project comprises a series of completely new photos inspired by the old masters of the Cini Collection, paintings by the likes of Francesco Guardi, Dosso Dossi and Canaletto. Muniz is fascinated by the Italian genre of the capriccio and by the Venetian tradition, and the result is this series of new works couched in an extraordinary vivid range of colours that sets out to hold a dialogue with the pictures on display in the museum. The artist revisits the theme of the 18th century capriccio in a contemporary key, simulating the brushstrokes of these paintings with cuttings of illustrations from books on the history of art, carefully selected not only for their colors but also for the images they contain. Glued together, they create the tactile surface of an impasto. Continuing the tradition of the artists of the 17th and 18th centuries, Muniz has rearranged these elements in a creative way, constructing new images that, through an interplay of allusions and quotations, intrigue and fascinate.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99

ISBN

9788831728072

Author Details

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Luca Massimo Barbero (Turin, Italy, 1963) is an art historian and critic who specialises in European and American art movements of the second half of the 20th century. He is associate curator at the Peggy Guggenheim Collection and director of the Institute of Art History at the Fondazione Giorgio Cini, Venice.

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Key Information

Format

273 x 229 mm

•

Extent

72pp

Illustrations

40 colour illustrations

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

A bold, ironic and often deceptive project. Beautiful graphic project and photography. The book will appeal to artists, critics, academics and anyone with an interest in contemporary art.

28/05/17 20:16

9LHZ RI WKH *UDQG *DOHULH RI WKH /RXYUH LQ 5XLQV DIWHU +XEHUW 5REHUW, 2017 from the series $IWHUJORZ â&#x20AC;&#x201D; dalla serie $IWHUJORZ

7HPSOH RI -XQR LQ $JULJHQWR DIWHU &DVSDU 'DYLG )ULHGULFK, 2017 from the series $IWHUJORZ â&#x20AC;&#x201D; dalla serie $IWHUJORZ

28/05/17 20:16

4XDQWXP /HDS, 2017

28/05/17 20:16

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Edible Ensemble From Banana Peel Jumpsuits to Kale Frocks Gretchen Roehr Food meets fashion in these playful and chic illustrations of stylish ladies creatively garbed in produce. The perfect gift for anyone who loves fashion and fashion illustration, as well as those who like to play with their food. The book includes approximately 75 of artist Gretchen Roehr's whimsical illustrations of women garbed in colourful fruit and vegetables, paired with humorous captions by Roehr. The majority of the illustrations are new and never before published; although the book will include a handful of Roehr's most popular and requested drawings, such as the banana peel jumpsuit, the swiss chard skirt, and the oyster dresses. The layout is organised in a colorful arc, with the pages of illustrations following the colors of the rainbow. Flipping through the book the palette progresses through ROYGBIV. The design is charming and the entire package is conceived to be a lovely and playful gift book marrying colourful fresh food with chic fashion illustrations.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$44.99

ISBN

9780847862313

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

229 x 178 mm

Key Information

Extent

96pp

•

Illustrations

75 colour illustrations

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Gretchen Roehr's whimsical fashion illustrations combine colourful fruits and vegetables with ink on paper to create playful and chic ladies outfitted in kale gowns, banana peel jumpsuits, strawberry sheaths, blackberry miniskirts and much more.

Author Details Gretchen Roehrs is an artist, designer and art director. She's also now an Instagram star, with more than 80,000 followers. She lives in San Francisco.

• •

These charming illustrations are a tantalising treat for the senses, guaranteed to put a smile on your face. What began as a creative hobby has brought Roehrs more than 80,000 followers on Instagram, and profiles in HuffPost Style, Elle, Harper's Bazaar, The New York Times, Refinery 29, WhoWhatWear, and many others. Our book will present a few of Roehr's most popular illustrations (oyster shell dresses, pea pod pants, banana jumpsuit) but contains mostly all-new art that's never been seen before. With a lovely design and humorous captions throughout, this is the perfect gift book at a low price.

CONTENTS TEK

LOREM IPSUM RED

OR ANGE LOREM IPSUM

YELLOW LOREM

GREEN LOREM

BLUE TEEK AY LOREM

LOREM IPSUM PINK

BEIGE LOREM IPSUM

Caption here if needed teekay lorem ipsum tet.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Mother! Darren Aronofsky Darren Aronofsky Mother! The Making of the Fever Dream is a deep dive into an auteur's process about the heavily talked-about film Mother! and its Bosch-like riveting sequence. From Aronofsky (Black Swan, Requiem for a Dream), Mother! is the filmmaker's newest polarising offering, a psychological horror film with small nods to Roman Polanski, Luis Bunuel, and David Cronenberg, but is wholly Aronofsky's original vision, a film presented in his singular and arresting style. This chronicle is a beautiful, dynamic presentation of that sequence, with corresponding screen grabs, behind-the-scenes photography, the script as it pertains to the sequence, and the "maps" of his shot list. Mother! The Making of the Fever Dream also includes a preface from Aronofsky about this shoot, and this book is a record of a film that will have audiences, Aronofsky fans, and film school denizens discussing the movie for years to come. Equal parts visual chronicle and artful scene study, Mother! The Making of the Fever Dream recounts Darren Aronofsky's spellbinding second half of Mother!, and how it was constructed, with corresponding screen grabs, behind-the-scenes photography, script cues, and the annotated maps of his shot list.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$60.00

ISBN

9780847862689

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

•

Format

203 x 254 mm

•

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Darren Aronofsky is a critically acclaimed and controversial filmmaker. Matty Labatique is a critically acclaimed cinematographer best known for his work on Black Swan, Requiem for a Dream, and Iron Man, among many others.

Key Information •

Cast includes Academy Award winners Jennifer Lawrence, Javier Bardem, as well as Michelle Pfeiffer, Ed Harris, and Kirsten Wiig, among others. Paramount Pictures is the studio behind the film. They're lining the film up for awards season. Much in the tradition of Stanley Kubrick, David Cronenberg, or Quentin Tarantino, Darren Aronofsky has an enormous cult-like fan base.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Ralph Lauren: 50 Years of Fashion Reported by WWD Ralph Lauren Celebrating fifty years of America’s most beloved fashion brand, this book chronicles the legendary career trajectory of Ralph Lauren as documented by WWD. Synonymous with timeless American style, Ralph Lauren metamorphosed from a small collection of men’s neckties into a global empire offering everything from casual polo shirts and luxury womenswear to athletic apparel and home goods. WWD has chronicled the company's every step since its founding in 1967, from that first wide necktie and iconic advertisements to Lauren's innovative venture into online media. Offering insight into this trailblazing visionary, Ralph Lauren: 50 Years of Fashion is an illustrated volume that details his meteoric rise and the highlights of his career. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$120.00

ISBN

9780847860968

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

330 x 254 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

150 colour and B&W photographs

Age Range

Terms

Through never-before-seen archival photographs and award-winning fashion writing and business articles from the pages of WWD, this volume showcases the brand's most noteworthy achievements, how it has shaped the fashion industry, and its status as the arbiter of classic American style. Celebrating Ralph Lauren's fiftieth anniversary, this book is a must-have for fashion aficionados, lovers of Americana, and everyone in between.

Author Details Ralph Lauren began his career in 1967, designing neckties under the label Polo. Today, his collections include menswear, womenswear, accessories, fragrance, and home. He has received numerous awards for his work in fashion, philanthropy, and humanitarian causes, and is the only designer to receive the CFDA's four highest honors: Womenswear Designer of the Year, Menswear Designer of the Year, Retailer of the Year, and Lifetime Achievement. Bridget Foley is a fashion journalist, critic, and the executive editor of Women's Wear Daily.

Key Information • • • •

Ralph Lauren celebrated its 50th anniversary in 2017. Differing from past books, which focused on glossy advertising and lifestyle, this book presents the story behind the business of Ralph Laure – its major milestones, etc. Because a book of this kind has never been published before, followers of the brand would be very interested in learning about its successes over the decades. Not only is WWD providing rare archival coverage of Ralph Lauren, but Ralph Lauren is unearthing never-before-seen, exclusive images from its archives.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION • •

•

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$120.00

ISBN

9780847860968

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

330 x 254 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

150 colour and B&W photographs

Age Range

Terms

Ralph Lauren has boutiques across the globe (Australia, France, China, and more), making its appeal broad-reaching and international. A diverse, international readership would be interested in purchasing this book. Women's Wear Daily has been dubbed the "bible of fashion." All of the industry's major players, from editors to buyers and marketers, see it as the most important fashion industry publication. Its authoritative voice makes this book the must-have title on the history of the Ralph Lauren brand. Social media stats: Ralph Lauren: Instagram: 7 million followers; Twitter: 2 million followers; Facebook: 8 million likes. WWD: Instagram: 525k followers; Twitter: 3 million followers; Facebook: 760K+ likes.

1967 NEW YORK — “Of course, I could have worn a print today but I don’t want to be known as Mr. Clothes.” Ralph Lauren, head of Beau Brummell’s one-man Polo division, smooths the simple in this navy grenadine and tweaks the collar of his electric blue shirt. With the ties spread out on the table before him he hopes to bridge the division between fashion and tradition. “I worked on these shapes a long time. This has a slight mid-belly. It makes its own knot and dimple.” The ties are 3 ½ inches and full almost to the top so that they have a straight look. They are hand-made in Indian, Swiss and English fabrics. They will cost $7.50-$15 and will be sold only in hand-picked stores. “The romance is where you buy it. The store gives the tie the right or wrong connotation. I want a few good stores, not the commercial market. The wrong stores trim the wrong things with the wrong things.” This would be disastrous to Lauren, for he is not just selling ties. “I am promoting a level of taste, a total feeling. It is important to show the customer how to wear these ties, the idea behind them. “The great dressers are the most classic but they are not restricted to one look. They can wear Brooks Bros. as well as Meledandri. They can wear jeans unselfconsciously on weekends. I’m not trying to make a tie for each occasion. Some are for evening, some for afternoons.” The name Polo gives some idea of the man he is aiming at. He chose it because polo is a masculine sport and represents a certain way of life. The Polo man is tired of stereotyped reps but he doesn’t want to look extreme. Indian silk tweeds…hand-blocked prints in bright colors…horizontal close stripes with an iridescent look…a parquet check…a blanket plaid are strewn over the table. As he speaks, Lauren looks down at them paternally, an image supported by the strands of premature gray in his hair. His suit has a comfortable new looseness to it. It is filled with details…4-inch

It all started with a tie. In 1967, Ralph Lauren introduced his Polo label of signature wide ties — dubbed The Big Knot in DNR, December 19, 1967 — here, a 1968 pattern at left and one from the 1970s above.

“Polo Ties Saddling Up For New Fashion Goals.” —DNR, July 27, 1967

Bendel’s new stars (from the left): Don Kline, Lee Bailey, Viola Sylbert, Dick Huebner, Gerry Stutz, Ralph Lauren, Holly Harp and Carlos Falchi. — WWD September 21, 1973

1973 1974

erry Lauren joined Polo Ralph Lauren at his younger brother’s request in 1974, charged with overseeing the menswear division. Shown here with Ralph at Ralph’s home in Jamaica the 198TK, Jerry has for 43 years translated Ralph’s vision as only a brother could. “We’d dream together early on,” Jerry once said. “It didn’t matter if we never went hunting or fishing; we could still spot a great leather jacket and recognize its gutsiness.” He currently serves as Executive Vice President of Men’s Design.

Ralph Lauren showed his first formal collection for the Kreisler Group this week , and, judging from the SRO audience — including a conspicuous number of store presidents — Ralph certainly has deve loped a following, if not a definite look. When Ralph sticks to what he knows best — perfectly tailored suits and mix-ormatch separates in top quality fabrics — he can’t be beat. However, when he goes

off on an ethnic tangent — this season it’s the frontier look, complete with stitc hed cowboy boots and Stetson hats — the effect is, at best, bizarre. This season, one of the prettiest looks is the BigSkirt, brushing the bottom of the calf, teamed with either a soft-belte d smock shirt or a vest and jacket... — From WWD TK, 1973

1985

“The shirt is full and blousy and the skirt is long and lean.” — Ralph Lauren on the key look in his Spring 1985 collection in WWD, November 5, 1984.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Red Carpet Hollywood Fame and Fashion Frank Trapper Originally published in 2007, Red Carpet struck a chord with all of us who can't get enough of the Hollywood red carpet scene at the biggest celebrity award shows, movie premieres, and parties. No book since the original edition has brought the reader so close to the velvet rope. Now, in this updated volume, relive 30 years of red carpet moments captured in more than 250 photographs of style makers and A-listers. Red Carpet provides an unending runway show of the entertainment industry's most celebrated personalities in the greatest gowns and high fashion. Celebrity photographer Frank Trapper shares his front-row seat to nearly every major star-studded Hollywood event for the past three decades: the Oscars, Emmys, and A-list movie premieres.

Author Details Frank Trapper is an acclaimed celebrity photographer that has been covering the Hollywood beat for more than 30 years. Based in Los Angeles, where he does most of his work, his images have appeared in countless national and international magazines and newspapers.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$70.00

Key Information

ISBN

9781599621432

•

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

235 x 184 mm

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

500 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Success of first edition covers 30 years of a wide range of shows (and includes movie premieres). Book will include images from the 2017 Oscars. Perfect gift for fans of Hollywood and fashion. Features both a celebrity and designer index.

2014

2016

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Roger Vivier: La Vie en Vivier Digital Stories on Paper Ines de la Fressange A fresh look at the concept of elegance and Parisian style, personified by the iconic fashion of Roger Vivier. For all those who love elegance and creativity. For decades, Roger Vivier has created visionary shoes and bags that, over time, have become icons of fashion. This book tells the story of this achievement and offers a fresh take on the designer's legendary accessories, as seen through the eyes of young enterprising fashion bloggers and tastemakers. Publication

01 May 2018

Author Details Ines de la Fressange was a runway model in the 1980s. She is a creative consultant for Roger Vivier and Uniqlo. Christene Barberich is the global editor in chief and cofounder of the Webby award-winning lifestyle media company, Refinery29, which reaches 225 million women worldwide every month. Leandra Medine is the founder of the fashion blog Man Repeller and has collaborated with a long list of fashion brands and retailers. In 2013 she released her first book, Man Repeller: Seeking Love, Finding Overalls. Arianna Piazza is a scholar of Italian fashion. She is the author of You: The Digital Fashion Revolution (Electa Mondadori, 2017), and Fashion 150: 150 Years/150 Designers (Laurence King, 2016).

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$170.00

ISBN

9788891815927

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

•

Format

339 x 267 mm

•

Extent

324pp

Illustrations

250 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Key Information

•

For the first time, the legendary luxury brand's accessories will be interpreted directly by those who wear them. The photographs showcase the creative style of young fashion bloggers and tastemakers who each provide their own fresh take on the legendary brand's accessories. The participants include Charlotte Groeneveld (The Fashion Guitar website), Chriselle Lim (The Chriselle Factor website), Eleonora Carisi (Joujou Villeroy website), and Tamu McPherson (All the Pretty Birds website), among others. The text includes contributions from Ines de la Fressange, model, Roger Vivier creative consultant, and bestselling author of Parisian Chic; Christene Barberich, global editor in chief and cofounder of the fashion website Refinery29; and Leandra Medine, founder of the fashion blog Man Repeller.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

How to Slay Inspiration from the Queens and Kings of Black Style Constance C. R. White One of the few surveys ever published of black style and fashion, How To Slay is for fans of the wildly successful, still-in-print Crowns (Doubleday, 2000) and Pharrell (Rizzoli, 2012). How To Slay provides a lavishly illustrated overview of style among African-Americans, throughout the 20th century but with the primary focus on the last 35 years. Through striking images of icons of black fashion and taste, this lush volume explores a diverse array of topics from hats, hair, the use of vibrant colour, and the beauty of black skin to the roots of black style in Africa and the Caribbean. Richly illustrated with gorgeous photography, both contemporary and historical, this visual survey of black fashion in America features some of the most celebrated and iconic individuals of style, exploring the cultural underpinnings of many trends and how they have become part of fashion vernacular today. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$95.00

ISBN

9780847861385

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

279 x 216 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

150 colour & b/w photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details An award-winning journalist, Constance C. R. White has served as editor-in-chief of Essence magazine, and was previously a style reporter for The New York Times, the founding fashion editor of Talk magazine and the first and only black executive fashion editor at a major fashion magazine, Elle. Before that she was an associate editor at Women's Wear Daily and W. As a style director, brand consultant, and spokesperson for eBay, she conceived the organisation's first fashion webzine and developed content and strategies aimed at women. White was a consultant, and a regular contributor to The Chicago Tribune and Ozy.com, where she has written about Michelle Obama and Nicolas Ghesquière, among other fashion icons. She is currently fashion features editor for TheImpression.com. She has been a frequent guest on news and entertainment programs including The Today Show, MSNBC, and New York Live, and she helped develop the first daily fashion news show, which she co-wrote and hosted for Cablevision's Full Frontal Fashion. She conceived and edited the book, Essence: A Salute to Michelle Obama (2013), and she is the author of Stylenoir (1998), published by Perigee/ Putnam.

Key Information •

•

This is one of the few books to explore black fashion and style primarily in America, highlighting the individuals –designers, models and muses, artists, celebrities, personalities, singers and musicians, sports figures – who have shaped trends, caught our attention, and made history. The author, Constance C. R. White, is in the centre of the black fashion world. She was the editor in chief of Essence, was a founding fashion editor of Talk magazine, a style reporter for The New York Times, and the first and only black executive fashion editor at Elle. Many world-renowned and celebrated arbiters of style and taste will be featured: Diana Ross, Erykah Badu, Iman, Pat Cleveland, Tracy Reese, Beyonce, Naomi Campbell, Lupita Nyong'o, Jay Z, Kanye West, Spike Lee, Miles Davis, Josephine Baker, and Grace Jones, to name but a few. Order from your local sales representative or United Book Distributors, PO Box 457 Ferntree Gully Vic 3156 AU Tel: 1800 338 836 | Fax: +61 3 8537 4497 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.com.au NZ Tel: 09 442 7410 | Fax: 09 442 7406 | Email: orders@unitedbookdistributors.co.nz

HOW TO SLAY

co n t en t s

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

INTRODUCTION

divas

laid

ebonics

afro chic

100

bare beauties

122

couples styles

144

crowns & natural hair

164

chante sashay

186

manology

208

american classics

223

PHOTOGRAPHY CREDITS

Fertile and innovative, it continuously multiplies itself spinning off fascinating sub-genres. Afro-chic, Afro-punk, zoot, Afro-Boho, Rasta, Bobo dread, reality show style, sneakerhead, church lady, Sapes, Nigerian princess, dancehall queen, ghetto fabulous, rapper, mother Africa, Fort Green buppie, Fruit of Islam. The list goes on. You cannot walk to Starbucks or attend a fashion event now in New York, London, Milan or Paris without bumping into a street styler posing for a picture. I’ve seen so many innovative, effervescent expressions of Black fashion this way—dashing into a runway show. And the runway switch is constantly on. Touch your screen and Prada’s Dutch cloth prints appear before you in their multi-hued glory. Touch again and you can order the roots version of that fabulous Prada frock in rich, authentic fabric from Zuvaa.com. But in a case of water all around us and not a drop to drink, oftentimes we miss the beauty, the innovation and the acknowledgement of Black style. I seek to represent and record how Black style is put together and worn, how it’s presented and how it’s influenced fashion in ways large and small. It’s not meant to be definitive, but a fun, informative and entertaining journey like a good glass of champagne at a chic cocktail party. When Rihanna appeared in New York at the Council of Fashion Designers Awards in 2014 to accept the influential group’s Fashion Icon Award, she left dumbfounded (admittedly some were delighted) even a theater full of soignée designers like Diane von Furstenberg and Michael Kors, and editors Anna Wintour. What hasn’t this group seen in fashion? Well, maybe Rihanna in a dress that gave an anatomy lesson. The singer took her own sweet time to mount the steps to the stage. In slow motion, every curve in her body, every dimple on her butt was evident through the totally see-through glittery pink gown she wore. The room went quiet. I imagine that decades earlier another trail-blazing, influential Black chanteuse Josephine Baker probably elicited similar stunned silence across the Atlantic in Paris. You get that when you appear in public wearing a banana belt and little else. (And you’d likely provoke a similar reaction if you appeared in private

O P P O S I T E caption TK Porporro berspe qui officiis renihic te volut hiliquia quo et molorem re sequos aceriatestis dollaut occus, cupta voluptatio quam as mo.

introduction

HOW TO SLAY

dressed that way too.) ▪

HOW TO SLAY

CHAPTER 1

LAID

L E F T caption TK Porporro berspe qui molorem re sequos aceriatestis dollaut moAccuptasi officim inullis imendest.

Ancient African civilizations viewed the head and it’s coverings as the seat of spirituality and leadership, and of major symbolic importance. It, more than any other adornment, depicted, social status. In countries like Ghana, Nigeria, Sudan, Ethiopia and Kenya turbans and kufis remain popular. Turbans in the right hands—often these hands are Nigerian—are an art-form. The best are quite simply, the splendid sculptural wonders, elaborate creations wrapped and arranged in three dimensions, which soar out from the head like plumage of some magnificent bird about to take flight. Some turbans are associated with special occasions including birth, marriage, Sunday church or Muslim worship. Sunday’s have generated a beloved tradition, the church hat, an audacious combination of the temporal and the spiritual. When church ladies get going with the ritual of choosing their Sunday hat to top a carefully chosen dress or suit, it’s a unique pleasure to witness how these women use haute fashion in the service

C R O W N S & NAT U R A L H A I R O P P O S I T E caption TK Porporro berspe qui officiis renihic te volut hiliquia quo et molorem re sequos aceriatestis dollaut occus, cupta voluptatio quam. F O L L O W I N G P A G E S caption TK berspe qui officiis renihic te volut quo et officim renihic te volut.

CHAPTER 6

HOW TO SLAY

of genuine worship. ▪

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Norell Master of American Fashion Jeffrey Banks The first book dedicated to the career and creations of esteemed fashion designer Norman Norell (1900-1972), the man hailed as the "Dean of American Fashion" by The New York Times. The book's release coincides with an exhibition of Norell's work at New York's Fashion Institute of Technology, curated by the book's author Jeffrey Banks, and is a must-have for anyone interested in, or involved with, the world of fashion. Norman Norell – the first American designer to employ couture techniques, refined workmanship, and luxurious fabrics – created dresses, coats, and suits that critics deemed "the equal of Paris," earning the designer the sobriquet "the American Balenciaga." This book contextualises Norell's impact on American, and international, fashion, and how he forever changed perceptions about New York's Seventh Avenue garment industry.

Author Details Jeffrey Banks is a Coty Award-winning designer of men's and women's apparel. Doria de La Chapelle is a freelance writer. She has written on fashion, beauty, and style for Mademoiselle magazine and other publications. Ralph Rucci is a fashion designer and artist. Stan Herman is a clothing designer and former CFDA president. Kenneth Pool is a bridal-dress designer and Norell collector.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$110.00

ISBN

9780847861248

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

305 x 241 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

200 colour & b/w photographs

•

Age Range

•

Terms

Key Information •

•

Norell, still a darling of the fashion world for his major contributions to the industry, is the subject of an exhibition at the Fashion Institute of Technology (FIT), which will bring renewed interest in the man and his creations, in addition to press opportunities for the book. Anyone interested in 20th century design history will be attracted to Norell's story. Early in his career, Norell worked for another fashion legend, Hattie Carnegie. He would go on to inspire countless designers including ones from today – from students to established headliners. His designs were embraced (and worn) by Jacqueline Kennedy Onassis, Lady Bird Johnson, Babe Paley, Lyn Revson, and other society figures. Norell designed for early Paramount Pictures movies and for stars of the stage and screen, such as Marilyn Monroe, Doris Day, Lauren Bacall, Gertrude Lawrence, Dinah Shore, Barbra Streisand, Diahann Carroll, and Lena Horne. Norell's vintage dresses and outfits are still greatly desired by today's fashionistas and stylists. Kristin Davis wore a sequined Norell gown for the premiere of Sex and the City 2. First Lady Michelle Obama wore a 1950s Norell dress to the 2010 White House Christmas concert.

FOREWORD RALPH RUCCI

Strict Perfection never wanders: it just relaxes for a moment to catch momentum. The integrity that evolves with it grows stronger with age. Style and taste are part of the equation. When we find all of this embodied in an individual there is no explosion…just the quiet realization that we have experienced an original. I.) Twice yearly, on the 10th floor of 550 Seventh Avenue. A near-spiritual experiencoccurs. It is known, and has been planned that a fashion show is to be presented at 9pm. One of the extraordinary elements of this ?? is that it calls for Black Tie and most importantly—husbands, press, retailers, clients are permitted to see and understand maybe just why they write a $4000.00 check for clothes—the secret entrance fee to a club of such distinction that ?? arrives through the discreet style of the wives, most of whom have been chauffeured quickly from Kenneth’s salon directly to 550. The excitement is palpable, everyone is pretending not to study the other but with the arrival of a sequined dress, a bugle-beaded tube, a black velvet suit…it’s building. Both men and women are smoking, mirrors reflect images, and it all floats softly on white broadloom carpet. And then it begins, slowly. His wool jersey dresses, he slides in a Barguzin sable coat. The jersey suits with pockets mounted by hand. The suits and the coats with button-holes in another fabric or color. And the Silence. You cannot believe that it is possible to create a sleeve as perfectly mounted into an armhole on this side of the Georges V. The mounted collars and how they speak of being shaped and steamed so that they mould a neckline, some proportion experiments and then Intermission. No one is moving. What did we just witness? II. Two times yearly collections are presented: Fall/Winter and Spring/Summer, the colSample caption. Allow for several lines of information and descriptive text. Extra caption for several lines of information descriptive. Sample caption.

lections would be shown to the press, buyers, clients. New York would show first, then Paris—when the fashion priestesses could begin their benediction for that season. After a stop in Rome to shop at Alta Moda for concepts was scheduled for the team’s inspiration.

Sample caption. Allow for several lines of information and descriptive text. Extra caption for several lines of information and descriptive text. Sample caption.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Olivier Theyskens She Walks in Beauty Kaat Debo Like Ann Demeulemeester or Martin Margiela, this Belgian designer has cult status in the fashion world. This book will be his first in nearly a decade, and accompany a retrospective of his work to date, sure to pique the interest of those that have followed Theyskens since his emergence in the late 90s. The first comprehensive monograph on Olivier Theyskens, curated by the designer himself, surveys his twenty-year career and documents the highly anticipated return of his eponymous label.

Author Details

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$99.00

ISBN

9780847862467

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Art/Fashio/Photography

Format

302 x 219 mm

Extent

240pp

Illustrations

160 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Lydia Kamits is a conservationist at the Musee de la Mode et du Textile in Paris, teaches at the University of the Sorbonne, and has written Madeleine Vionnet and Paco Rabanne. Karen Van Godtsenhoven is curator of Antwerp's ModeMuseum. Vanessa Friedman is the Fashion Director & Chief Fashion Critic of The New York Times. Dan Thawley is Editor in Chief of A Magazine Curated By. He writes for Vogue, Vogue Italia, Interview Magazine, i-D, GQ China, AnOther Magazine, *Wallpaper, and New York's Magazine The Cut. Wim Mertens is a Flemish Belgian composer and musicologist. Elisa De Wyngaert is curator of Antwerp's ModeMuseum. Kaat Debo is director of Antwerp's ModeMuseum. She is an expert on Belgian fashion and has curated over 20 exhibitions.

Key Information • • • • •

Renewed interest since late 2016 relaunch of eponymous collection after 14 year hiatus Theyskens and his creative team are deeply involved in the making of the book and it will include drawings original to the publication Theyskens is a mysterious and beloved figure in fashion: He is a designers' designer, famous for staying true to his craft despite market pressures, even if it means suffering losses. Theyskens has dressed Nicole Kidman, Cate Blanchett, Reese Witherspoon, Emma Watson, Diane Kruger, Greta Gerwig, Felicity Jones, Jennifer Aniston, and Kirsten Dunst. Theyskens' champions include Andre Leon Talley and Madonna, who brought the then-unknown designer into the spotlight by wearing a gown to the 1998 Academy Awards.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

How to Play Guitar Carlton Books A practical guide to everything you need to know about what is probably the most popular musical instrument in the world, How to Play Guitar teaches you how to play electric and acoustic guitars, how to read music, and the essentials of music theory. With sections on maintenance, performing and songwriting, this is a fully up-to-date guide, written to appeal to all age groups, from beginner to intermediate level. Written by the experts at Total Guitar Magazine. How to Play Guitar includes hundreds of diagrams and step-by-step exercises, help and advice, and even quotes from some of the great contemporary guitarists.

Author Details

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$49.99

ISBN

9781780975719

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Music/Video/Film

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

350 colour and b/w photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Future Publishing is the home of Guitarist, Rhythm, Total Guitar, MusicRadar and Future Music, as well as hundreds of other magazines on a wide variety of subjects. It's one of the largest magazine and multimedia publishing groups in the UK, and home to some of the bestselling titles, including Guitarist, Total Guitar, MusicRadar, Guitar Techniques and many more.

Key Information • •

The guitar is one of the most popular instruments in the world – and has been so for centuries. A fully illustrated guide that covers all the basics for the aspiring guitar player: from string names to solos.

CONTENTS GET STARTED Guitar Anatomy 6 Guitar Icons 10 Essential Accessories 20 Altered Tunings 22

LESSONS Tab Guide Essentials Open Chords Strumming Barre Chords Pentatonic Licks Rhythm Guitar Workout Chord Playing Chord Variation Basic Chord Progression Riffing 20 Inspiring Chords Lead Guitar Lessons Rhythmic Lead Blues Style Vibrato Arpeggio Lead Octave Soloing Pentatonic Licks String bending Alternate picking Chordal Soloing

28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61

GEAR

50 Guitar Hacks Tips For Better Tone FX Pedals J Mascis â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Rig Tour

64 72 76 88

ICONS

FENDER STRATOCASTER Used everywhere from Woodstock to Wayne’s World, we salute the double-horned, triplepickup’d icon of rock ’n’ roll

STRAT TIMELINE 1954 Leo Fender launches his Iconic strat. It’s a timeless classic 1966 The bigheadstock Stratocaster makes its debut 1977 A five-way pickup switch becomes standard 2011 Fender currently produces 59 Stratocaster models

This 57-year-old design could have been born yesterday

WORDS: ED MITCHELL

hen it was launched in 1954, the Fender Stratocaster looked so far ahead of its time it could have fallen from a flying saucer. That futuristic design was thanks in part to Western swing guitarist, Bill Carson. Frustrated by what he regarded as shortcomings on the earlier Telecaster, Bill pestered Leo Fender to improve the guitar with body contouring, more pickups and a vibrato unit. Instead, Leo and his team went back to the drawing board. Like the Telecaster, Leo’s new guitar had an ash body (alder was introduced in 1956) and a bolt-on maple neck. There the similarity ends. The double cutaway body, lifted from the ’51 Precision Bass, was contoured for comfort (“It fits better to your body like a well tailored shirt,” said Carson) then loaded with three singlecoil pickups and an innovative vibrato, albeit misnamed as a ‘synchronised tremolo’. The Strat unites guitarists as diverse as Buddy Holly, Eric Clapton and Bon Jovi’s Richie Sambora. Stevie Ray Vaughan called his battered ’63 model ‘Number One’. In Wayne’s World, a white ’64 Strat is Wayne Campbell’s ‘Excalibur’. The Strat is Jimi Hendrix mangling The Star-Spangled Banner at Woodstock in 1969 and Mark Knopfler’s ’61 ringing out on Sultans Of Swing. It’s also Hank Marvin of The Shadows playing the first UK-imported Stratocaster on echo-drenched classics such as Wonderful Land (1961). The Strat has been tweaked over the years: a rosewood fingerboard in 1958; a big headstock in ’66; a five-way switch in ’77 (after players began jamming the three-way switch to ‘in between positions’); locking vibratos and humbuckers, thanks to Eddie Van Halen’s influence; and more recently, a nine-and-a-half-inch or even 12-inch fingerboard radius for easier string bending.

STAY INSPIRED Here are 10 simple ways to keep the creativity flowing in your songwriting and to keep you on track

here is no correct way to write a song, but there are many different methods to spark ideas for your next composition. Helping creativity flow to develop your ideas can be as simple as changing basic habits you may have. Try a few of these and you’ll notice the difference.

GET A ROOM

Playing your guitar in different rooms in your house will affect the way it sounds, and may unlock new songwriting ideas. Take your bathroom as an example. Tiles make for an excellent echo chamber, which can suddenly make your arpeggiated acoustic verses sound even more dramatic – and even give you that push to write the chorus. No wonder Paul Simon wrote the haunting Simon & Garfunkel classic The Sound Of Silence in the loo…

136

USE YOUR PHONE

DO THE OPPOSITE

If you have an idea for a melody, rhythm or a chord progression and you need to capture if fast before you forget, the answer is in your pocket. Most mobile phones have the ability to record audio. You might find it becomes the missing link between inspiration and a finished song, so keep recording all those ideas wherever and whenever they arise. Test your melodies. That ‘record every idea you have’ rule is all very well, but there’s also another school of thought. Let Paul McCartney explain about how he and Mr Lennon worked: “I don’t think I had a Dictaphone. I don’t think they even had Dictaphones then, but the rule was: if you can’t remember them, they’re no good – and it’s actually a very good rule!”

BE ENVIRONMENTAL

CHANGE GUITARS

The space you play in can either inspire or stifle you. Shut the cat out, turn the TV off and get yourself comfortable. You want to find a place where you won’t feel self-conscious or get interrupted. If that means taking your acoustic outside, cranking your amp in the garage or simply playing through headphones, do what you need to. Different types of guitar make you play in a certain way. When we pick up our office SG, the first thing we do is start riffing, but if a parlour guitar is around we’ll be fingerpicking in no time. One of your guitars may become a long-time writing partner. You’ve heard the phrase ‘this guitar has a lot of songs in it’ – let instinct drive you: if you feel like a new instrument will inspire you to write, buy it!

Wreaths Fresh, Foraged & Dried Floral Arrangements Terri Chandler and Katie Smyth Wreaths explores the art of creating wonderful floral pieces, to gift or keep, through a collection of 20 beautiful and natural designs. Learn how to play around with colour, foliage, texture and architectural forms with a craft that is no longer just for Christmas. Packed with ideas, skills and techniques, Katie and Terri will inspire you to bring a touch of nature indoors as they offer a fresh and modern approach to wreath design. Going beyond the traditional shapes, this book will equip you with the know-how to create impressive statement pieces, tropical and dried wreaths, as well as beautiful garlands and table centrepieces. Presented through exquisite photography and step-by-step instructions Wreaths captures the true beauty of these botanical creations, while also showcasing how best to display them in your home and freshen up interiors. Discover the joy of foraging, the secret to drying flowers with speed and master the art of making natural wreath frames. This irresistible book is a must-have for lovers of floral arrangements and interiors alike.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781787131200

Publisher

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Imprint

Quadrille Publishing Ltd

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Key Information

Format

253 x 201 mm

•

Extent

144pp

•

Illustrations

Full colour photography throughout

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Katie Smith and Terri Chandler make up WORM London. They quit their jobs after feeling stuck in a rut and started up a flower business. They design flowers for weddings, supper clubs, parties and also work as flower stylists for magazines, books and TV shoots. They are inspired by seasonal wild foraged materials and the meaning of flowers.

•

Wreaths have become a key addition to interiors design and are heavily featured on Instagram. Not just for Christmas, wreaths are now being made in all the seasons with courses running throughout the year. Featuring 20 designs for wreaths, garlands, mobiles, centrepieces and more. Wreaths are simple to make from foraged materials.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

201 Crochet Motifs, Blocks, Projects and Ideas Melody Griffiths 201 Crochet Motifs contains over 150 original crochet blocks and motifs plus 51 gorgeous projects to inspire your creativity. Packed with ideas to get you going, this clever directory is split into three main chapters entitled Motifs, The Projects and The Techniques. The first chapter, Motifs, is divided into five sections that cover everything from the simplest crosses and spirals to geometric shapes, pictures, lacy patterns and bold, beautiful flowers. Use them to make up your own bags, throws, scarves and cushions, designed just as you choose, or follow one of Melody’s foolproof patterns in The Projects. With over 50 projects to choose from there’ll be something for everyone to make, whether that is a butterfly brooch, holly greetings cards, an openwork afghan, cat cushion, button baby blanket, tie belt, cherry border cardigan or something entirely different. Each motif is displayed as a colour photograph next to easy-to-follow instructions, with stitch diagrams for more complex motifs. Melody also advises on the type of yarn to use, the tension and the size of the motif, and gives tips on how to achieve the best result. There is also advice for designing your own makes, so you can treat the motifs as a jumping-off point. Finally, The Techniques offers further explanation and guidance so that no stitch is beyond your ability.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495727

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

276 x 208 mm

Key Information

Extent

144pp

•

Illustrations

200 colour photographs and 50 b/w charts

Age Range

Terms

SOR

With sketches and photos showing how the motif can be used, either on its own, with several together or partnered with other motifs, 201 Crochet Motifs will show you that the crocheting possibilities are endless.

Author Details Melody Griffiths commissioned and designed garments and accessories for women’s magazines and worldwide yarn manufacturers for over 20 years. As well as designing, she worked as a knitting editor and is the author of Crocheted Throws & Wraps, Crochet in No Time and Knitting in No Time.

• •

Crochet is fast becoming a fashionable new hobby as traditional crafts continue to rise in popularity. Packed with 150 motifs, 20 projects and 31 variations and ideas, as well as patterns, sketches and instructions for every item. An essential reference book for every crocheter.

Specifications

contents

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 81⁄8 x 107⁄8 in./276 x 208 mm Extent: 144 pages Illustrations: 300 color photographs Price: US $19.95 / CAN $23.95 / UK £12.99 Publication date: March 2018 Text: 30,000 words

introduction 4

US edition ISBN: 978-1-78249-573-4 UK edition ISBN: 978-1-78249-572-7

motifs 6

Text © Melody Griffiths Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books

flowers 6

Uncorrected proofs For further information, contact:

lace 24

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

alphabet 42

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

shapes 54

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

pictures 68 geometric 87

the projects 106 the techniques 136 Index 143 credits 144

IW CB1179_201CROCHET_BLAD_FINAL5.indd 2

About the author: Melody Griffiths commissioned and designed garments and accessories for women’s magazines and worldwide yarn manufacturers for over 20 years. As well as designing, she worked as a knitting editor and is the author of Crocheted Afghans, Crochet in No Time, and Knitting in No Time.

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

www.rylandpeters.com

18/07/2017 11:02

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

201 Knitting Motifs, Blocks, Projects, and Ideas Nicki Trench Learn how to knit all manner of motifs and stitch patterns with this amazing, comprehensive guide. Whether you simply want to expand your repertoire of stitches, make one of the 50+ projects or take inspiration from the innumerable patterns available, there'll be something in 201 Knitting Motifs for everyone! Divided into three sections entitled Blocks, Projects and Basic Techniques, 201 Knitting Motifs covers a vast range of designs for both beginners and more experienced knitters. The first section, Blocks, covers everything from Textured Motifs, Cables and Ribbing, to Lace, Stripes & Color, Intarsia, Fair Isle, Ripples, Embroidery and more – so you will always have a stitch at hand for any project you may have! The next section, Projects, gives you an opportunity to try out some of these amazing stitches because 201 Knitting Motifs contains over 50 patterns. You'll be able to make items such as: a Lace Bed Throw, a Ripple Mug Cosy, a Cable Hot Water Bottle, a Bee Mobile, Fingerless Gloves, Floral Bunting and many others. There is also advice for designing your own makes, so you can treat the motifs as a jumping-off point. Finally, the section on Basic Techniques offers an excellent step-by-step, illustrated guide so that no stitch will beyond your ability. Complete with hundreds of beautiful photographs, charts and artworks, 201 Knitted Motifs is a must-have bible for anyone who wants to knit.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495710

Nicki Trench is one of the leading figures in the revival and promotion of home crafts. Her books include Hygge

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Knits, Cute and Easy Little Knits, Cute and Easy Crocheted Cosies, Crochet Basics, Cute & Easy Crochet, Cute and Easy Crochet with Flowers, and A Passion for Quilting, all published by CICO Books. Visit her website at nickitrench.com.

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Key Information

Format

276 x 208 mm

•

Extent

176pp

•

Illustrations

300 colour photographs and 50 colour charts

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details

Nicki is based in East Sussex, UK.

201 Knitting Motifs will appeal to both experienced knitters and complete beginners. All projects and blocks have been photographed to better illustrate the techniques involved. Cute and Easy Crochet (ISBN 978-1-907563-20-1), also by Nicki Trench, has sold over 125,000 copies.

contents introduction 6

blocks 8 basic squares 10 textured motifs 24 cables 26 ribbing 28 lace 32 stripes and color 37 intarsia 45 fair isle 53 ripples 64 embroidery 66 beading 70 alphabet 74 numbers 87

projects 92 basic techniques 164

Specifications About the author: Nicki Trench is one of the leading figures in the revival and promotion of home crafts. Her books include: Hygge Knits, Cute and Easy Little Knits, Cute and Easy Crocheted Cozies, Crochet Basics, Cute & Easy Crochet (over 125,000 copies sold), and Cute and Easy Crochet with Flowers, all published by CICO Books. Visit her website at nickitrench.com. Nicki is based in East Sussex, UK.

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 81⁄8 x 107⁄8 in./276 x 208 mm Extent: 176 pages Illustrations: 300 color photographs Price: US $19.95 / CAN $23.95 / UK £12.99 Publication date: January 2018 Text: 30,000 words ISBN: 978-1-78249-571-0 Text © Nicki Trench Design, illustration, and photography © CICO Books Uncorrected proofs For further information, contact: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

index 175 suppliers & websites 176

www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1178_201KNIT_BLAD_REISSUE_FINAL4 .indd 2

18/07/2017 12:56

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Color Me Floral Stunning Monochromatic Arrangements for Every Season Kiana Underwood The visual appeal of Paris in Color (Spring 2012, 58K net) and fresh floral abundance of Floret Farm's Cut Flower Garden come together in this imaginative and gorgeous guide to monochromatic flower arranging. This gorgeous guide from star floral artist Kiana Underwood reveals the secrets to designing show stopping monochromatic arrangements. Underwood, the artist behind beloved San Francisco design studio Tulipina, shares her techniques for creating astounding single-colour displays unlike any other using inspired ingredients, dramatic textures, and vibrant colours. Organised by season, the book includes how-tos for forty spectacular arrangements – including a lush green display for spring, an astonishing black bouquet for summer, a striking magenta design for fall, and an oh-so-pretty pink arrangement for winter. Each how-to includes helpful notes on strategy and styling, an ingredients list, and step-by-step instructions paired with helpful photographs.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Handcover

Author Details

Price

AU$49.99

ISBN

9781452161174

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Kiana Underwood is the owner of Tulipina, a boutique floral design studio in San Francisco, and is one of the most sought after floral designers in the United States and beyond. She styles flowers for weddings and events and is also a distinguished floral artist and teacher. Kiana employs unique colour combinations and floral varieties, including fruits and foliage, that set her apart from her contemporaries and draw admirers and floral designers from all over the world to her sold out workshops. She lives in Burlingame, California with her photographer husband. Nathan Underwood is a San Francisco photographer specialising in fine art floral, wedding, editorial, and portrait photography.

Category

Design

Format

267 x 241 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

175 full-colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • •

• •

This is the only flower arranging book organised by colour and focusing on monochromatic arrangements for every season, making it a contemporary visual stunner. When it comes to flowers, just as with food, people are buying seasonal and/or growing their own for the freshest ingredients. Arrangements are organised by season, which will resonate with this consumer. We're also seeing monochromatic looks from runways to fashion blogs; this book translates that trend to home styling. Kiana's regularly sold-out workshops range from $350 to $2000. Here, readers and fans get her tricks of the trade and easy-tofollow how-to instructions for less than $30. Tulipina has been featured in dozens of major lifestyle blogs and magazines including Country Living, Design*Sponge, BuzzFeed, Britt + Co, designlovefest, Elle DEcor, Town and Country, and many others. We can expect good coverage for the book. The Tulipina Instagram has 286K followers – and she continues to gain about 2K new followers per week. Her followers are active and her Instagram posts regularly get 6000+ likes as well as an average of 50 comments. Kiana has a large international audience on social media and she hosts workshops all over the world (USA, Canada, Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, Russia, and Mexico, to name a few), giving this book international appeal.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Bending the Universe Justin Wetch What if words could bend the universe, wrap it around a single soul? This original collection of poetry — extensive and exact, personal and public — seeks to do just that. Bending the Universe immerses readers in the beautifully, brutally honest poetry of Justin Wetch — an idealist disguised as a pessimist. Organised into five sections (Society, Love, Life, Personal, and Nature), this collection explores everything from diversity to body image, heartbreak to politics. Poems spring from each page in a voice that’s almost audible — and always thought-provoking.

Author Details Justin Wetch is an artist, poet, photographer, musician, pretentious egomaniac, and messy-haired fool from Palmer, Alaska. He published his first collection of poetry while a freshman at the University of Alaska Anchorage. He enjoys artistic endeavours and connecting with people.

Key Information 01 May 2018

•

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

•

ISBN

9781449493943

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

203 x 127 mm

Extent

188pp

Illustrations

Text with b/w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Publication

The self-published version of Bending the Universe has sold over 6,700 copies in eight months (as of 9/7/17). The self-published book has 32 confirmed-purchase Amazon reviews with an average rating of 4.4/5 stars and 49 ratings on Goodreads with an average of 4.3/5 stars. Wetch has 9K+ followers on Instagram (as of 9/7/17).

BendingUniv_int.indd 9

11/20/17 7:25 AM

YOUR SONG ON THE RADIO Time machine to the past Step back a few years Old feelings, like Lazarus Suddenly reappear. It’s your song on the radio And it’s your hand in mine As this wave crashes over me Our stars again come unaligned. Passion, buried alive in a coffin of struggle Has dug itself free Memories, a sharp shovel. It’s your song on the radio And here I lie afraid; That if I change the station I’ll lose you as the signal fades.

BendingUniv_int.indd 44

11/20/17 7:25 AM

PARTNER IN CRIME I remember those warm summer mornings Kicking up dust in the back country In a red truck, speeding along Whooping, shrieking, laughing, Just having a good time You and I My partner in crime. Do you remember the time We snuck into the forest Beating the sun to wakefulness And built a fort in a clearing Swearing we were running away From society forever? We said all we needed was each other And weâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;d keep this escapade From everyone else. Everyone knew that secret, of course But no one minded much For such are the ways of love. I cherish the simplest memories; Like the time we were playing in a field And I tripped over an old log; You knelt over me To see if I was quite alright. The sight of your long hair The way it looked

BendingUniv_int.indd 46

11/20/17 7:25 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

A Psalm for Us Reyna Biddy From the author of I Love My Love comes this spiritual inquiry in four parts – the blues, epiphany, prayer, and rebirth. A Psalm for Us is Reyna "Biddy" Mays's soulful collection of prose, self-affirmations, spoken word poems, and short stories exploring questions of faith and self.

Author Details Reyna Mays, known as "Reyna Biddy", is a 22-year old spoken word poet, author, and self-love enthusiast based in Los Angeles, California. Reyna is known for both her positive affirmations and poetry online. Her work welcomes in the lost, heals the broken, and gives hope to those who feel there's none left. Reyna's work is brutally honest, allowing you to experience her trauma, her childhood, her hurt, her healing process, and her journey toward self-fulfilment.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449493837

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

229 x 152 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Reyna began her "self love" journey in the beginning of 2015 and has gained popularity on almost every social site since. By maintaining a structured brand based solely around what it is and what it means to be a "strong loving vulnerable beautiful woman – inside and out" Reyna has accumulated a large variety of supporters. Reyna hopes to continue to grow with her audience as she grows within her art.

Key Information • • •

Twitter: 132k followers; Instagram: 96k followers; Soundcloud: 19K+ followers / 1.5 million plays; Facebook: 4K+ followers as of 7/26/17 In its first six months, I Love My Love has sold nearly 40,000 copies. It appears on Amazon's lists of Bestsellers in African-American Poetry and Bestsellers in Love Poetry I Love My Love is frequently purchased together with Rupi Kaur’s Milk and Honey and r.h. Sin’s Whiskey, Words,

and a Shovel.

chance there’s a saying about folding and how it’s never right to do. but sometimes i’ll bend just to be right for you. maybe, i’m a fool. but maybe.. just maybe.. you’re a fool for me too.

Psalm for Us_Final_Interior.indd 40

11/13/17 9:31 AM

a psalm for us

my goal has always been to be so unconditionally loving that it fills the hearts of others who are empty from a lack of.

Psalm for Us_Final_Interior.indd 75

11/13/17 9:31 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE BY REYNA BIDDY

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449486761

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Last Time I'll Write About You Dawn Lanuza “Poetry that hits you right in the feels. The magic of Lanuza’s writing flows effortlessly with every piece. Definitely left wanting more.” – Sab www.sabthebookeater.com The Last Time I’ll Write About You is popular Filipino YA and romance writer Dawn Lanuza’s debut collection of poetry. Featuring beautiful, relatable poems about first love, this book is the perfect companion for anyone who has loved, lost, and emerged anew.

Key Information •

• Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781449493189

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

Poetry

Format

178 x 114 mm

Extent

Illustrations

Text and black line drawings

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Lanuza’s first book, The Boyfriend Backtrack (Anvil), was nominated for the 2015 Filipino Readers’ Choice Award for Romance in English. She has published three other YA/romance novellas in addition to this first book of poetry. As of early July 2017, the self-published version of The Last Time I’ll Write About You sat at #4 on Amazon’s list of poetry bestsellers.

LastTime_int1.indd 1

10/24/17 9:19 AM

SUNBEAM You light up the room Wherever you go With your wit and charm You turn things around. You light up the room You’re a rush of blood You’re a ray of sun You lighten me up.

LastTime_int1.indd 3

10/24/17 9:19 AM

INTRODUCING BRIO BOOKS Brio is an independent publishing company founded in 2011 with offices in Sydney and Melbourne. We publish approximately 25 non-fiction, fiction and children’s books a year under five imprints: Brio, our literary list; Xoum, our general non-fiction, fiction and children’s list; Siezure, our incubator for new talent; XO Romance, our contemporary women’s fiction list; and Fantastica, our science fiction and fantasy list. General Non-Fiction:

Fiction: ‘A scintillating debut — pacy, unsettling and shot through with dark truth.’ – Hugh Riminton

Cooktow n Andreas Heger

Health & Wellbeing:

Commencing May 2018 Hardie Grant will be the distributor for Brio Books. For more information chat to your sales representative or visit: www.briobooks.com.au

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Worth Fighting For Susannah Turner Everyone loves Charlotte Ahearn. She’s friendly, funny, smart and kind – and she’s a brilliant baker – so why has she moved to a country town where nobody wants to know her? Dunbarton doesn’t seem to get that Charlotte is just there doing her job – convincing the town that the local gold mine should be allowed to expand. If only a certain local farmer called Nick MacLeod didn’t have to make that task so much harder – and personal. But will that same Nick MacLeod eventually remember that the pair met briefly ten years before, and back then there was no resentment or hostility, only a burning possibility of something special...something perfect? Worth Fighting For is a big-hearted romance about community, baking and finding love in the unlikeliest of places. It was runner-up in the 2016 XO Romance Prize.

Author Details Susannah Turner has worked as a legal and project editor and freelance proofreader. She’s currently completing an MA at Macquarie University while writing in her spare time. She lives in Sydney, however, she was born and raised in rural New South Wales which inspired the setting of her debut novel, Worth Fighting For.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781925589276

•

Publisher

Brio Books

•

Imprint

Brio Books

•

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

320pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information Brilliant new voice in Australian romance. Perfect for fans of Fleur McDonald and Rachael Treasure. Ideal Mother’s Day gift.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Cooktown Andreas Heger It’s 2011 and in a remote fishing village in far north Queensland, ex special forces soldier Daniel Grey has just returned from a brutal tour of duty in Afghanistan. Unsure of what’s next, he’s sought out his old mentor and school rugby coach. He meets the coach’s beautiful wife Maria, and their daughter Remy – a strange and reclusive girl with unusual gifts. Dealing with the loss of his former life and his best friend – along with some deeper wounds – Daniel now faces his toughest battle. In doing so, he has the chance to conquer old demons once and for all – and maybe help a new friend find her way in the world. Cooktown is a confronting and tender novel which unflinchingly examines our need for human closeness via unforgettable characters set adrift from society.

Author Details Andreas Heger is a lawyer and writer who lives in Sydney. He completed an Arts/Law degree at Sydney University and a Masters of Law at Oxford University, where he studied as a Rhodes Scholar. Originally from Toowoomba in Queensland, he has also lived in Italy and worked in Canberra. He currently works for the NSW public service. Andreas is legally blind. Cooktown is his first novel.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$26.99 | NZ$29.99

ISBN

9781925589238

Publisher

Brio Books

•

Imprint

Brio Books

•

Series

Category

Fiction/Mss Mkt

Format

210 x 135 mm

•

Extent

256pp

•

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

• • •

Powerful, provocative yet tender debut novel but a talented newcomer. Strong potential male readership – a book for blokes (who don’t read enough!). For fans of early Christos Tsiolkas. Author is young and highly promotable – he’s also legally blind. The book tackles controversial and topical issues including PTSD in returned soldiers; sexual abuse; autism. Widespread publicity expected – will draw strong reactions. ‘A brave and compelling novel, addressing real and pertinent issues.’ —Steven Lang ‘A scintillating debut — pacy, unsettling and shot through with dark truth.’ —Hugh Riminton

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Carter Brown 01: The Wicked/Blonde Verdict Carter Brown The Wicked “A guy who knows Deirdre Damour that well,” he said, “is just wasting time being dead!” The Wicked was the first Carter Brown novella to feature the ‘unorthodox’ LA Lieutenant Al Wheeler and it sees Al investigating the murder of a screenwriter of a western who made enemies of the cast and crew by writing a series of kiss and tell articles for a gossip magazine. Al knows that the cop who found the body is hiding something and soon there are dead bodies aplenty while our hero falls for the leading lady — and pretty much every other dame in town!

Blonde Verdict “I was just sitting there minding my own business, when this guy dropped dead at my feet!” In Blonde Verdict (published as The Brazen in the US) Lieutenant Al Wheeler investigates the murder of a lawyer after the man is scratched with curare. Before long his mistress and her lover are also bumped off in the same manner. Is the killer the lawyer’s merry widow, a Chicago mobster who recently arrived in town, or someone else? And what of the woman Al ends up proposing to? Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781922057334

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Carter Brown

Category

Crime Fiction

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

368pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Alan Geoffrey Yates (aka Carter Brown) was a literary phenomenon. Born in England, Yates married and settled in Australia in 1948 where he worked as a film technician, a salesman and in public relations for Qantas before taking up writing full-time. The incredible early success of his Carter Brown novellas in the 1950s meant that he was contracted to produce one short novel and two long novels each and every month. In reality, he was truly prolific with 322 published Carter Brown novels. Carter Brownwas a huge international success with reportedly 120 million books in print, second only to The Bible in terms of the number of languages they were translated into. There was a comic book series, the Carter Brown Murder Mystery Hour on radio, three French films, a Japanese TV series, and a French literary award for ‘The most whiskies drunk in a single novel’. He was also rumoured to be one of John F. Kennedy’s favourite authors. In the early 1980s, Yates and Richard O’Brien of The Rocky Horror Show fame wrote a musical of The Stripper, described in classic Carter Brown terminology as ‘the girl who says it all from the neck down’. Yates died in 1985 in Sydney. In 1997, he was posthumously awarded a Ned Kelly, Australia’s leading literary award for crime writing, for his lifelong contribution to the art.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information • • • • • •

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781922057334

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Carter Brown

Category

Crime Fiction

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

368pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Return of the cult classics! Since the early 1950s, over 100 millionCarter Brown novels have been sold around the world. All new editions of one of our all-time bestselling authors. Two classic Al Wheeler novellas per volume. Pacy, racy and cheesy – ‘nudge nudge wink wink’ fiction! ‘Pulp fiction, in its most innocent form, was written for eternally adolescent males. It featured guns, gals and wiseacre cops with a penchant for corny, hard-boiled dialogue. The almost astonishing thing about the Carter Brownstories is the fact that he could weave his way through this phalluscentric age of fiction without his work becoming misogynistic. Possibly this is because the author himself was incapable of such behaviour. I retain an almost childlike delight in these tales which take us back to times, perhaps best left behind, but which remind me of my own boy’s bedroom journey through the tangled web of my foolish, teenage years.’ Richard O’Brien

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Carter Brown 02: Delilah Was Deadly/No Harp For My Angel Carter Brown Delilah Was Deadly “Someone’s throwing corpses around so fast I’d call a cop — only I’d look sort of silly if I did!” In Delilah Was Deadly, ‘unorthodox’ LA cop Lieutenant Al Wheeler has just been promoted to the head of Homicide following his success cracking his last case. This time round, a ‘social editor’ of a fashion magazine is discovered dead inside a safe, strangled with a pink nylon girdle, wearing his silk pyjamas with a rose inside his breast pocket. It looks like this might be the work of Satanists but before long the bodies start to pile up when one of Al’s colleagues gets killed ...

No Harp For My Angel She was sitting on a stool at the bar with an old-fashioned in front of her. It was the only old-fashioned thing about her!

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781922057358

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Carter Brown

Category

Crime Fiction

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

368pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

In No Harp For My Angel Al Wheeler is vacationing in Florida when he hits on a redhead named Julie Adams, and thus meets crime boss Johnny Lynch. Lynch has Wheeler beat up and framed for a car theft, but fortunately the chief of police is an old friend of Al’s. He tells Al that a lot of pretty, young girls have gone missing in the area, and that he thinks Lynch is involved. Al is talked into going undercover, posing as a Chicago gangster, to infiltrate Lynch’s gang and get to the bottom of it...

Author Details Alan Geoffrey Yates (aka Carter Brown) was a literary phenomenon. Born in England, Yates married and settled in Australia in 1948 where he worked as a film technician, a salesman and in public relations for Qantas before taking up writing full-time. The incredible early success of his Carter Brown novellas in the 1950s meant that he was contracted to produce one short novel and two long novels each and every month. In reality, he was truly prolific with 322 published Carter Brown novels. Carter Brown was a huge international success with reportedly 120 million books in print, second only to The Bible in terms of the number of languages they were translated into. There was a comic book series, the Carter Brown Murder Mystery Hour on radio, three French films, a Japanese TV series, and a French literary award for ‘The most whiskies drunk in a single novel’. He was also rumoured to be one of John F. Kennedy’s favourite authors. In the early 1980s, Yates and Richard O’Brien of The Rocky Horror Show fame wrote a musical of The Stripper, described in classic Carter Brown terminology as ‘the girl who says it all from the neck down’. Yates died in 1985 in Sydney. In 1997, he was posthumously awarded a Ned Kelly, Australia’s leading literary award for crime writing, for his lifelong contribution to the art.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information • • • • • •

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781922057358

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Carter Brown

Category

Crime Fiction

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

368pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Return of the cult classics! Since the early 1950s, over 100 million Carter Brown novels have been sold around the world. All new editions of one of our all-time bestselling authors. Two classic Al Wheeler novellas per volume. Pacy, racy and cheesy – ‘nudge nudge wink wink’ fiction! ‘Pulp fiction, in its most innocent form, was written for eternally adolescent males. It featured guns, gals and wiseacre cops with a penchant for corny, hard-boiled dialogue. The almost astonishing thing about the Carter Brown stories is the fact that he could weave his way through this phalluscentric age of fiction without his work becoming misogynistic. Possibly this is because the author himself was incapable of such behaviour. I retain an almost childlike delight in these tales which take us back to times, perhaps best left behind, but which remind me of my own boy’s bedroom journey through the tangled web of my foolish, teenage years.’ Richard O’Brien.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The First World War Remembered Gary Sheffield The First World War was one of the seminal events of the twentieth century. The savagery of the fighting, the appalling conditions endured by the soldiers, and the sheer scale of the carnage have seared images of the War into the public memory: trenches, barbed wire, machine guns, artillery, and enormous cemeteries. Millions of men fought in the trenches, many died, and many more were maimed in mind or body. This book shows the wide sweep of the conflict, describing the development of the fighting from 1914–1918, spotlighting some of the obscure but important actions as well as the major battles and the soldiers who fought them. Combining a vivid narrative informed by up-to-date research with an array of facsimiles of original documents and memorabilia, including photographs, propaganda, newspapers, letters and military orders, The First World War: Remembered brings to life one of the most terrible periods of warfare the world has ever known. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$49.99 | NZ$54.99

ISBN

9780233005324

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

History

Format

260 x 298 mm

Extent

132pp

Illustrations

200 colour and b&w photographs and artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Professor Gary Sheffield is the foremost authority on World War I and his books have been published in Canada, the U.S., France, Germany, and Japan, as well as being bestsellers in the U.K. He frequently leads parties to historic battlefields, specialising in the Western Front and Gallipoli, and the World War II battlefields of France and Italy. His books include Forgotten Victory: The First World War – Myths and Realities (2001), The Somme (2003), and Douglas Haig: War Diaries and Letters 1914–18 (2005), edited with John Bourne.

Key Information • • • •

Published to commemorate the centenary of the end of the First World War in 2018. The anniversary will ensure continued publicity for the subject and numerous events will be held to mark it. Covers the entirety of the Great War including the Western and Eastern Fronts, the war in Africa, the Russian Revolution, the war at sea, the role of women, and diplomacy in war. Produced in association with the Imperial War Museum, London, which receives over 2 million visitors each year. On-page memorabilia includes personal as well as political items, such as soldiers’ letters and diaries, newspaper reports, handwritten manuscripts of famous war literature, and important treaties and proclamations.

CONTENTS

MAP KEY Common symbols used on maps in this book: NATIONAL COLOURS British, Dominion & Empire French Belgian

INTRODUCTION. . ........................................... 4

LITERARY INFLUENCES................................ 128

SLIDE TOWARDS CONFLICT............................. 6

THE DIPLOMACY OF WAR........................... 132

Division

MOBILIZATION . . ........................................... 10

THE BATTLE OF THE SOMME........................ 136

Battalion

BATTLE OF THE FRONTIERS............................ 18

THE BATTLE OF THE SOMME........................ 146

MONS AND LE CATEAU................................ 24

FRENCH CHANGE OF COMMAND............... 154

THE MARNE AND THE AISNE. . ....................... 28

THE BATTLE OF ARRAS................................ 158

THE BATTLE OF TANNENBERG. . ...................... 32

THE NIVELLE OFFENSIVE.. ............................ 162

THE FIRST BATTLE OF YPRES........................... 36

THE BATTLE OF MESSINES........................... 166

German American SIZE OF MILITARY UNITS

XXXX X

Army Brigade

XXX III

Corps

Regiment

MILITARY TYPES Infantry

Tanks

Cavalry

MILITARY SYMBOLS Army group boundary line XXXXX XXXX

Army boundary line

THE WAR AGAINST TURKEY. . ......................... 42

REVOLUTION IN RUSSIA . . ............................ 170

XXX

Corps boundary line

WAR IN AFRICA........................................... 46

THE THIRD BATTLE OF YPRES........................ 174

THE WAR AT SEA . . ........................................ 48

PASSCHENDAELE....................................... 180

Unsuccessful attack

1915 SPRING OFFENSIVES. . .......................... 52

TRENCH LIFE. . ............................................ 184

Planned withdrawal

THE SECOND BATTLE OF YPRES . . .................... 56

LOCAL ACTIONS........................................ 188

EASTERN FRONT BATTLES.............................. 62

THE BATTLE OF CAMBRAI............................ 192

TOTAL WAR................................................. 64

GERMAN SPRING OFFENSIVE ..................... 196

Division boundary line Troops attacking

To my nephew, Dominic

AUTUMN 1915 BATTLES................................ 68

GERMAN SPRING OFFENSIVE...................... 200

BRITISH COMMAND..................................... 72

THE WAR IN THE AIR.................................. 204

THE SALONIKA CAMPAIGN........................... 76

SECOND BATTLE OF THE MARNE................. 212

Imperial War Museum photographs and memorabilia © Imperial War Museum

THE BATTLE OF VERDUN................................ 80

HAMEL AND AMIENS................................. 216

THE BATTLE OF VERDUN................................ 86

SPECIALISTS.. ............................................. 224

IRELAND..................................................... 92

ALLIES ON THE ADVANCE........................... 228

CAMPAIGNS IN MESOPOTAMIA.................... 94

THE USA ENTERS THE WAR .. ....................... 232

THE ITALIAN FRONT. . .................................... 96

THE AMERICAN OFFENSIVES....................... 236

THE EASTERN FRONT . . ............................... 100

THE GRAND OFFENSIVE.. ............................ 240

THE BATTLE OF JUTLAND ............................ 104

THE FINAL BATTLES..................................... 246

CAMPAIGNS IN PALESTINE.......................... 108

AFTERMATH AND LEGACY. . ......................... 250

This edition published in 2017 First published as The First World War Remembered in 2014 by André Deutsch Limited, a division of the Carlton Publishing Group, 20 Mortimer Street, London W1T 3JW Material from this book was originally published in The Western Front Experience by Gary Sheffield in 2008 This book is sold subject to the condition that it shall not, by way of trade or otherwise, be lent, resold, hired out or otherwise circulated without the publisher’s prior written consent in any form of cover or binding other than that in which it is published and without a similar condition, including this condition, being imposed upon the subsequent purchaser. Printed in Dubai All rights reserved

BATTLES IN ITALY........................................ 112 WAR IN THE ATLANTIC.. .............................. 116

A CIP catalogue for this book is available from the British Library

EMPIRES AT WAR. . ...................................... 120

INDEX. . ..................................................... 254

ISBN: 978 0 233 00532 4

THE ROLE OF WOMEN IN WAR................... 124

BIBLIOGRAPHY & CREDITS........................... 256

S AT U R D AY, 2 5 J U L Y 1 9 1 4 – T U E S D AY, 2 8 J U L Y 1 9 1 4

MOBILIZATION T H E O U T B R E A K O F WA R F O R Y E A R S B E F O R E 1 9 1 4 , G E N E R A L S TA F F S I N E U R O P E H A D P R E PA R E D E L A B O R AT E P L A N S F O R M O B I L I Z AT I O N I N T H E E V E N T O F WA R . D U R I N G T H E N I N E T E E N T H C E N T U R Y, M O S T S TAT E S H A D A D O P T E D A S Y S T E M O F C O N S C R I P T I N G M E N I N T O T H E A R M Y F O R A S E T, O F T E N FA I R LY S H O R T, PERIOD OF TIME, THEN SENDING THEM BACK TO CIVILIAN LIFE.

1914

hese reservists were then recalled to the colours in time of emergency. This arrangement allowed armies to put vast numbers of men into the field. Germany’s field army of 82 infantry divisions included 31 reserve formations; the French had 73 divisions, 25 of which were composed of reservists. The major exception was Britain, which relied on a long-service regular army backed up by a volunteer part-time Territorial Force, rather than on conscription. Shortly after the war began, the new Secretary of State for War, Field Marshal Lord Kitchener called for volunteers for a new, mass army. This ensured that by 1916 Britain had an army comparable in size to its allies and enemies. But in August 1914, Britain could only put a mere six infantry divisions in the field – in addition, of course, to the might of the Royal Navy. The war plans of the Great Powers dictated that no time could be wasted between mobilizing and fighting. The German pre-war plan, developed under General Alfred von Schlieffen, was designed to compensate for the fact that Germany would face a war on two fronts. Hurling the bulk of its forces westwards, and invading neutral Belgium to outflank the French frontier defences, Germany would defeat France in a matter of weeks. Its forces would then redeploy via the strategic railway system to face the Russian Army, which the Germans calculated

E ntente C ordiale In 1898, the Fashoda Incident, a confrontation between British and French troops in southern Sudan, brought the two countries close to war. A desire to settle colonial disputes and increasing fear of Germany brought the British and French together. An agreement (the “Entente Cordiale”) was signed in 1904, and by 1914 their military plans were being co-ordinated. The French navy deployed in the Mediterranean, leaving the Royal Navy to protect the Channel coast. The arrival in August 1914 of the BEF to fight alongside the French Army was the logical outcome of this rapprochement.

ABOVE: British recruitment poster. All feature Field Marshal Earl Kitchener of Khartoum, Secretary of State for War and a British national icon.

would be slow to move. That infringement of Belgian territory was likely to bring the British into the war was discounted. The operational concept was based on the idea of encirclement, a favourite German military gambit that served them well in the FrancoPrussian War of 1870–71 (and was to be repeated on numerous occasions in the 10

ABOVE: A large proportion of the British battalions that went to war in 1914 were composed of reservists, like these men.

Second World War). If the French advanced into Lorraine, so much the better; the German trap would close behind them. The Schlieffen Plan, hotly debated by historians in recent years, stands as an example of a gamble of breathtaking proportions. If it failed, Germany would be in deep trouble. The French army pinned its hopes on Plan XVII, a strategy developed by the French general staff under the leadership of General Joseph Joffre. Plan XVII was founded on the concept of the all-out offensive, an aggressive

ABOVE: German troops on a pre-war training exercise. They are wearing the spiked helmet replaced during the war by the “coal-scuttle”.

Had they been unable to hold the line there, they would have retreated some 65 km (40 miles). As a by-product of the Aisne, trench warfare was begun – it was to endure for another four years.

XXXX

MAUNOURY

Sei ne

PA RIS Chartres

Arras

ise

Liège

BÜLOW XXXX

nnes Arde

Koblenz

HAUSEN

Mainz

XXXX LUXEMBOURG Sedan 4 Trier

E Aisne

WURTTEMBERG XXXX Mannheim

Soissons Rheims ne Epernay XXXXVerdun ar M XXXX 4 XXXX

CROWN PRINCE XXXX Metz

XXXX

3 LANGLE FRENCH LANREZAC/ de CARY SARRAIL XXXX FRANCHET d'ESPEREY BEF

100 kms

G E R M A N Y

XXXX

Beauvais

Namur

Cologne

XXXX

use Me

Mons

Cambrai Le Cateau St-Quentin

XXXX

BRUSSELS

60 miles

Som m Dieppe Amiens e

Lille

KLUCK

Rh in

front line stretches to sea as sides attempt to outflank each other

e ld he

B E L G I U M

Boulogne

BEL

ALBERT

XXXX

Maa s

Ypres

XXXX

Mo sel

Antwerp Gent

el nn a h Calais

ine Rh

En gli sh C

Dover

ABOVE: Scottish troops (1st Cameronians, 19 Brigade) are passed by French cavalry during the so-called race to the sea, October 1914.

RUPPRECHT

Nancy

Strasbourg XXXX

CASTELNAU

HEERINGEN XXXX

Langres

Freiburg

DUBAIL

Mulhouse

W E S T E R N F R O N T : 1914 – 15 German positions

Western Front Western Front

29 August 1914 1 September 1914

Allied positions Front line

1 September 1914 January–December 1915

Joseph Simon Gallieni (1849–1916) General Gallieni built his reputation as a commander in colonial conflicts in Africa, Madagascar and Indochina. Appointed military governor of Paris in August 1914, when he became aware that Kluck’s army was exposing its flank he immediately grasped the possibilities, and his foresight and energy deserve a share of the credit for the success in the battle of the Marne. Gallieni became Minister of War in October 1915, but was shut out of highlevel decision making by his rival Joffre. He resigned in March 1916.

ground, but in the minds of the German High Command. Moltke was startled by the reappearance of the BEF, which he had thought destroyed, advancing alongside French Fifth Army into the lightly defended gap between Bülow’s and Kluck’s forces. As the result of the visit of one of Moltke’s staff officers, Colonel Hentsch, it was decided that German Second Army would retreat if the Allies crossed the Marne. On 9 September, the BEF did just that. Bülow fell back, with Kluck conforming to the retreat. The Germans had been stopped at the Marne. It was a great strategic victory. Some called it a miracle. The Allies followed the retreating Germans and briefly victory seemed in sight. On reaching the heights above the River Aisne on 12–13 September, however, the Germans were discovered to be occupying primitive trenches. Joffre on 15 September realized that it was “no longer a question of pursuit, but of methodical attack”. The Aisne was another strategic victory, this time for the Germans. 31

Moltke was sacked on 14 September, and his successor, Erich von Falkenhayn, went on to the offensive by attempting to outflank the Allied left. Joffre replied in kind, and there followed a series of attempts to turn the enemy’s flank as the centre of the struggle moved steadily to the north. This is erroneously known as the “Race to the Sea”; the generals were not seeking to reach the coast, but to get round their opponent’s flank. One such action took place at Dixmude in Belgium in mid October. Here, the defenders included French marines and Tirailleurs Sénégalais (Senegalese light infantry). Between 2 and 15 October, the BEF was transferred to Flanders, and from 10 October onwards its corps came into battle in places whose names were to become dreadfully familiar over the next four years – La Bassée, Messines, Armentières. The fall of Antwerp on 10 October released German troops for use in Flanders. These, together with some newly raised divisions, allowed the Germans to make one last attempt to smash through the congealing trench lines.

RIGHT: A German gravemarker. This identified the resting place of Peter Kollwitz (207th Reserve Infantry Regiment) killed on 23 October 1914 at Dixmude. His artist mother, Kathe, created the famous Mourning Parents sculpture. BELOW: A French 75mm gun in action, October 1914. This photograph shows the moment of firing – the barrel is at full recoil.

1914

2nd Lieutenant Maxwellâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s 1914 Christmas letter A letter from 2nd Lieutenant John Wedderburn-Maxwell, 5th Battery, XLV Brigade, Royal Field Artillery, describing the 1914 Christmas Truce.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Meet Your Dog Kim Brophey Written by an award-winning canine behaviour consultant, this guide to understanding dog behaviour is a game changer for anyone who owns a dog or is thinking about getting one. Every dog owner knows that having a canine companion is one of the most fulfilling experiences a human can have. They also know that when a dog is having behaviour problems, it can be stressful, frustrating, and even heartbreaking. Enter Kim Brophey, award-winning canine behaviour consultant. Using cutting-edge research, Brophey has developed a groundbreaking new system that allows owners to identify exactly what their dog is struggling with, why, and how they can fix it. Brophey's approach is unlike anything that has been published before, and will give dog owners an astonishing new understanding of what motivates and affects their dog's behaviour. Brophey's innovative technique rethinks the way we categorise dogs, and then distills information from over twenty scientific disciplines into four comprehensive elements: learning, environment, genetics, and self.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9781452148991

Author Details

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Kim Brophey, CDBC, BA, is a nationally certified and award winning canine behaviour consultant, and the owner of Dog Door Behaviour Centre in Asheville, NC. She was chosen as Outstanding Trainer of the Year by the Association of Pet Dog Trainers in 2009, and has recently joined the Board of Directors of the Asheville Humane Society.

Category

Reference

Key Information

Format

203 x 152 mm 224pp

•

Extent Illustrations

40 full-colour photos

Age Range

Terms

SOR

With revolutionary tips developed for specific dog breeds, this book will change the life of every dog owner, and lead to Meet Your Dog happier human-canine relationships.

• •

An original take on the dog breed book, which is consistently the highest-selling pet book category on bookscan. Extremely popular subject with a new spin = gold! It really works! The information and strategies in the book have been tested by employees in-house and the results have been very positive. 39 per cent of Australian households own a dog (over 4.2 million pet dogs in Australia).

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Medieval Woman Ann Baer A year in the life of a peasant woman in medieval England is vividly evoked in this extraordinary portrait of Marion, a carpenter’s wife, and her extended family. Based on years of research, Ann Baer brings to life the reality of a world that has been lost. Rising before dawn in a tiny village to a day of gruelling hard work, Marion and her husband face the daily struggle for survival. Starvation is never far away and travel to the next village is virtually unheard of. Existing without soap, paper or glass and with only the most basic of tools, sickness, fire and natural disaster ever threaten to engulf the small, tightly knit community. At the mercy of the weather and the Lord of the Manor, each equally unpredictable and inescapable, Marion’s life is burdensome but also displays an admirable dignity and fortitude in the face of adversity. The little village is at one with the natural world around it and each member has a role to play and a place in the hierarchy. Simple people, living unrecorded lives in remote villages not on the way to anywhere are brought back into focus in Medieval Woman. Ann Baer defines and celebrates the woman at the heart of the community. This is a unique approach to history, compressing decades of in-depth research on the Middle Ages into one single, immersive, compelling narrative.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781782438984

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

Series

Category

History

Key Information

Format

129 x 198 mm

•

Extent

304pp

Illustrations

B/w line drawings

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

Author Details Ann Baer was born in April 1914, and was a Director of the fine art publishers Ganymed Press, alongside her husband Bernhard. Previously, she attended Chelsea School of Art before working as a civil servant during the Second World War. She hand-illustrated Medieval Woman, and has maintained a lifelong interest in medieval England.

•

One of Philippa Gregory's top ten history must-reads, who described it as 'completely persuasive and ringing with truth'. A very human history, and a vivid portrait of daily life for everyday people in Medieval times. Celebrates the woman at the centre of the family and heart of the community. Wonderfully detailed, evocative and based on decades of research. Ann Baer is now 103 years old, and features in a forthcoming anthology of 'amazing centenarians'.

m edieva l wom a n

June

beautiful morning for Sheep-shearing Day. The air was still and sweet as Marion went to the open door of the cottage and looked down the garden to the rising forest beyond, now thick with delicate new leaves, dainty green in beeches, subdued green in ashes, bronze-gold in oaks, and now all so thick in their greenness that the dark yews were almost concealed. The bluebells had gone but their rich juicy green leaves still stood in sheets up the hillside under the smooth beeches. Closer to, in the garden the rows of peas and broad beans, neat orderly rows because Peter had planted them, had mostly come up, defeating the slugs, and were growing fast, and small

cabbage plants for next year’s eating were daily increasing in size. The apple tree was now in full leaf, the blossom gone. Marion anticipated the day with pleasure. Sheep-shearing was a festival, and cold or wet weather could, and often had spoilt everyone’s pleasure. It was a holiday, so everyone said, traditionally, though no holiday ever seemed to lessen work for Marion nor, in this case, for Peter. He had been up before dawn, pulled Peterkin off the bed and the two of them had gone to the village to put up all the hurdles on the Green into which the sheep would be herded during the day. As usual there never seemed to be enough hurdles and for the past two weeks Peter had been making others, sending his boys into the copses to cut ever more ash saplings for the purpose. Alice was sitting peacefully by the log, pulling at the grass and half singing to herself, so Marion took a bucket and went down to the water-place to fetch a bucketful. Molly’s house was quiet. She wondered if Molly and the two old women were already at the Green, but she thought it unlikely that the old ones could walk that far. Even their old, ill-tempered dog was quiet, slowly scratching itself by the gate. Hilda and Dick’s cottage was deserted but Marion knew they had been up and about as early as Peter. No sound came from the Plowrights’ derelict-looking place. Marion filled up the hens’ drinking butt, an old wooden bucket half-sunk into the earth. She threw down some rough husky meal for them, then fastened her door with a leather thong and collected Alice. They walked past the cottages again, down the slope and out through the little gate on to the Common. The path was hard earth, trodden bare by their passing feet but each side of it was edged with clumps of cow parsley, thistles with little mauve tufts on them and sorrel with reddish spikes. Marion watched Alice, stumping along on her bare feet, out-topped on both sides with the abundant greenery.

June

Insects as small as dust are never done Wi’ glittering dance and reeling in the sun And green wood fly and blossom haunting bee Are never weary of their melody

T WAS A

Medieval Woman.indd 72-73

24/08/2017 13:37:40

m edieva l wom a n

June

When they emerged from the area of small birches, the path was edged with tall grass, lush green below, and interlaced with blue vetches and pink convolvulus, and above them the grass flowers, paler and browner, bending a little to the breeze that brushed over them. A few clumps of marguerite daisies and tall buttercups stood amid the grass, and white bladder campions, with their hollow ovals of whitey green, swayed with the grass. ‘Er-er,’ demanded Alice, pointing to buttercups. Marion picked one and gave it her saying, ‘Buttercup.’ ‘Buckercuck,’ said Alice. Marion corrected her but Alice’s attention was already on carefully destroying the flower. She pulled off each petal with delicate movements of her tiny fingers until there was just the little green spiked Hercules club at the end of the long stalk. Alice, highly pleased with herself, went trotting on ahead. A little further on they met their goat, tethered by a long rope to a tree and in reach of the stream and plentiful browsing. Marion spoke to it and rubbed its shoulder. Now that the kid was weaned the goat was more tame. As they approached the bridge Marion picked Alice up and carried her up the log steps and across the planks. She paused to look down on the barely moving water below her, again delighting in the mild air and the prospect of the festivities. She remembered also that she would meet the Rockwell families again and that she had not seen much of them, except briefly after Sunday Mass, for some time, not since her niece Lisa, from the Mill, had married Martin Rockwell the previous year. She knew that both families would walk down through the fields from Rockwell Farm, Wat the Tall and Nancy, his wife, Martin of course with Lisa, and the other son whom Marion hoped would marry her next niece, Ellen, and all their other children, mostly strong, good- looking young people. And then the other family: Edward, Wat’s younger brother and his wife, Red Mary, who was Dick’s sister – she would not have missed a shearing for

anything – and all their small children, and possibly they might bring Old Lambert, Loppy Lambert’s father, if they could get a cart down the path for him. She hoped so, as her father and Old Lambert always liked a good natter together. Anticipating great activity in food preparation once she had joined the crowd at the Hall, Marion continued to pause on the bridge, looking down at the still water the other side of it, and thought of the Rockwells. She had heard stories of the origins of the farm at Rockwell all her life, and mused over them now.

Medieval Woman.indd 74-75

$ The stories always started with the Great Storm. That storm had occurred since the arrival of Golden-haired Osyth, so its myth had not the same depth and potency as Osyth’s story. Besides, a storm, great and damaging as it might be, was still just a storm, whereas the story of Osyth with all its strange background had a rare romance that a tale of wind could never evoke. Still, it was a storm, the violence of which had never been seen since. The greatest effect of the storm was not in the

24/08/2017 13:37:40

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

A Victorian Lady's Guide to Life Elspeth Marr In this delightful and engagingly eccentric treasury of life lessons, redoubtable Victorian Elspeth Marr (1871–1947) reflects on the fundamental topics of life as well as the nuts and bolts of everyday living. Part journal, part commonplace book, among many gems you will find enlightenment and advice on everything from dreams to garlic; patriotism to wrinkles. Written throughout her life but only discovered after her death, by her great-great nephew, Christopher Rush, Elspeth’s (known as Aunt Epp) journal was never intended for publication but her style of writing and the subject matter she covers nonetheless reaches a universal audience. Not afraid to put forth views on the big topics – religion, evolution, and ethical issues – she also tackles the nuts and bolts of living – food, sex and health. Vital, refreshingly frank and always amusing, A Victorian Lady’s Guide to Life provides a wealth of sound advice.

Author Details

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Christopher Rush (editor) is an award-winning Scottish writer and, for thirty years, a teacher of Literature in Edinburgh. He is Elspeth Marr's great-great-nephew. His books include Hellfire and Herring and A Twelvemonth and a

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Day.

ISBN

9781782438922

Publisher

Michael O'Mara Books

Imprint

Michael O'Mara

•

Series

•

Category

History

Format

129 x 198 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

B/w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

•

A delightful collection of life lessons from a bygone era – many of which still have resonance today. Full of wit and erudition. Sometimes shockingly frank – always very progressive for her day - with forthright opinions on gender, politics, sex, organised religion and literature. From chastity to keeping copper kettles clean, and a myriad of home remedies, this book covers a truly eclectic range of subjects.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Most Valuable Dad Inspiring Words on Fatherhood from Sports Superstars Tom Limbert In this follow up to the bestselling Dad's Playbook, Most Valuable Dad explores what it takes to be a good father with 27 profiles of the most inspiring characteristics dads strive to live up to. Each fundamental is briefly discussed and then followed with an accompanying quote from a prominent sports figure (like Buster Posey, Eli Manning, and Serena Williams, among others). Qualities like Respect, Encouragement, Trust, Empathy, Compassion, Humour, Consistency and many more are timeless and can apply to any dad as he strives to pass on essential wisdom to his children-no matter what age they are.

Author Details Tom Limbert is the author of Dad's Playbook (Chronicle Books) and the co-creator of Studio Grow, a children's play space with four locations in California. He lives with his wife and son in the San Francisco Bay Area. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452165202

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Adult

Series

Category

Family/Pregnancy

Format

203 x 152 mm

Extent

120pp

Illustrations

29 photographs

Age Range

Terms

Key Information • •

•

With a giftable trim and timeless advice, this book is perfect for Father's Day or for baby showers, but appropriate to give to Dad any time of year. Chronicle excels at creating and marketing gifty, fun dad-centric books – titles like Dad's Playbook, Dads Are the Original Hipsters, Letters to My Dad, and more resonate with Chronicle's audience, as will Most Valuable Dad. Dad's Playbook sold well in the trade, specialty, and mass. Mirroring the winning aesthetic qualities and content of the first book, this book should follow suit.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Finding Paris Hedley Derenzie When you’ve looked for love in all the wrong places, there’s only one place left to go... Reeling from another romantic failure, Hedley Derenzie booked a trip to Paris, la Cité d’Amour, in the hope of finding true love. Or at the very least a gorgeous Frenchman with whom she could have a wild summer fling and wash away the inconvenient and all-too-familiar heartbreak. Instead, Hedley found herself on the other side of the world with no luggage, a string of failed relationships behind her and the shocking realisation that they all had one thing in common — her. Join Hedley on her personal and often hilarious quest to unravel the truth about sex and love — in the one place you should never go following a break-up.

Author Details Hedley Derenzie is a Sydney-based writer whose work has appeared in Nature & Health, The Huffington Post and Thought Catalog, among other publications. She is the author of four books, including two on public speaking; Finding Paris, the first in her travel/romance memoir series; and Write Way Home, a personal guide to unlocking creativity.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781925589603

•

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

210 x 135 mm

Extent

352pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

A warm-hearted, funny and painfully true romantic memoir — perfect for fans of Sarah Turnbull (Almost French); Mary Moody; Frances Mayes, et al. Author will be a guest of the 2018 Melbourne Writers’ Festival. Ideal Mother’s Day gift. First self-published in 2013 under the name Hedley Galt, this is a revised and updated edition released to coincide with Hedley’s brand new book Write Way Home.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Write Way Home Hedley Derenzie After a failed suicide attempt, author Hedley Derenzie decided rather than escaping life, she would write her way through it, every day for the next thirty-one days. What started out as a simple yet challenging exercise soon turned into a life-changing adventure. It became an exploration of the creative process and what it means to find true fulfilment. Write Way Home is a personal, engaging story about one writer’s quest to navigate her way back from the brink with the help of a daily creative practice. Written in clear and simple language, it offers insights and practical suggestions to anyone who might be feeling stuck or lost and looking for a way out — as in, a way back to life.

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

•

ISBN

9781925589214

Publisher

Brio Books

•

Imprint

Brio Books

•

Series

Category

Auto/Biography

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information

•

Moving and optimistic self-help memoir perfect for fans of Elizabeth Gilbert; Cheryl Strayed; Brene Brown, et al. Uplifting and practical, the book offers proven strategies for unlocking creativity and finding personal meaning and fulfilment. Author will be a guest of the 2018 Melbourne Writers’ Festival. Published alongside a new edition of Hedley’s romantic travel memoir, Finding Paris. Ideal Mother’s Day gift.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

My Canadian Boyfriend, Justin Trudeau Carrie Parker This is the first and only book that celebrates of the man, the myth, and the meme that is everyone's political crush, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau. This laugh-out-loud tribute to the head (and heart) of the Canadian government is filled with more than 65 photos of Trudeau. With everything from delivering speeches in finely tailored suits to boxing shirtless, from looking dashing while running the government to looking sexy while running in short shorts, and charming everyone from constituents to royalty with his sparkling eyes, wit, and smile, this book collects all the photos that proves he puts the "prime" in prime minister.

Key Information • • • Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9780789334282

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Humour

Format

191 x 140 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

70 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

A new Justin Trudeau meme or video clip trends every week. There is no political leader as talked about – for good reasons – as Justin Trudeau. Trudeau's modern, progressive, feminist platform has made him a hero to millions and serves as a fresh antidote to partisan squabbling. Political without politics: fans on both sides of the political aisle, border, or ends of the Kinsey scale, agree that Justin Trudeau is the one world leader to watch. Perfect for special sales and impulse gift buys for anyone who loves Justin Trudeau and longs for a crush-worthy politician in charge.

I have a new boyfriend. You haven’t met him. He lives in Canada. His name is Justin Trudeau.

first saw Justin in 2015 when my Gilmore Girls binge ended and the six o’clock news began. The anchors were reporting about the awful ugly things that were happening in the world. Then, after a series of commercials about the agonies of brittle bones, skin conditions, bowel blockages, and two-for-one buffet dinners (which may, according to the news reports just aired, result in brittle bones, skin conditions, and bowel blockages), Justin’s shining face appeared, and my world completely changed. Justin had just won some sort of national contest for adorableness or something. Thousands stood cheering him. I, too, rose to my feet, and as the crumbs of various salty-sweet snack foods fell from my lap, the weight of the world fell from my shoulders. I saw forever in his eyes. I saw happiness in his smile. I saw Future Me introducing him at brunch to my mother, who was just about to embarrass me by showing him photos of High School Me. His compassion and kindness, not to mention his killer bod, make him the primest minister I’ve ever seen. With Justin right across the border, my nerves are calmed, my heart beats faster, and my fears become bête noires—because that sounds more French Canadian and, therefore, nicer. Justin Trudeau is my Canadian boyfriend, and my love for him is real.

My boyfriend is quite the knockout.

My boyfriend is everyoneâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s moment of zen.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Everything Is The Worst Workman Publishing A little gift book that celebrates what we all know, deep in our hearts: Everything is definitely not going to be OK. Everyone's snarkiest and darkest daily thoughts are beautifully illustrated for a very modern, very funny effect. Sometimes you just don’t feel like going to work. Or making any effort at all, really. Or hearing one more person tell you to “Have a great day!” — seriously, what’s so great about it? Everything Is the Worst is the tongue-in-cheek gift of anti-inspiration, a collection of gorgeously hand-lettered expressions revealing what most of us really know, deep in our hearts, to be true. It’s the flip side of the happy face emoji — a recognition that life sucks. It’s the sighing resignation of “I need a nap.” The annoyed dismissiveness of “can you not though.”

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781523503537

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Humour

Author Details

Format

152 x 152 mm

Extent

96pp

Illustrations

4-colour throughout

Age Range

Workman Publishing Company has been producing award-winning calendars, cookbooks, parenting guides, and children’s titles, as well as gardening, humour, self-help, and business books, since 1968. From our What to Expect® pregnancy and parenting series and PageA-Day® Calendars to the iconic 1,000 Places to See Before You Die® and Brain Quest® children's products, our wide range of highquality non-fiction titles and products inspire, educate, and entertain readers around the globe.

Terms

SOR

The utter indifference of “leave me alone, k.” The badass attitude of “in a Mood.” All made palatably hilarious through the kind of illustration we’ve become accustomed to seeing on everything warm and fuzzy. The juxtaposition is perfect; you’ll never look at inspirational art the same way again. Interspersed throughout is fun supporting text, like lists (“Things that are really f*cking hard,” “It’s OK to give up when…”), scientifically proven facts, and more. Did you know that people who procrastinate actually make better decisions? Finally, a legit excuse not to do a damn thing.

Key Information •

•

Snarky thoughts (Don't be an idiot. I need a nap. Pretty much hate everyone.) are beautifully illustrated in a pitch-perfect, tongue-incheek gift book that celebrates everyday crappiness. The perfect antidote to Think Happy, Be Happy, for those moments when the right message doesn't involve stopping to smell the roses. It's really funny and honest — but it's also lovely to look at (a contrast that enhances the humour). With a wink of sly humour and camaraderie, it's a gift that acknowledges the bad mood, the bad attitude, the crappy day, or the tough situation that's not getting better. Perfect for graduation, birthdays, and any other day that is not 100 per cent great. A little pessimism, a little snark — this book's sense of humour is right on trend and will speak directly to millennials but appeal to all ages.

IT'S OK TO GIVE UP WHEN...

(and have a drink)

• You get a bad haircut • Someone doesn’t text you back • You mess up at work and your boss probably hates you and you’re most likely getting fired tomorrow • Your friend gets engaged and you just went on your third Tinder date of the week!!! • The dress you want is now out of stock • You cry over the latest episode of your favorite TV show because it’s like, they know your life • Everyone talks about babies instead of books at book club • You have a fleeting thought of auditioning for a reality TV show • It was a long week and it’s 9pm and everyone just sucks and whatever ok

THINGS THAT ARE REALLY F*CKING HARD • Paying bills • Getting to work on time • Getting your work done on time • Going to family functions without alcohol • Understanding your tax return • Understanding your parents • Abstaining from wine for more than one day • Making doctor appointments • Remembering to water your plants • Talking to idiots • Life in general

PUT IT OFF ANOTHER DAY A study showed that when participants were given the chance to procrastinate, they made a better decision than those who didnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t procrastinate and made a quick decision. Finally, a science-backed excuse to not do a damn thing.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

So You Think You're a Foodie 50 food snobs and gourmets grilled Alexandra Parsons Do you know your lardo from your Le Creuset, your sous vide from your silverside? If so look away now, this probably isn’t the book for you! So You Think You're A Foodie? takes an irreverent look at those among us who take what they eat just a touch too seriously. With 50 entries examining some of the foodie’s ultimate icons, it’s the perfect way to understand those who strive for the tastiest, most exclusive, most sophisticated gastronomic experiences around. In other words, a show-off with nothing better to do than bleat about how much they love to eat! Each entry covers an aspect of a foodie’s life: from the coveting of virgins – olive oil, of course – and the books they read through to travelling to the dingiest places in search of a truly authentic, locals-only experience – usually McDonald's – and the names they call their kids. So if you’ve ever wondered what your partner, friend or sibling sees in spending hours trudging through muddy fields on a quest for an elusive mushroom when they could have just gone to the supermarket, or are bemused by their insistence on trying offal at every opportunity rather than sticking to steak, then these wise words provide sensible answers. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$21.99

ISBN

9781911026457

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Humour

•

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

50 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Alexandra Parsons is an author, editor and life-long foodie. Her career in food began with a catering business before moving to North Wales to devise dishes, cook and wash up at an eccentric family-run restaurant. A career in publishing followed, authoring and editing books on everything from breakfasts to interiors. The author is based in Twickenham, London.

•

The ideal gift for the foodie in your life. Examines in the most entertaining way possible the reasons why foodies go weak at the knees for stinking cheeses, vinegars that cost more than the finest champagne and cuts of meat even your dog would turn his nose up at. Complete with hilarious cartoon illustrations by Lord Dunsby.

Contents

The Baker

Introduction 6

CHAPTER 1 The Foodies The Tool The Crockery Nut The Salad Lover The Satirist The Masterchef The Bore The Pyromaniac The Scientist The Luddite The Cheese Lover The Griller The Picnickers The Festive Foodie The Slaughterer The OďŹ&#x20AC;al Eater The Extremist The Seasonal Slave The Baker The Smuggler The Hot Head The Barista The Tea Specialist The Condiment Connoisseur The Oil Baron The Authentic The Salt Freak The Gadget Head The Oenophile The Vintner The Sommelier

lour, water, a bit of yeast, a pinch of salt, mix it up, thrash it about a bit, and stick it in the oven. Made for centuries along basically the same lines, bread is a staple food in almost all cultures and every sane person who is not beset with gluten allergies or fussing about on a carb-free diet loves it. Just a thought... Historically, people ate vast quantities of bread, the rich ate massive, meaty meals off a huge slice of it, and the poor got the slice and a bit of gruel to dip it in. So, what happened to medieval peasants with gluten allergies? Got all bloated and died, I guess. And thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s no denying that Henry VIII would have beneďŹ ted from a carb-free dietâ&#x20AC;Ś So, yes, bread has a downside after all. But I digress. Once you get thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s no denying all foodie about bread, lifeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s less that Henry VIII simple. You can only bake and would have eat so much (see above), but, beneďŹ ted from a if you choose to get precious carb-free diet and have a bread for every culinary moment, thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll be about 20 loaves on the go in just the one household, and not much storage space left for the pĂ˘tĂŠ that makes snacktime toast irresistible, the goatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cheese to spread on that crusty baguette, the smoked salmon and cream cheese that go on the bagel, the olive oil to dip your focaccia into, the hummus to spread onto your pitta bread, or the refried beans to stuff into your tortilla. And, remember, that lot are on the lower slopes of foodieness. A real breadie will want to try a

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 72 74

The Market Trader The Astronomer The Explainer of Concepts The Regular The One Who Orders For You The Blogger The Pop-Up Chef The Adventurer The Native

CHAPTER 2 The Foodie Lifestyle

What Foodies Read Foodie Myths Foodie Baby Names Cheesy Baby Names Raising a Foodie Worship the Food Foodie Movie Moments Foodie Music Foodie Games Going For a Walkâ&#x20AC;&#x201D; Coming Back with Lunch The Killer

100 102 104 109 112 114 116 118 120

Index

126

Acknowledgments

128

Alexandra Parsons is an author, editor, and life-long foodie. Her career in food began with a catering business before moving to No h Wales to devise dishes, cook, and wash up at an eccentric family-run restaurant. A career in publishing followed, authoring and editing books on everything from breakfasts to interiors. The author is based in London.

IW CB1195_SYTYA _FOODIE_DSJ.indd 2

76 78 80 82 84 88 91 94 96

122 124

â&#x20AC;˘

Roquefort and almond sourdough that costs as much as ďŹ let mignon, but is, of course, exquisite. And why stop there? Pondering how to serve the cheese, the foodie will go for a loaf made with spring water and organic spelt ďŹ&#x201A;our that takes two days to make and comes in its own presentation box. Divine, Iâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;m sure, but the morning after itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;ll be stale.

Text ÂŠ Alexandra Parsons Design and illustration ÂŠ Dog â&#x20AC;&#x2122;nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Bone Books Uncorrected proofs

5,000 loves â&#x20AC;&#x153;CPF PQ ÇŞUJGU â&#x20AC;?

For fu her information, contact: The Baker

â&#x20AC;˘ 49

US Dog â&#x20AC;&#x2122;nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Bone Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

The Scientist

â&#x20AC;˘

The Foodies

Binding: Hardback Format: 4Âž x 7Âź in./186 x 123 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 50 color illustrations Price: US $14.95 / ÂŁ9.99 Publication date: February 2018 Text: 25,000 words ISBN: 978 1 911026 45 7

The Foodies

yringe, pipette, nitrous oxide, carboxymethyl cellulose, and sodium alginateâ&#x20AC;Ś What do they remind you of? Dozing off at the back of Mr. Harbottleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s chemistry class? Snappy dialog from a movie set in an embalming parlor? Youâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;d be wrong. Welcome to the world of molecular gastronomy, from which there is probably no escape. Now that the foodie has bought his ďŹ rst Introductory Kit, no ingredient is safe from his foaming, gelling, and spheriďŹ cation experiments. Oh do keep up! His kitchen resembles the bridge of the Starship Enterprise and the larder is ďŹ lling up with alarming little packets of white powder with scientiďŹ c names. He is in a high state of excitement because a fellow â&#x20AC;&#x153;moleculerâ&#x20AC;? has just texted to say that supplies of Kappa Carrageenan have just landed from a galaxy somewhere beyond the Milky Way, and Trevor from work has succeeded in â&#x20AC;&#x153;globulizingâ&#x20AC;? a turnip. Itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s lunchtime, and people need to be fed. But thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s a block of dry ice ďŹ zzing and smoking malevolently where the toaster used to be, and the foodieâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s too busy changing the cartridges in his gas gun to bother with a tiresome concept like lunch. An egg would be nice, but all the eggs have been emptied out and re-ďŹ lled with Parmesan and prosciutto ice cream and what were tomatoes are now a six-foot long jelliďŹ ed noodle. How about heating up some soup? It would seem simple enough, but nothing is simple in this brave new world. â&#x20AC;&#x153;Heatâ&#x20AC;? requires molecular friction, thermometers, and pressure gauges, plus the equipment needs to be re-calibrated. Soup?

Specification

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK Dog â&#x20AC;&#x2122;nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Bone Books 20â&#x20AC;&#x201C;21 Jockeyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

â&#x20AC;&#x153; *QPG[ + FT[ KEGF VJG FQIâ&#x20AC;? Thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s not soup! It is carrots and fresh tarragon in liquid form that will be powdered, emulsiďŹ ed, turned into a balloon, and ďŹ lled with mozzarella. This is the moment to step into the handy Hadron collider he has assembled in the back yard to vaporize peas, press a few buttons, pull a few levers, and get yourself sent back to last week to intercept the postman with that special-offer Molecular Starter Kit. The Scientist

â&#x20AC;˘ 27

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Picke Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.picke @cicobooks.co.uk www.rylandpeters.com

18/07/2017 16:59

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

So You Think You're a Bookworm? Over 20 hilarious profiles of the literati Jo Hoare From The Sobber and The Series Binger to The Scholar and The Sci-Fi Obsessive – read all about over 20 different types of bookworm. Ever find yourself mainlining coffee at work in an effort to stay awake after a late night with a page-turner you just couldn’t put down? Does the thought of being stuck on a train/plane/bus without a book fill you with more existential angst than a Camus novel? Were you too traumatised to leave your bed for days after finishing The Time Traveler’s Wife? If any of these scenarios sound familiar, then chances are you’re a book lover, but what kind of bibliophile are you? Perhaps you’re The Classicist, who consumes Dickens, Austen and Fitzgerald in the same way consumption consumed the Brontës. Or maybe you’re The Polyamorous type who never has less than four books on the go, or The Abuser, whose “treat ’em mean” attitude leads to turned-down corners, broken spines, and water-damaged pages. With over 20 hilarious bookworm profiles, you’re sure to spot a good few character traits that any member of the literati will recognise. While we won’t claim it’s as funny as a Philip Roth novel, So You Think You’re A Bookworm? will definitely raise a smile or two. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$17.99

ISBN

9781911026433

Publisher

Ryland Peters and Small

Imprint

RPS Books

Series

Key Information

Category

Humour

•

Format

186 x 123 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

30 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Jo Hoare is a freelance journalist, former Style Editor for Heat magazine and possessor of two English Literature degrees. Other than tearing through books, having disdain for some of the more risible fashion and lifestyle fads is pretty much her favourite thing. Jo has written for The Debrief, GRAZIA, AOL and FHM, and here previous books include So You Think You’re a Millennial?, The Office: A Survival Guide and Festivals: A Survival Guide. Jo is based in London.

• •

From fanfic and fantasy to book clubs and bonkbusters, read about all the things that make the average bookworm tick. Includes a fun quiz to determine what type or reader you are, plus the 27 thoughts every bookworm has when they step inside a bookshop. Part of the bestselling So You Think You're A... series, which has sold in excess of 20,000 copies.

Contents

Introduction The Classicist The Series Binger The Book Thief The Abuser The Hogwarts Alumnus The Reviewer The FanFic Obsessive The Clubber 10 People in Every Book Club The Adulterer The Scholar The Cryer The Non-finisher The Detective The Sci-Fi and Fantasy Obsessive The Fan The Romantic vs The Sexophile The Faker The Judges Book By Its Cover The Contrarian The (Not So) YA The Technology Battle Quiz: Which Author Are You? 16 Things All Bookworms Do The Pusher 27 Thoughts Every Bookworm Has In a Bookstore Index and Acknowledgments

The Bookworms

The Adulterer L

aying battered and discarded by the side of the bed, they were once shiny, new, and adored, but now their lover has moved on to better things. The seductive glint of that high-shine cover winking at them in the bookstore elbowed out the “3 for 2” pile of Scandi-noir chosen in an airport departure lounge. The once irresistible heroine of the turnof-the-century romance pales into insignificance when compared to the half-human, half-radium-fueled-piston hybrid of a cult new sci-fi blockbuster. And as for that experimental novella on the parallels between second-hand cars and human suffering, well you can guess where that goes when the buxom Booker Prize winner walks into their life….

6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 58 60 64

walking past the bookshop every day. Soon they’re downloading free first chapters onto Kindles—it isn’t really cheating if you don’t buy the whole book, right? And if you don’t meet up IRL, well, it’s nothing. Of course, they can’t stop there and before they know it there’s a new addition to their literary harem. The dogeared paperback that once was their inseparable companion is placed at the bottom of a very long pile, only to be used months later as a coaster or doorstop. The Adulterer can struggle to keep up with their multi-stranded ways. Despite best intentions, names are mistaken and forgotten (alas poor Yorick, I knew him well, but there were others I knew better), plots become confused, and the probability of reaching the end is like Pi: infinite. Is literary polygamy curable? There is one tried-and-tested form of therapy, so if you have a Adulterer in your life or you suspect you’re one yourself (admitting it is the first step), then this is worth a go: say hello to the WEEK-LONG HOLIDAY WITH ONLY CARRY ON LUGGAGE. Forced to pack a maximum of three books (maybe four if you’re off to a nudist beach) the Adulterer will be forced to read their way to the bitter end. Will it change them for life? Probably not.

The first third of the text is blissful, LP’s can’t stop recommending it to everyone they meet and they’ve already walked into two lampposts and a medium-sized party of foreign-exchange students while trying to read it in the street. So far, so different… But then the doubts creep in. They hear whispers that there’s something better out there, something new and exciting. They can’t stop themselves sneaking glances at online book reviews before hastily deleting their history in case anyone should pry. The Sunday newspaper fiction charts call out, siren-like, to them from newsagent’s shelves and they’ve invented an entirely new route to work that means

The Bookworms

The Cryer

part from in certain echelons of the BDSM community, it seems somewhat counter-intuitive that one’s hobby should also render one hysterically tearful, but for The Cryer that’s exactly what they expect from a novel. If they haven’t needed rehydration meds and a face wipe by chapter three, then they just ain’t into it. It’s not any old crying The Cryer wants to do though. Sure there are books about unbelievable sadness, hardship, and cruelty that force even the most unsentimental reader on a busy commuter train to pretend they’re suddenly yawning/have got something in their eye as the tear ducts fill up, but that’s not quite The Cryer’s bag. They’re into crying as a genre and the WHOLE point of their favorite tomes is to make them breakdown in floods of tears. (FYI booksellers, it wouldn’t be a bad idea to start making a section for blubbing and bawling, you could upsell Kleenex and waterproof mascara as “me toos.”) For these readers, personal tragedy is king and it’s not so much about reading tearjerkers, but reading tear-climbingin-your-eyes-and-frog-marching-thatsaline-out-ers.

onto something. A good sob over the pages of a separated family or never realized love affair is actually pretty good for us. Crying our eyes out relieves stress, promotes empathy, and, once the tears have been mopped up, leaves us feeling happier. Tempted to try? Here’s a beginners guide to sob-lit:

sister decides she doesn’t want to be a bone marrow donor for the other, is the most famous but every single one is guaranteed to leave you a sniveling wreck.

Cold Mountain by Charles Frazier

There’s nothing that can beat a big sweeping love story. Especially when it’s a post-war tale of heartbreak where neither party knows if the other is still alive. If you fail to cry at this you should really consider whether you’re human at all. Time to check get those circuits rewired...

The Lovely Bones by Alice Sebold

Ok, we’re getting a pattern here. Kids make us sob. And this is no exception, told from the point of view of a dead girl after her murder, make sure you’re somewhere where no one can see you ugly-cry.

OK, the fact that Hollywood producers had the good sense to cast the not unphotogenic Sam Clafin in the starring role of the film version gives this a teeny leg up on the weepie chart, but only the medically dehydrated could genuinelly avoid the tears when reading this. .

Teens, love, cancer. A triumvirate of tears. This Y.A novel has found many an adult wiping snot with their sleeve when they’ve been caught out without a tissue. Anything by Jodi Picoult

Jodi is the Queen of sob-lit. My Sister’s Keeper, a story of a family torn about when one

You might scorn The Cryer, weeping over what an unkind reader might consider ever-so-slightly schmaltzy, but actually they’re

For further information, contact: US Dog ’n’ Bone Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK Dog ’n’ Bone Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk www.rylandpeters.com Uncorrected proofs

Me Before You by Jojo Moyes

The Fault in Our Stars by John Green

IW CB1192_Bookworm.indd 2

The Adulterer

Welcome to the world of the literary Adulterer, the type of reader who is unable to commit to one novel at a time. If books were dates this person would be ticking the box that said “in an open relationship.” The LP never sets out to cheat on a book, each new read starts afresh in the wake of another awkward crossover—“this book is the ONE,” they think. And for a few glorious days it is. Never far from the LP’s side, this latest tome accompanies the bookworm on the bus, in the bed, and at the breakfast table, pages crinkling in hot baths and cold rain.

Specification Binding Format Extent Illustrations Price Publication date Text ISBN

Hardback PLC 4¾ x 7¼ in./186 x 123 mm 64 pages 30 color illustrations US $12.95/£7.99 March 2018 15,000 words 978 1 911026 43 3

21/07/2017 12:51

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Excellent Pub Quiz Roy Preston and Sue Preston This country's massive appetite for trivia and pub quizzes shows no sign of abating, so Carlton Books present the next in their hugely successful series of Pub Quiz Books: The Excellent Pub Quiz Book. A further helping of quizzes and tests is included, making this book suitable for trivia hounds everywhere!

Author Details Husband-and-wife team Roy and Sue Preston run a puzzle-setting business in Suffolk. They supplied the puzzles for Carlton Books' bestselling 'Pub Quiz' series, including volumes on sport, pop music and movies.

Key Information • • •

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$24.99

ISBN

9781780978895

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

512pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

More than 1,000,000 Carlton Pub Quiz books have been sold! A hugely varied book containing more than 10,000 questions. Use this book to set your own pub quizzes or crib for others.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Richard McGuire's Wild Cards Richard McGuire Claw your way to the top of the animal kingdom! The enduring power of the card game War joins forces with celebrated illustrator and graphic novelist Richard McGuire in this ferocious game with massive gift and kid appeal. Target retail channels include National and Independent Specialty (notably in museum accounts and toy boutiques) and Export, with the potential to perform well for the Indies' increasing sideline gift and game business.

Author Details Richard McGuire is an artist, toy designer, children's book author, and illustrator whose work regularly appears in

The New Yorker. He is also the creator of the bestselling graphic novel Here, Sequential Drawings, and Richard McGuire's Go Fish Card Game. He lives in New York City. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$22.99

ISBN

9781452164465

•

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

114 x 76 mm

Extent

55pp

Illustrations

52 full-colour cards

Age Range

Terms

Key Information •

•

New Yorker cover illustrator and NYT bestselling graphic novelist Richard McGuire has an avid following. Design and comic book aficionados, art lovers, and Richard McGuire fans will consider this game a collectible. With a stand-out package and equally distinctive art, this game will thrill and appeal to gift-givers. McGuire's creative approach to environmental themes will set this game apart in stores and stand out in media, publicity, and social media mentions. This perennially popular theme among kids will give this game an edge among the competition at retail.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Great Outdoors Playing Cards Travis Pietsch A handsome gift package, these fully illustrated playing cards and wooden keepsake box bring the beauty of the great outdoors to your fingertips! Housed in a sturdy wooden box and featuring 52 gorgeously illustrated playing cards, this deck celebrates the great outdoors in style. Every illustrated element in the deck depicts nature – the four suits represent growing trees, flowing water, majestic mountains, and the expansive sky. A must-have for outdoor enthusiasts, art lovers, and card players alike.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452164953

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

114 x 89 mm

Extent

54pp

Illustrations

54 full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Travis Pietsch is an illustrator and graphic designer who has produced work for USA Today, PBS Kids, and more. He currently works as a Senior Graphic Designer for USA Today.

Key Information •

•

Camping and outdoor excursions are becoming more and more popular as people of all ages are attempting to unplug and reconnect with the great outdoors. Playing cards are a natural travel partner for outdoor excursions; perfect for game nights around the campfire or in the cabin. The wood box immediately speaks to quality craftsmanship and has a tactile quality that makes this package feel special. Combined with gorgeous illustrations of natural elements, this deck makes a great gift or self-purchase for any outdoor enthusiast. Will merch well with the Great Outdoors Notebook Set! – and other high-quality travel supplies, camping gear, and games. While there are a number of illustrated playing card decks available, they do not come in a keepsake wooden box. Light enough to take on trips and beautiful enough to leave on your tabletop at home.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Llamanoes Dominoes . . . with Llamas! Chronicle Books A hilarious herd of llama characters make for an entertaining twist on the classic game of dominoes. With punny favourites like Llama-nardoda Vinci (artist llama), Dolly Llama (country diva llama), Llama-naut (astronaut llama), and many more, kids, families, and llama enthusiasts will have a blast matching heads to tails to complete the chain and win the game. It's a goofy gift, a boredom-busting game, and a great way for kids to develop matching and fine motor skills, all in one appealing and colourful package. Comes with 28 game pieces and easy-to-follow instructions for 2-4 players.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Games & Puzzles

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452163710

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Puzzles & Games

Format

140 x 140 mm

Extent

28pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Shyama Golden is an artist based in Brooklyn. She spent 10 years working in the graphic and interactive design fields, and has illustrated for The New York Times, Wired, Cosmopolitan, The Atlantic, The Undefeated, Fast Company, and Texas Monthly magazine, among many others.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

6/22/17 3:58 P

manoes_CardFronts_2G.indd 1

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

6/22/17 3:58 P

manoes_CardFronts_2G.indd 7

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Doodle Theory Anywhere! Create Amazing Doodles with Starter Shapes and Squiggles Nate Padavick More doodle fun that's easy for everyone – no drawing skills required! – just like the original Doodle Theory, but now with a colourful twist and a portable pocket size that's perfect for boredom-busting anytime, anywhere. Proven to improve creative thinking, confidence, and memory retention, doodling is the ultimate way to exercise the mind and have some fun at the same time. This new pocket-size version of the Doodle Theory drawing pad kick-starts the doodling process just like the original, but now with fun colourful shapes and a travel-ready size. With a sturdy backing board perfect for doodling anywhere – on planes, long car-rides, or wherever the journey leads – this portable pad is the perfect on-the-go creativity boost for all ages, wherever boredom strikes.

Author Details

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$16.99

ISBN

9781452151236

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Key Information

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

•

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

140 x 114 mm

Extent

200pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Nate Padavick is an avid doodler, illustrator, and the cofounder of the sites They Draw & Cook and They Draw & Travel, the internet's largest collection of illustrated recipes and maps created by artists from around the world. He is one half of Studio SSS, the brother and sister design team behind Make Map Art, and the author of Doodle Theory, both from Chronicle Books. Nate lives and draws in San Francisco.

• • • •

•

• •

It's true – doodling does good things to your brain. It not only helps develop an active imagination, self-confidence, and optimism, but it also builds up your creative muscles, memory, and concentration. This Huffington Post roundup cites the benefits of doodling at home and at work: http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2015/06/12/doodling-benefits_n_7572182.html Offering the fun and accessible drawing inspiration of 642 – but with an even lower barrier to entry (no drawing skills required) – Doodle Theory Anywhere offers creative fun that both adults and kids will appreciate. Analog entertainment that can also spark creativity thinking, de-stress, and improve focus, this pad makes for the perfect antidote to screen time. This pad offers the same great creative fun as the first Doodle Theory, but in a portable package that's perfect for slipping into a pocket, backpack, or purse-making it easy to keep on hand and use anywhere. It's the perfect no-screen-time-involved activity for long car rides, waiting in line, work breaks, commutes, or any other moment when we typically reach for our phones. Nate Padavick is one half of the creative team that brought us Make Map Art. With his sister Salli Swindell, he founded They Draw & Cook and They Draw & Travel, the largest online collections of illustrated maps and recipes created by artists around the world. He has an engaged audience of creative types who follow him and his work. Facebook – 270K Instagram – 80K

Take this portable drawing pad with you anywhere to exercise your mind and activate your imagination. At first glance, the squiggles and shapes may look like abstract objects. But look a little closer, or flip them around—do you see something else? See a cactus? Add some thorns and place it in a desert. Or maybe you see a person? Doodle some arms and legs and a sweet outfit. A skyscraper? Give it some windows and surround it with a city.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Spark your creativity on the go!

There are no rules, no wrong answers, and no drawing skills required! Doodling is a great way to open up the creative corners of your brain. Use this pad while traveling, commuting, waiting in line, or just lounging around. Soon you’ll be drawing things you never dreamt possible. That’s what Doodle Theory is all about.

Share your doodles and see what others are drawing: #doodletheory @doodletheoryclub www.doodletheory.club

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

A Bun in the Oven A weekly guide to the wonders of pregnancy Hannah Hunter-Kelm Follow your baby's development during pregnancy week by week with this quirky illustrated guide. Hannah Hunter-Kelm has written and illustrated this delightful guide to how your very own ‘bun in the oven’ grows and develops. At 6 weeks, he or she is the size of a ladybird, but by 32 weeks they've become the size of a hot water bottle! With handy tips and interesting facts (did you know that at 25 weeks, your baby's hair starts to grow, and yours may well look fuller and shinier at this point?), this is a wonderful gift for any mum-to-be.

Author Details Author and illustrator Hannah Hunter-Kelm is a freelance illustrator/printmaker and part-time printmaking instructor at Leeds College of Art. She lives in Leeds with her husband, Jonny and son, Jago.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Desk

Price

AU$19.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781782495581

•

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Humour

Format

172 x 168 mm

Extent

80pp

Illustrations

40 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• •

While there are week-by-week apps to track your baby's progress, this provides a tangible and fun way to learn more and enjoy the experience. Ideal self-purchase or gift. You can stand the book on your desk.

A Bun in the Oven

For further information, contact: US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

Wee k 15

Learn about your growing baby during pregnancy from weeks 6–40, with an illustration for each week as well as helpful advice and tips.

At roughly 33⁄4in./9.1cm long, your baby is about the same size as a shuttlecock (birdie).

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

To p Ti p :

Aiming for 30 minutes of gentle exercise most days of the week can reduce aches and pains and help you to sleep better.

We ek 9

We e k 3 8

18/07/2017 15:41 CB1171_Bun_Oven_v3_01_23 CE.indd

You’re so nearly there! W 7 pounds/3.2 kilogra eighing just under ms, and about the lengt of a snorkel, your ba h by is nearly ready to say !

Specifications Your baby is now as big as one of those

cola bottle

STAND IT ON YOUR DESK About the Author Hannah Hunter-Kelm is a freelance illustrator/printmaker and part-time printmaking instructor at Leeds College of Art. She lives in Leeds, UK, with her husband Jonny and son Jago.

Binding: Paperback, concealed wiro binding Format: 65⁄8 x 63⁄4 in./172 x 168 mm Extent: 80 pages Illustrations: 40 color artworks Price: US $14.95 / Priced higher in Canada / UK £9.99 Publication date: February 2018 Text: 1,500 words

candies.

ISBN: 978-1-78249-558-1

i n T e r e s T i ng Fa c T :

He/she is busy putting on a layer of fat to keep rm and toasty outside thewa womb.

Tiny eyelids cover his/her eyes, but they won’t open till week 26!

CB1171_Bun_Oven_v3_01_23 CE.indd 8

hello

18/07/2017 15:41

Uncorrected proofs

www.rylandpeters.com

CB1171_Bun_O

ven_v3_24_40

CE.indd 37 18/07/2017 15:40

IW CB1171_BUN_IN_THE_OVEN_BLAD_DSJ.indd 2

20/07/2017 15:34

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Cat Lady's Creative Journal Yasmine Surovec From the creator of Cat vs. Human comes this adorable, clever journal for the cat lady in all of us. A cat-themed journal packed with humorous illustrations, doodle pages, activities, checklists, charts, and more. What badges did your cat earn today—Alarm Clock, Stress Reliever, Hide and Seek Expert, Stealth Swiper? Fill in the blanks: Describe your most favourite part of having your cat in your life; List the things that scare your cat; Write down your favourite quote about felines. Charmingly illustrated with the whimsical art of Yasmine Surovec, The Cat Lady's Creative Journal is an irresistible gift for the cat lady in your life!

Author Details In addition to being the creative talent behind catversushuman.blogspot.com, Yasmine Surovec is an illustrator and designer behind a number of popular online ventures. Her work has been featured on popular sites such as Apartment Therapy, Craft Magazine, Decor8, I Can Has Cheezburger, and more. She lives in Phoenix, AZ, with her husband, three cats, and puppy.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Flexibound

Price

AU$24.99 | NZ$27.99

ISBN

9781449489434

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

•

Series

•

Category

Stationery

Format

203 x 165 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information •

Yasmine Surovec's Cat vs. Human webcomic has 934K followers on Facebook. “Cat lady” is no longer an insult, but a designation to celebrate. NY Mag recently published a holiday shopping guide exclusively for cat ladies, and monthly subscription services like CatLadyBox, KitNipBox, and MeowBox have Facebook fans in the tens and hundreds of thousands.

CatLadyJournal.indd 3

9/14/17 7:57 AM

CatLadyJournal.indd 4

9/14/17 7:57 AM

CatLadyJournal.indd 17

9/14/17 7:57 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Forest Life Eraser Set Nathalie Lete Beautiful and functional, this set of erasers featuring art by beloved French artist Nathalie LEtE-is a charming desk accessory that will add whimsy to any workspace or project Paris-based artist Nathalie Lete creates delightfully whimsical illustrations of forest landscapes.This eraser set includes 5 erasers with full-colour sleeves featuring images of mushrooms, flowers, squirrels, foxes, and birds! All packaged in a handy box with a die-cut window. Also available this season: Forest Life Notes and Forest Life. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Pencils / Pencil Cases / Pens

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452164793

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

64 x 146 mm

Extent

Erasers

Illustrations

Full colour illustrated sleeves

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Nathalie Lete lives and works in Paris. She mixes different techniques and mediums-illustration, ceramics, textile, painting, and more. She is inspired by travel, vintage ephemera, folk art, and old engravings of flowers and animals. Her work is colourful, naive, and poetic, sometimes strange, to the point of tending towards art brut. You can view more of her creations at: www.nathalie-lete.com.

Key Information • • • • •

This eraser set brings a playful touch to the desktop and stands out from the competition with Lete's unique illustrations and in a cleverly designed, gifty box. Great gift or self-purchase for stationery lovers. What do Tim Burton, Charlotte Gainsbourg, and the boss at Laduree all have in common? They all own a Nathalie Lete rug. Nathalie is a well-known, commercially successful artist in France. She works in a number of mediums-painting, ceramics, textiles, fashion accessories, and more-and her distinct aesthetic has attracted a strong following. She's in high-demand for retail collaborations such as Anthropologie, Uniqlo, Monoprix, and more. She also has a book coming out via Artisan titled In the Garden of My Dreams: The Art of Nathalie Lete.

PMS 9021 U

PMS 7500 U

PMS 9021 U

PMS 9323 U

ERASER COLOR

PMS 9323 U

BACK

RIGHT SIDE FRONT LEFT SIDE

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$22.99

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452164779

ISBN

9781452164786

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

You're a Peach: 8 Scratch and Sniff Notecards Chronicle Books Fresh puns meet sweet scents in this new scratch & sniff notecard format! From peaches and pears to berries and pineapples, these scratch & sniff notecards smell as sweet as their sentiments! Featuring colourful photos, fruity puns, and matching scents, this collection is a delectable way to express affection to friends and loved ones.

Key Information â&#x20AC;˘ Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Greeting Cards

Price

AU$27.99

ISBN

9781452166292

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

171 x 127 mm

Extent

8pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

â&#x20AC;˘

The 'scratch & sniff' element has a strong nostalgic appeal. Paired with entertaining puns and a cute retro design (fruit photos + vintage typeface), these notecards stand out from all the other indie/self-published competition. A new interactive notecard format, following the success of High Five Pop-up Notecards. There are very few legitimate contenders that are selling scratch & sniff notecard sets. And very few feature cute fruit puns paired with a photographic style (most are illustrated).

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Love You More Than Cake Cards 12 Flat Cards & Coordinating Envelopes for Every Occasion Lucy Mail Opening these envelopes is a treat! Featuring quirky and delicious delights painted over every envelope flap, these uniquely adorable cards will make their lucky recipients want to savour their cuteness forever. Playing up the simple joy of snail mail, these irresistibly charming cards illustrated by Lucy Mail (@lucy_mail) make every note a treat to open. Each envelope in the set features colourful goodies, sweets, and comfort foods painted over the flap, but opening it reveals the real cherry on top-a little icon on the corresponding flat card that perfectly pairs with the envelope art. The assortment of designs covers every card sending sentiment from birthday cheers and congratulations to Love You More Than Cake Cards romance and just saying hello.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Greeting Cards

Price

AU$24.99

Author Details

ISBN

9781452164588

Lucy Halcomb (aka Lucy Mail) is a New-York-based artist with a passion for snail mail. Her clever hand-painted envelope designs have been featured on Brown Paper Bag, Frankie magazine, and Oh Happy Day. www.lucymail.us

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Stationery

Format

140 x 133 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

12 full colour illustrations

•

Age Range

•

Terms

Lucy Halcomb aka Lucy Mail is quickly becoming a darling of the stationery world. Her painted envelopes are drawing attention from a wide audience as the rising popularity of her Instagram feed (@lucy_mail) attests (30K followers). She recently ran a series of pen pal exchanges over on Oh Happy Day, launched a self-published line of single greeting cards in Spring 2017, and in Fall 2017 she will have a line of shoes out with the NY-based brand Soludos. Our notecards channel the charming qualities that have brought this rising star into the spotlight. Lucy's clever envelope and flat card designs give snail-mail an extra-charming twist that's sweet and surprising, and makes these cards stand out from the rest. With a cheery colour palette, an assortment of ever-popular comfort foods like tacos, hamburgers, donuts, pie, and ice cream, plus themed designs perfect for birthdays, Valentine's Day, weddings, showers, or just saying hello, these cards will speak to a wide range of recipients and occasions.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

March Journal John Lewis and Andrew Aydin MARCH, the award-winning, wildly popular, and incredibly important story of Rep. John Lewis-now in three ancillary formats, perfect for celebrating civic engagement! This journal celebrates the words and artwork of the New York Time bestselling graphic novel trilogy MARCH. Strikingly illustrated by Nate Powell, the MARCH books offer a personal account of the civil rights movement through the story of Rep. John Lewis, from his childhood as the son of sharecroppers in Alabama, to his pivotal role in the civil rights movement, and his ongoing work as a congressman. This journal invites a new generation to engage in political activism. Part of a three-title stationery program, the journal features beautiful artwork from the books, inspiring words from Lewis himself, and lightly guided sections to help journalers turn their ideals into action.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452167435

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

229 x 178 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

B/w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

John Lewis is the U.S. Representative for Georgia's fifth congressional district and an American icon widely known for his role in the civil rights movement. He participated in the Freedom Rides in 1961, served from 1963 to 1966 as the Chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), delivered a keynote speech at the historic March on Washington in 1963, and in 1965 led the march across the Edmund Pettus Bridge in Selma, Alabama. Since leaving SNCC, he has remained a devoted advocate of the philosophy of nonviolence and continued to work for civil rights with organisations including the Field Foundation, the Southern Regional Council, and ACTION. In 1981, he was elected to the Atlanta City Council, and since 1986 he has served continuously in the U.S. House of Representatives. In 2011, he was awarded the Medal of Freedom by President Barack Obama. His award winning books include Walking with the Wind: A Memoir of the Movement and Across That Bridge: Life Lessons and a Vision for Change. Andrew Aydin currently serves as Digital Director and Policy Advisor to Rep. John Lewis in Washington, D.C. Previously, he served as communications directory and press secretary duringÂ Lewis's 2008 and 2010 re-election campaigns, as district aide to Rep. John Larson, and as special assistant to Connecticut Lt. Governor Kevin Sullivan. Nate Powell is a New York Times bestselling graphic novelist. His work includes the award-winning Swallow Me Whole, as well as Any Empire, You Don't Say, The Silence of Our Friends, The Year of the Beasts, and Rick Riordan's The Lost Hero. He lives in Bloomington, Indiana.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information • •

•

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Notebooks & Journals

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452167435

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

229 x 178 mm

Extent

208pp

Illustrations

B/w illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

Lewis is an icon of the civil rights movement, a beloved congressman, and the recipient of many honors, including the Medal of Freedom. The Washington Post said 'there is perhaps no more important modern book to be stocked in American school libraries than MARCH.' The three MARCH books have topped Amazon's bestseller list, become New York Times bestsellers, and been adopted into the 8th grade curriculum by New York City's Department of Education. MARCH has also won numerous awards, including the Michael L. Printz, Coretta Scott King, Robert F. Sibert, YALSA, Eisner, and National Book Award (the first comic ever to win). Rep. Lewis's work resonates especially now and will continue to do so over the next four years as Americans, especially young people, seek inspiration and guidance for defending their ideals. Our stationery program offers those readers the tools to put those ideals into action.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

March: 30 Postcards to Make Change and Good Trouble John Lewis and Andrew Aydin MARCH, the award-winning, wildly popular, and incredibly important story of Rep. John Lewis-now in three ancillary formats, perfect for celebrating civic engagement! This postcard book celebrates the words and artwork of the New York Times bestselling graphic novel trilogy MARCH. Strikingly illustrated by Nate Powell, the MARCH books offer a personal account of the civil rights movement through the story of Rep. John Lewis, from his childhood as the son of sharecroppers in Alabama, to his pivotal role in the civil rights movement, and his ongoing work as a congressman. This postcard book invites a new generation to engage in political activism. Part of a three-title stationery program, the postcard book features beautiful artwork from the book and a special essay by MARCH coauthor Andrew Aydin on the power of writing a letter. In this moving essay, Aydin explains how John Lewis's life changed course when he wrote a letter to Martin Luther King Jr. and King sent back a greyhound bus ticket and an invitation for Lewis to visit him in Montgomery, helping to shape the history of our country.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Greeting Cards

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452167442

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

152 x 108 mm

Extent

30pp

Illustrations

30 b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Author Details John Lewis is the U.S. Representative for Georgia's fifth congressional district and an American icon widely known for his role in the civil rights movement. He participated in the Freedom Rides in 1961, served from 1963 to 1966 as the Chairman of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC), delivered a keynote speech at the historic March on Washington in 1963, and in 1965 led the march across the Edmund Pettus Bridge in Selma, Alabama. Since leaving SNCC, he has remained a devoted advocate of the philosophy of nonviolence and continued to work for civil rights with organisations including the Field Foundation, the Southern Regional Council, and ACTION. In 1981, he was elected to the Atlanta City Council, and since 1986 he has served continuously in the U.S. House of Representatives. In 2011, he was awarded the Medal of Freedom by President Barack Obama. His award-winning books include Walking with the Wind: A Memoir of the Movement and Across That Bridge: Life Lessons and a Vision for Change. Andrew Aydin currently serves as Digital Director and Policy Advisor to Rep. John Lewis in Washington, D.C. Previously, he served as communications directory and press secretary during Lewis's 2008 and 2010 re-election campaigns, as district aide to Rep. John Larson, and as special assistant to Connecticut Lt. Governor Kevin Sullivan. Nate Powell is a New York Times bestselling graphic novelist. His work includes the award-winning Swallow Me Whole, as well as Any Empire, You Don't Say, The Silence of Our Friends, The Year of the Beasts, and Rick Riordan's The Lost Hero. He lives in Bloomington, Indiana.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION Key Information • •

•

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Greeting Cards

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452167442

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

152 x 108 mm

Extent

30pp

Illustrations

30 b/w illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Lewis is an icon of the civil rights movement, a beloved congressman, and the recipient of many honours, including the Medal of Freedom. The Washington Post said 'there is perhaps no more important modern book to be stocked in American school libraries than MARCH.' The three MARCH books have topped Amazon's bestseller list, become New York Times bestsellers, and been adopted into the 8th grade curriculum by New York City's Department of Education. MARCH has also won numerous awards, including the Michael L. Printz, Coretta Scott King, Robert F. Sibert, YALSA, Eisner, and National Book Award (the first comic ever to win). Rep. Lewis's work resonates especially now and will continue to do so over the next four years as Americans, especially young people, seek inspiration and guidance for defending their ideals. Our stationery program offers those readers the tools to put those ideals into action. With people all over the country making their voices heard by sending postcards to their elected representatives, this postcard book offers the right format at the right time.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

William Wegman Address Book William Wegman A handsome and classic format featuring the bestselling dog imagery of William Wegman. This reissue of our bestselling William Wegman Address Book (Fay's Friends, 1995, 148k sold) features the artist's iconic photographs and line drawings of his Weimaraner dogs. With a deluxe faux-suede cover, this handsome address book is a must-have for Wegman fans both new and old, and dog lovers everywhere.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Address Book

Price

AU$44.99

ISBN

9781452168487

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

152 x 140 mm

Extent

140pp

Illustrations

Full colour photos throughout

Age Range

Terms

William Wegman is an American artist whose work is held in the permanent collections of museums and institutions worldwide. He is the author of numerous books for both adults and children, many of which feature photographs of his Weimaraner dogs. Wegman lives in New York and Maine, where he continues to make videos, drawings, paintings, and photographs.

Key Information â&#x20AC;˘

â&#x20AC;˘

For more than forty years, William Wegman's large-format Polaroid photographs of his Weimaraners have been celebrated in the art world and enjoyed by dog lovers far and wide. In addition to his notable museum presence, his work has appeared in print and on television, and has demonstrated broad commercial appeal. His annual calendars continue to sell year after year. In its original iteration, Fay's Friends: An Address Book sold nearly 148K copies, and reprinted six times. Catching the momentum of our Fall 2017 Wegman book, William Wegman: Being Human, will set the ancillary titles up for long-term backlist success.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Seated Figure, 1996

Wegman_Notes_cards_mechs.indd 4-5

7/13/17 3:48 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Lamp Stand, 1997

Wegman_Notes_cards_mechs.indd 22-23

7/13/17 3:49 PM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Yoga, 1997

Wegman_Notes_cards_mechs.indd 30-31

7/13/17 3:49 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Gippsland Discovery Map 386 7th ed UBD Gregory's This newest edition of the Gippsland Discovery and Wilsons Promontory touring map is an essential tool to use when travelling in the area. With a regional map and towns index covering Buxton in the north, Wilsons Promontory in the south, Heyfield in the east and Craigieburn in the south. There is also street level mapping and town descriptions for the towns of Churchill, Cowes,Â Inverloch, Korumburra, Leongatha, Moe, Morwell, Traralgon, Warragul and Yarram and town maps of Drouin and Trafalgar. Phillip Island is also covered with street maps of Cowes, Newhaven, San Remo, Smiths Beach and Summerlands. There are detailed descriptions of the top attractions and activities throughout the region and a list of Visitor Information Centres.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931668

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

UBD Gregory's

Series

Touring Map

Category

Travel

Format

920 x 690 mm

Extent

Illustrations

Map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Western Australia Street Directory 16th ed UBD Gregory's This new edition of the Western Australia Street Directory has been fully revised and updated. It includes over 135 town and city maps and indexes ranging from Albany to York including Bunbury, Carnarvon, Dampier, Esperance, Fremantle, Kalgoorlie, Lake Grace, Newman, Port Hedland, Tom Price, Wickepin and many more. Also included are 35 Western Australia Road Atlas maps and an index to towns and localities and homesteads to assist when travelling around the state; state and tourist region information, and recreational vehicle friendly towns noted on the contents page. This directory is packed with useful information for both the tourist and local alike and is an essential tool when travelling in Western Australia.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99 | NZ$44.99

ISBN

9780731931583

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

UBD Gregory's

Series

No Series

Category

Travel

Format

283 x 216 mm

Extent

Illustrations

Map

Age Range

Terms

SOR

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

South East Queensland Map 431 7th ed UBD Gregory's The latest edition of the South Eastern Queensland map has been fully revised and updated and includes regional coverage from Murgon, Gympie and Double Island Point in the north, Tenterfield and Evans Head (NSW) in the south, Columboola in the west and east along the coast from Double Island Point to Evans Head. There is also an index to towns included on this coverage. There is also a smaller regional map at a scale of 1: 2 600 000 indicating the location of the towns and covering from Brovinia in the north, Deepwater (NSW) in the south and east along the coast from Rainbow Beach in the north to Bundjalung National Park (NSW) in the south & west to Glenmorgan. Also included are street level maps at a scale at 1 : 20 000 for: the Gympie area including Araluen and Southside; Maroochydore and the surrounding suburbs including Buderim and Alexandra Headland; the Noosa area including the suburbs of Tewantin and Sunrise Beach. There is also a street level map of Surfers Paradise from Main Beach in the north to Broadbeach in the south (at a scale of 1: 15 000), plus a map of Toowoomba town centre at a scale of 1 : 10 000.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931521

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

UBD Gregory's

Series

Touring Map

Category

Travel

Format

690 x 920 mm

Extent

Illustrations

Map

Age Range

Terms

This conveniently sized map is packed with information and is an essential tool when travelling around South Eastern Queensland.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Canberra Suburban Streets Map 259 38th ed UBD Gregory's The latest edition of the Canberra Suburban Streets map has been fully revised and updated and includes street level mapping, suburbs and a street index of Canberra, with coverage north to Casey and south to Banks. Queanbeyan is also covered on this map. There is also detailed coverage of Capital Hill and Canberra City, Australian National University, as well as Belconnen and Woden town centres. This handy map is an essential tool for finding you way around Canberra.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931491

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

UBD Gregory's

Series

City Map

Category

Travel

Format

690 x 1000 mm

Extent

Illustrations

Map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

South Australia State & Cities Map 519 8th ed UBD Gregory's The latest edition of the South Australia State and Cities map is an essential tool when travelling in South Australia.Â It includesÂ a state map and index to towns and localities at a scale of 1 : 1 900 000 and state touring information. In addition to this, there is a map covering 150km around Adelaide including the Yorke & Fleurieu Peninsulas and Kangaroo Island at a scale of 1 : 100 000 and street level mapping for Adelaide City and Coober Pedy, Hahndorf, Kangaroo Island, Murray Bridge, Nuriootpa, Renmark and Victor Harbor.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Waterproof Map

Price

AU$11.99 | NZ$14.99

ISBN

9780731931538

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

UBD Gregory's

Series

State Map

Category

Travel

Format

690 x 920 mm

Extent

Illustrations

Map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Great Ocean Road Map 308 7th ed UBD Gregory's The latest edition of the Great Ocean Road touring map is an essential tool to have when travelling around the Great Ocean Road. With regional map coverage from Ararat in the north, Nelson, Apollo Bay and Ocean Grove in the south, Wallan in the east and Mt Gambier (SA) in the west. There are also 12 street level maps for Anglesea, Apollo Bay, Barwon Heads, Camperdown, Colac, Geelong (which also includes a street index), Lorne, Ocean Grove, Port Fairy, Portland, Torquay and Warrnambool. There is also a list of regional touring attractions and advertisers.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paper Map

Price

AU$9.99 | NZ$12.99

ISBN

9780731931545

Publisher

Hardie Grant Travel

Imprint

UBD Gregory's

Series

Touring Map

Category

Travel

Format

690 x 920 mm

Extent

Illustrations

Map

Age Range

Terms

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

2018 Red Guide Hong Kong Michelin With recommendations to 270+ restaurants and 60+ hotels, the M ichelin Guide Hong Kong & Macau presents great places to eat and stay. Updated annually, the guide appeals to all budgets and tastes. Decision-making is easy with user-friendly themed listings of restaurants with a view and restaurants grouped by area and cuisine. Anonymous, experienced inspectors carefully select restaurants, using the celebrated Michelin food star-rating system. Travellers can rely on Michelin since all establishments in the guide are recommended.

Key Information • • • • •

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$39.99

ISBN

9782067223646

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

191 x 114 mm

Extent

528pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

Thematic indexes to help you make the right choice. Cultural and practical information. Cuisines from around the world, in all price bands. City map locating the guide's hotels and restaurants. Photos and lively description for each entry, including prices.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Green Guide Japan Michelin The updated Green Guide Japan presents the country in all its diversity, from Tokyo's hyper-modern skyscrapers to Kyoto's shrines and temples and Nara's historic structures. Visit some of the country's sixteen UNESCO World Heritage Sites, sample Japan's excellent cuisine, take advantage of its outdoor activities and plentiful hot springs. The background explanations and practical information allow for deeper understanding and easy travel, while Michelin's famed star-rating system, colourful maps and trusted advice ensure an enjoyable visit.

Key Information • • • • • Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$44.99

ISBN

9782067228344

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

221 x 117 mm

Extent

544pp

Illustrations

Full colour photos throughout

Age Range

Terms

• • • • •

Updated edition with full-colour photos and plenty of detail travellers look for. Attractions reviewed and rated, using Michelin's celebrated star-rating system, from the steam-plumed, thermal springs of 1-star Beppu to iconic 3-star Mount Fuji. Walk-throughs of major museums, galleries, churches and attractions so you don't miss a thing; includes illustrations and floor plans for the highlights of major attractions. Michelin's suggested walks through beautiful countryside offer an in-depth, personal experience of the region. Comprehensive illustrated sections on modern Japan, art, history and culture, all written by experts in their fields. Sidebars throughout the guide focus on intriguing topics such as cormorant fishing, Shinto shrines and the international silk trade. Suggested places to eat and stay for a variety of budgets. Detailed visitor information given for attractions, opening hours, entry fees, tour times, phone, website. Michelin area and city maps. Includes recommendations for great places to eat/stay for all budgets. Michelin Green Guides feature comprehensive, detailed and concise travel information for advance trip planning as well as spontaneous decisions during the visit.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

2018 Red Guide Bangkok Michelin The Bangkok Michelin Guide 2018 will launch by December this year, marking its inaugural recognition of the best restaurants and hotels in the Land of Smiles. Both fine-dining restaurants as well as street food stalls are expected to be covered in the Bangkok guide. Its launch also marks the start of a 5-year project between Michelin group and the Tourism Authority of Thailand (TAT). "The launching of the French-based MICHELIN guide will lure more international tourists," says TAT governor Yuthasak Supasorn in an interview with Bangkok Post. Tourism and Sports Minister Kobkarn Wattanavrangkul also highlighted that the guide will add value to the restaurants and eateries that will receive stars. "It's a good time to drive Thailand to become a quality leisure destination over the next five years," says Kobkarn. Thailand will be the seventh Asian territory to be rated by the hallowed dining guide, after Shanghai, Japan, Hong Kong, Macau, Singapore and Seoul. The selection of restaurants in the guide are done by anonymous Michelin inspectors, who are trained to rigorously apply the same inspection process used globally for close to a century. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$49.99

•

ISBN

9782067225886

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

191 x 114 mm

Extent

528pp

Illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Key Information

• • •

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Green Guide Montreal & Quebec City Michelin First edition Green Guide Montreal & Quebec City presents two French-Canadian cities steeped in New World history, French language and culture. Cosmopolitan port-city Montreal intrigues with its blended international character, while quaint provincial capital Quebec City appeals with the historic charm of its winding old streets. Museums, historic sites, parks, family-friendly activities, and walking tours abound. Michelin's celebrated star-rating system and trusted advice ensure you see the best of these two beautiful Quebec cities, with multiple excursions to the surrounding region.

Key Information • • •

Publication

01 May 2018

•

Binding

Paperback

•

Price

AU$44.99

ISBN

9782067229518

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

221 x 117 mm

Extent

492pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

• • •

Attractions reviewed and rated, using Michelin's celebrated star-rating system, from Montreal's 1-star harbor cruises to the 3-star historic Lower Town of Quebec City. Walk-throughs of major museums, galleries, churches and attractions so you don't miss a thing. Enjoy Montreal’s street cafés and casinos; step out for the best walks in coastal Gaspésie. Michelin's multiple walking and driving tours offer an in-depth, personal experience of the two cities and the near-by Quebec countryside. Comprehensive illustrated sections on the 2 cities and their surrounding area: nature, art, architecture and history, written by experts in their fields. Sidebars throughout the guide focus on intriguing topics such as Montreal's metro, Native American Pow Wows and the St. Lawrence Seaway. Detailed visitor information given for attractions, opening hours, entry fees, tour times, phone, website. Michelin area and city maps. Includes recommendations for great places to eat/stay for all budgets. Michelin Green Guides feature comprehensive, concise travel information for advance trip planning as well as spontaneous decisions during the visit.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Michelin Maps 2018 Updated annually, Michelin National Maps give you an overall picture of your journey thanks to their clear and accurate mapping scale. Our map will help you easily plan your safe and enjoyable journey thanks to a comprehensive key, a complete name index as well a clever time & distance chart. Michelin's driving information will help you navigate safely in all circumstances. In addition, the map is cross-referenced with the relevant Guide, highlighting destinations worth stopping for! With Michelin National Maps , find more than just your way!

Key Information • • • • • • •

Up-to-date mapping. A scale adapted to the size of the country. A clear and comprehensive key. Distance and time chart. Place name index. Driving and road safety information. Tourist sights information.

ISBN

9782067228696

9782067226548

9782067227705

9782067228610

ISBN 9782067226692

ISBN

9782067227651

9782067226586

ISBN 9782067226647

ISBN 9782067228764

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Michelin Atlases 2018 Michelin motoring atlases are the perfect companion for an enjoyable and safe drive in Europe. Convenient and easy to use thanks to the spiral bound cover, Michelin motoring atlases will provide you with precise and reliable information with annually updated mapping and local driving regulations. The route planner as well as the time and distance charts will help you plan and optimise your journey. Tourist sights, leisure facilities and scenic routes will add pleasure to your journey.

Key Information • • • • • • • • •

Detailed mapping with a scale 1/500,000 – 1/3,000,000. Mileage chart and journey times to help you plan your journey. Key to Map Pages to quickly access your region of interest. Motoring regulations to travel in Europe. 78 town plans for easy navigation in urban areas. An extensive place name index to easily identify the destination of your choice. Comprehensive and detailed key to symbols used. Tourist information with place of interest and leisure facilities. Scenic routes, cross-referenced with the famous Michelin Green Guides, with towns underlined in green.

ISBN

9782067227750

9782067227781

9782067227767

9782067227828

9782067225855

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Green Guide Scotland Michelin From the highlands of Cairngorms to the lowlands of Strathmore, the newly revised Michelin Green Guide Scotland fully explores the spirit of the country. Sip a wee dram at Dufftown, capital of the malt whisky industry, visit the outstanding Burrell Collection, Glasgow or head north and discover the rugged beauty of lochs Maree, Torridon and Broom. Pressed for time, turn to the highly respected star-rating system to plan your trip. Whether you want to stay in a croft in the Outer Hebrides or play a round of golf at St. Andrews with dedicated driving tours, well-researched places to stay and eat, colourful maps and suggested shopping trips the guide is crammed-full of information to discover the quintessence of Scotland.

Key Information • • • • • Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$44.99

ISBN

9782067229624

Publisher

Michelin

Imprint

Michelin

Series

Category

Travel

Format

221 x 117 mm

Extent

400pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

• •

Star-rated activities and detailed visitor information. Unique driving & walking tours. Colourful, easy-to-read maps throughout. Lively introductions to the area, its people & culture. Restaurant & hotel tips. Family friendly advice. Walk-through of major museums, galleries, churches and attractions.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Myth Busting Your Body Sarah Schenker In this book, Dr Sarah Schenker reveals the truth behind the biggest health and body myths of our times, with a scientific explanation as to why they are nonsense. Using the latest research, she reveals why most vitamins are useless, juicing is nothing more than a fad and clean eating can be dangerous. She also debunks scaremongering health headlines, such as "dairy is bad for you", "eating fat makes you fat" and "everyone should avoid gluten." Presented with full-colour illustrations and photographs, this book will challenge everything you thought you knew about a healthy lifestyle. If you're looking for guidance on positive change, each chapter presents helpful suggestions grounded in research. Moreover, it offers a fascinating, holistic insight into human biology and the complexities of the body.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$34.99 | NZ$39.99

ISBN

9780233005287

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Health/Related

Format

220 x 180 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

150 colour and b&w images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Dr Sarah Schenker is a qualified dietician, accredited sports dietician and public health nutritionist. She is a member of the British Dietetic Association, The Nutrition Society and The Guild of Health Writers. A regular commentator on BBC News and Sky News on nutritional matters, she is also the club nutritionist for Norwich City Football Club where she works with Delia Smith. She is particularly proud of her work with Jamie Oliver and his Feed Me Better campaign to improve school food. In 2016, she appeared on the BBC Three documentary Clean Eating's Dirty Secrets.

Key Information • • •

Written by a scientist who is adept at translating the complicated concepts of dietetics, human biology and medicine into engaging insights for the general reader. A refreshing antidote to the "clean eating" trend. Myth-busting is an increasingly popular hashtag on Twitter and Instagram, while on the pop science site IFLScience, recent myth-busting stories have been shared up to 200K times.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Little Book of Fika The Uplifting Daily Ritual of the Swedish Coffee Break Lynda Balslev A little book on the Swedish tradition of fika— the twice-daily coffee break—including facts, quotes, tips, and 20 sweet and savoury recipes. While the Danish concept of hygge as caught on around the globe, so has lagom — its Swedish counterpart. An essential part of the lagom lifestyle, fika is the simple art of taking a break — sometimes twice a day — to enjoy a warm beverage and sweet treat with friends. This delightful gift book offers an introduction to the tradition along with recipes to help you establish your own fika practice.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

ISBN

9781449492557

Publisher

AMP

Imprint

Andrews McMeel Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

127 x 95 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Lynda Balslev is an award winning writer, cookbook author, and recipe developer. A New England native, Lynda attended Le Cordon Bleu Ecole de Cuisine in Paris and remained in Europe for 15 years, working as a food editor, culinary instructor, and personal chef in Switzerland and Denmark. Lynda currently lives in Northern California where she continues to cook, teach and write about food and travel.

Key Information • •

Scandinavian lifestyle, cuisine, decor, and strategies for happiness are extremely popular, especially in the US and UK. Hygge and lagom—two virally popular lifestyle trends—are closely linked to fika. Publications like Vogue, Huffington Post, and Elle are covering these topics, as well as they are gaining popularity with companies and retailers such as IKEA, Crate and Barrel, Peach & Lily, and other fashion brands.

Swedes are among the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s happiest people â&#x20AC;&#x201D;and for good reason. Yes, their kingdom is admirably egalitarian, progressive, and peaceful, graced with the likes of Alfred Nobel, Astrid Lindgren, and ABBA. Sure, their education is top-notch, their design is exquisite, and they are conscientious stewards of their pristine and vast environment. And certainly, their enviable worklife balance, generous maternity and paternity leaves, and family-friendly society are models for all civilized nations. Clearly the Swedes have much to be happy about, but thereâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s another likely reason for their soaring rates of national contentment: their twice-daily ritual of fika.

ka Interior _Final.indd 1

9/5/17 1:40 PM

ka Interior _Final.indd 11

Lagom (pronounced ['la:gcm]) is a Swedish word meaning “just the right amount.” The archetypical Swedish proverb “Lagom är bäst” (the right amount is best), is also translated as “enough is as good as a feast.” —Wikipedia

9/5/17 1:40 PM

ka Interior _Final.indd 17

Adventure in life is good; consistency in coffee even better. â&#x20AC;&#x201D;Justina Chen, North of Beautiful

9/5/17 1:40 PM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Make Change! Chronicle Books A grad gift with a social conscience: empowering, inspiring, and heartfelt. Following on the success of our S17 title Go Forth!, this new book of visual inspiration will encourage readers to actively take part in the world around them and change it for the better. With an emphasis on social engagement and positivity, this new volume in the Everything is Going to Be OK series will celebrate diversity, love, and the power of every individual to leave their mark on the world. Collecting colourful pieces from contemporary illustrators and artists, Make Change! is the perfect reminder of how much we can accomplish when we work together.

Key Information Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452167480

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Gift

Series

Category

Stationery

Format

178 x 127 mm

Extent

160pp

Illustrations

50 full colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

•

Empowering, inclusive artwork resonates with people in this climate of political turmoil-for instance, nearly 23K people contributed a total of $1.3M to Amplifier Foundation's We the People: public art for the inauguration and beyond Kickstarter campaign, which featured art by Shepard Fairey, Jessica Sabogal, and Ernesto Yerena-this book puts socially aware messages into the hands of the people clamouring for them. While positivity publishing abounds, there are no illustrated gift books celebrating civic empowerment and social change. Protest poster publishing (including our own), Trump survival guides, and feminist reading and gift books are uptrending right now, but no one else has published a book of beautiful, contemporary art for aspiring activists. The EIGTBOk series has sold over 200k copies, and the feedback for Go Forth! is excellent. Chronicle excels at combining visual inspiration with beautiful packaging to create something inspirational that's never cheesy-and this book will take the series to a whole new level. A portion of the proceeds will be donated to the ACLU.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

365 Mindful Meditations and Mantras for Busy Mothers Sarah Rudell Beach Bring peace and calm to your busy-mama days with these 365 meditations and mantras – one for every day of the year. Mindfulness is a powerful practice that can help you navigate the ups and downs of motherhood, and help you be the mother – and the YOU – that you want to be. Mindfulness is our ability to attend to the present moment, with curiosity and without judgement. It is a powerful tool that transforms how you relate to your own life and how you engage with the world. There is a growing body of research out there that tells us that when mothers practise mindfulness they experience less stress and anxiety, build stronger relationships with their children and feel less overwhelmed by the demands of motherhood. Their children experience less stress and anxiety, too. In this beautifully illustrated book, mindfulness expert Sarah Rudell Beach introduces the basics of mindfulness and then offers a collection of meditations and mantras. From dealing with tantrums and your patience being tested to making time for yourself and practising self-compassion, you’ll discover how a mindful approach can lead to greater calm, balance and ease in your daily life.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$21.99

ISBN

9781782496120

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Self Help

Format

210 x 170 mm

Key Information

Extent

176pp

•

Illustrations

100 colour artworks

•

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Sarah Rudell Beach became a mother in 2006, embarking on a powerful journey in both motherhood and mindfulness. She has had a personal mindfulness practice for many years now, holds a master’s degree in education, and is a Mindful Schools Certified Instructor. As the executive director of Brilliant Mindfulness, she teaches mindfulness courses to children, teens and adults. She also has 17 years of experience as a high school teacher. Sarah writes about mindfulness and healthy living for the Huffington Post, and on her blog, Left Brain Buddha. She lives in Minnesota, USA, with her husband and two children.

•

A meditation for every day of the year. Studies appear to show that mindful parenting is linked to more positive behaviour in children – meaning less anxiety, depression and acting out. Mindfulness continues to be a best-selling topic in books: The Little Pocket Book of Mindfulness (ISBN 978-1-782492-03-0) has sold 77,500 copies internationally.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Mindfulness and Sleep How to improve your sleep quality through practicing mindfulness Anna Black If you’re having trouble sleeping, mindfulness can help. Do you have trouble sleeping? Do you worry about the fact that you are awake when you want to be asleep, and how tired you will feel during the day? You are not alone. One in three of us experiences problems sleeping – often triggered by stress, illness and getting older. Practising mindfulness meditation regularly can help change our relationship to sleep. As well as helping to reduce our overall stress, we learn to become less reactive and more accepting of being awake, which in turn reduces our anxiety around not sleeping. This may mean we drift off to sleep, but even if we are still awake, the mind is quieter. In Mindfulness and Sleep Anna Black introduces mindfulness and explains how it can help change your relationship to sleep as well as reduce stress. There are 25 practices and activities that introduce mindfulness and how to practise it. These include meditations for night- and daytime, as well as everyday activities that shine a light on our habitual patterns and behaviours and help create better habits to support the body’s self-regulating sleep system. There is also a sleep diary, which allows you to make notes about what you discover when you pay attention to what helps and hinders you in sleeping.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495604

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

70 colour artworks

Age Range

•

SOR

•

Terms

Author Details Anna Black is a highly qualified mindfulness practitioner, who teaches mindfulness workshops. Anna has a Masters in Mindfulness-based Approaches to Health and has completed the Advanced Teacher Development Intensive run by teachers from the North Wales Centre for Mindfulness and from the Center for Mindfulness at the University of Massachusetts Hospital, USA. She is the author of Living in the Moment, The Little Pocket Book of Mindfulness, Mindfulness @ Work, A Year of Living Mindfully and Mindfulness on the Go, all published by CICO Books. Anna has an established personal practice in mindfulness and meditation – visit www.mindfulness-meditation-now.com. Anna is based in London.

Key Information

•

Anna Black is the author of Living in the Moment (ISBN 978-1-908170-44-6), which has sold over 15,000 copies. In the UK it is believed that 1 in 3 people experience problems sleeping and the elderly are particularly affected. Scientists have proven that mindfulness meditation helps lower stress hormones and decreases inflammation in the body, and the NHS recommends mindfulness as a way to reduce stress and anxiety.

CONTENTS Introduction 6

CIRCADIAN RHYTHM The body has a natural built-in system called the Circadian Rhythm, which is responsible for regulating sleepiness/wakefulness over a 24-hour period. The Circadian Rhythm usually emerges two to six months after birth and is controlled by the area of the brain that responds to light and receives input direct from the retina in the eye. It causes wakefulness to fluctuate through the day and then to encourage sleepiness as darkness falls.

MELATONIN Melatonin is a hormone that helps regulate our sleep/wake The production of melatonin is influenced by the circadian rhythm and the amount of light exposure we receive. Melatonin is released in the

If we go to bed and rise regularly we will help create and maintain a balanced circadian

dark and suppressed by light.

rhythm, but it is easily disrupted by changes in sleeping/waking patterns perhaps caused by

Therefore levels are at their lowest

shift work (see page 52), late nights at weekends or maybe travelling across time-zones

first thing in the morning and then

(see page 53) or even illness. We can help strengthen our circadian rhythm by following

rise towards the evening

MINDFULNESS 8

good sleeping habits (see page 57).

as darkness falls. They

to be “night owls,” staying up and rising later, and as we get older we are more likely to go

the night, helping us

What is mindfulness? 10

to bed and rise earlier.

sleep, but then fall in the

Why might mindfulness help with sleep? 16

• It plays a role in how much melatonin the

Chapter 1

Developing awareness 20 Accepting what is 24 Helping oneself and taking responsibility 28 How can we cultivate mindfulness? 30

Our circadian rhythm can change over time. When we are younger we are more likely

The long dark nights and

waking habits:

temperature so it increases during the day and drops at night as we fall asleep. We fall asleep as our core temperature drops and it then plays a role in helping us stay asleep (hence the importance of maintaining a cool room temperature). Our temperature usually begins to rise again around 4am as we move from sleep

To avoid an elevated body temperature at bedtime, it is recommended to exercise at least 4-6 hours before. Likewise, the best time for taking a hot bath is about 60-90 minutes before bedtime. It is not the raised body temperature from the bath that makes us sleepy but the subsequent drop as we cool down.

RecogniZing behaviors 86

Meditation practices 120 Chapter 4

SLEEP DIARY 128

How to keep a sleep diary 130 Sleep diary fill-in pages 134

Chapter 3

Resources 140

PRACTICES 58

Category

Craft/DIY

Format

210 x 170 mm

Extent

144pp

Key Information

Illustrations

80 colour photographs

•

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Caroline Artiss is a chef and co-owner of The Gorgeous Kitchen restaurant in Heathrow Airport, and the daughter of an accomplished beautician and aromatherapist who ran her own clinic. Caroline presents a popular YouTube cooking show and is a top Food Vlogger. In addition she regularly collaborates with other celebrity chefs including Jamie Oliver and Sophie Mitchell and presents several cooking shows on food and travel mobile video network Tastemade. Born in London, she now lives in Santa Monica with her daughter. She likes to combine her interest in both food and beauty and is also the author of Beauty Foods, published by Ryland Peters & Small.

• •

The current cult trend and surrounding hype about Korean beauty products has driven a rise in interest in face masks in particular, and to a young, image-conscious market. Non-toxic, natural products provide an alternative to mass-market beauty products, which often contain potentially allergenic or harmful ingredients, such as preservatives and artificial colour. From nourishing avocado and glow-enhancing strawberries, to stimulating coffee and mineral-rich spirulina – learn how to use nature’s most potent superfoods to create effective and affordable beauty treatments at home.

Natural

Beauty Masks

Caroline Artiss presents homemade masks, scrubs and lotions that will leave you radiant and nourished from top to bottom. The first chapter, Face Masks, includes an Avocado and Banana Face Mask. Avocados are packed with vitamins A, C and E all of which are essential for healthy, glowing skin and bananas are a rich source of potassium and keep skin moisturized and plump. Next, Body Scrubs features a Mocha Body Bliss, an invigorating scrub made from coffee grounds, cocoa powder, sugar and coconut oil which not only gently exfoliates but also softens the skin and restores moisture. From the Hair Masks chapter, try Caroline’s Rosemary and Coconut Hot Oil Stimulant Treatment on thin, lifeless hair. Further chapters include Hands and Nails, Feet Treatments, Eye Treatments and Lip Remedies.

Caroline Artiss is a chef and co-owner of The Gorgeous Kitchen in Heathrow Terminal 2. She presents a popular YouTube cooking show and is a top Food Vlogger. Born in London, she now lives in Santa Monica with her daughter. She is the author of Beauty Foods, also published by Ryland Peters & Small.

Contents Face Masks 10 Body Scrubs 44

Specifications

Lavender and Oat Relaxing Foot Bath

binding: hardback format: 210 x 170 mm (6¾ x 8¼ inches) extent: 144 pages illustrations: c. 80 col photographs and artworks text: c. 10,000 words price: UK £9.99 / US $14.95 / Priced higher in Canada publication date: April 2018 ISBN: 978-1-84975-942-7 Text, design and photographs copyright © Ryland Peters & Small 2017

for tired and dry feet This foot bath is ideal just before bedtime as lavender is a natural relaxing agent and can help get you ready for a deep and restful nights sleep, which is essential for all natural beauty regimes. Oats are a perfect soothing ingredient for dry chapped skin and can help soften and exfoliate.

1 cup ground old fashioned natural oats 8–10 drops lavender oil 1 basin hot /warm water I typically grind up a large batch of old fashioned oats in a blender until very finely ground and keep them in a jar for all my natural beauty needs. They act as a great base for many face masks and body scrubs.

For further information, contact: UK office Ryland Peters & Small 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2200 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2201 info@rps.co.uk www.rylandpeters.com

For this recipe simply add the oats and lavender oil to the water and stir around for a couple of minutes until the water has turned a milky consistency. Add feet and sit back and relax for 20 minutes. You can top the water up with more hot water if it begins to get cold. I like to give my heels a gentle scrub with a pumice stone at the end to help keep them smooth, then add a little of my favorite moisturizer or rub a little olive oil into them for extra softness.

Feet Treatments 135

Rosemary AND Coconut Hot Oil Stimulant Treatment all hair types Rosemary oil is packed full of antioxidants, antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties plus it’s known to be a stimulant. The antibacterial and anti inflammatory properties help keep the scalp healthy and can aid with flaky scalps, any pimples on the scalp or other hair folicle infections which can cause hair loss. Most importantly the stimulant affects of rosemary oil help increase blood circulation to the hair folicles, which enables the hair to get the nutrients it needs to grow thicker and stronger. This treatment is even better when you take some time out and give yourself, or better yet get someone else to give you a head massage while applying it.

2 tablespoons coconut oil 4–5 drops rosemary oil Warm the coconut oil in a small pan just so it is in liquid form, do not let it boil. Add the drops of rosemary oil and stir together. When it is warm enough to touch gently

massage the oil into the roots of the hair and the scalp and then smooth it over the rest of your hair. Wrap a towel around your head and relax for 15 minutes, then wash

DUMMY RECIPES & UNCORRECTED PROOFS

out using your favorite shampoo. You can use this once a week.

Hands and Nails 62 Eye Treatments 76 Lip Remedies 90 Hair Masks 110 Feet Treatments 130

Hair Masks 113

Index 144

IW RPS1975_Nat_Beauty_Masks_DSJ.indd 2

13/07/2017 15:27

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Mindful Beads Malas: their meanings, mantras, and prayers to bring inner peace Alice Peck Explore the meanings and symbolism of beads from around the world. Includes 20 projects to make your own beads. Strings of beads are universal to all peoples and beliefs. They’re given many names – mala, rosary, masbaha, komboloi, prayer beads – but no matter the culture or context, they’re a tangible symbol of connection to our memories, our hopes, our loves and our best selves. Beads can tell a story, and can inspire us, celebrate someone or something we love, or help us work through a difficulty. Beads can be made from wood, clay, crystals, bone, shell, glass, metal, plastic, paper and much more – even coins, buttons, seeds and pasta. And the meanings are as varied as the materials. It’s not so much what beads you string but why and how you string them. There’s symbolism in the type, number, materials and source of the beads and the words that go with them – mantras, prayers, promises, affirmations and meditations.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495611

Publisher

CICO

Author Details

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

Craft/DIY

Alice Peck is an author and editor living with her family in Brooklyn, New York. Alice likes to think and write about finding the sacred in the ordinary, and is the author of Be More Tree and The Secret Language of Herbs, both published by CICO Books, as well as numerous book reviews and articles. Find out more at www.alicepeck.com.

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

128pp

Illustrations

40 colour photographs and 25 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

In Mindful Beads, explore all of this and go further, learning where to find beads and how to make them, instil them with significance, and incorporate that meaning, protection and promise into your life.

Key Information • • • •

Beautifully presented guide to meaningful beads from a variety of cultures. Mala beads are hugely popular in yoga circles. Meditation and mindfulness continue to be huge trends as people look for ways to find deeper meaning in life. Includes 20 step-by-step projects to string your own bracelets and necklaces.

CB1164 Mindful Beads DSJ v1

CONTENTS

for further information

healing

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518

CRYSTALS

Introduction 6 The Long and the Short of It: Stringing Beads 10

Crystals are the stuff of gems—pure stones comprised of atoms arranged in a regular geometric pattern. Their internal structure—the regularly repeating arrangement of atoms—is mirrored by their external structure. It’s the same with people: who we are on the inside is reflected on the outside. Beyond being fascinating and beautiful, crystals are considered energetically powerful in

Blessed Beads: Wicca 14 Chakras Lights: Yoga 18 Earth Rosary: Nature 22 Four Elements: Celtic 32 Healing: Crystals 42 Heavenly Bodies: Astronomy & Astrology 46 Impermanence: Zen 50 Day of the Dead: Mexico 60 Love Letters: Zulu 64 Luck: Covering Your Bases 68 Masbaha: Islam 72 Memory Strands: Times and Places 76 Moon and Stars: Tibet 80 Numbering Days: China 84 Power Beads: Masai 88 Shiva’s Eyes: Hinduism 92 Spirit Seeds: Native American 96 Veneration: Catholicism 106 Vision Beads: Shamanism 116 Worry Beads: Greece 120 References 124 Resources 125 Index 126 Acknowledgments 128

Tibet, Australia, and the Americas, and many people attribute healing abilities to them. How they work is the subject of some debate, but perhaps neuroscience can provide

For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com

some answers. Since the neurons in our brains that fire together wire together, it’s possible that thinking about healing when we look at or work with our crystal beads will create a state of being conducive for that healing. Intention and belief are a key element of the process, as is, perhaps, the placebo effect—the scientific truth that beneficial

specifications

effects are attributable to the brain/mind responses to the context in which healing is delivered rather than to the specific actions of a substance. If association with a particular crystal can foster a mindset that is conducive to healing, our next step is to choose what you’d like to heal. It could be a physical or

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 7½ x 9¼ in./235 x 190 mm Extent: 128 pages Illustrations: 40 color photographs and 25 color artworks Price: US $19.95 / Priced higher in Canada / UK £12.99 Publication date: March 2018 Text: 25,000 words

“One of the lovely things about stringing beads is that they inherently create an environment for mindfulness. Think about it—it is easier to string beads when calm and still; if your thoughts scatter the beads probably will as well. “

UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk

mental challenge, an obstacle, anxiety, or habit.

heavenly bodies

astrological associations

ASTRONOMY & ASTROLOGY

Aries: Ruby

This cosmic mala is one of my favorites because it’s suitable for a scientist, poet, or astrologer. Everyone is inspired by looking up at the sky, stars, and planets. Whether it’s contemplation of astronomical mysteries like black holes, a recitation of the Hindu Peace Mantra to the Nine Planets, relying on Earth’s position in relation to the sun to determine the precise times of day and night for prayer, or an educational crafts project to do with a child, this bracelet has a connection to most everyone

Taurus: Sapphire

Gemini: Aquamarine

Cancer: Moonstone, pearls

I chose a large amber bead to represent the

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Alice Peck is an author and editor living with her family in Brooklyn, New York. Alice likes to think and write about finding the sacred in the ordinary, and is the author of Be More Tree, published by CICO Books, as well as numerous book reviews and articles. Find out more at www.alicepeck.com.

creation The idea is simple: heavenly bodies are represented by the beads. You

NEPTUNE

• The terrestrial planets: Mercury, Venus, Earth,

the Sun to the “mystery” planet

Virgo: Jade

and Mars • The gas giants: Jupiter and Saturn • The ice planets: Uranus and Neptune

URANUS

Leo: Topaz

represent:

JUPITER

can be as precise or mine, I decided to work out from

sun and went from there, choosing beads to

SATURN

PLUTO

impressionistic as you like. For

For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

Libra: Opal

• Pluto (although some no longer include this

MYSTERY PLANET

in our solar system)

Scorpio: Bloodstone

• And a bead to represent the mysteries

which astronomers say lurks beyond Pluto.

MARS

Scientists take note—these

THE MOON

beads are not to scale! I’ve approximated based on beads I

Sagittarius: Turquoise

small silvery gray glass beads. I used a bit of gold wire for Saturn’s rings and a little glimmer. I’m

VENUS

found pleasing, the bracelet’s

beyond… I also put in some of the major moons with

Capricorn: Diamond, Onyx

pleased with how it turned out and it’s led to more than one conversation. The more

weight, and what I had at hand.

astrologically inclined could acknowledge the

Aquarius: Azurite, Malachite

planet that corresponds to their birth sign, EARTH

perhaps by choosing the associated stone.

Pisces: Emerald, Amethyst

THE SUN MERCURY 4 HEAVENLY BODIES

IW CB1164 Mindful Beads DSJ 03.indd 2

ASTRONOMY & ASTROLOGY 5

www.rylandpeters.com

18/07/2017 13:23

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Mandalas and Meditations for Everyday Living 52 pathways to mindfulness Cassandra Lorius Embark upon your own path to power and inner-peace with these 52 beautiful and inspirational mandalas. Mandalas are symbols of the cosmos and, as expert Cassandra Lorius explains, they are also a map towards a spiritual heart. The circle itself represents the entire universe but the centre of the mandala is often where the focus of the image lies. In Mandalas and Meditations, Cassandra will help you find a mandala to suit your day and will help you to meditate upon the topic or meaning at the centre of your mandala. She will guide you in finding inner peace and power.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback with Flaps

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781782495758

Publisher

CICO

Imprint

Cico Books

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

235 x 190 mm

Extent

144pp

Illustrations

100 colour artworks

Age Range

Terms

Beginning with an introduction that will take you through the origins of the mandala, Mandalas and Meditations will show you how to meditate with mandalas; what methods of contemplation to use; and how to make your own personalised mandala. This handy, pocket-sized, compendium also contains 52 gorgeously illustrated mandalas that will suit every thought, emotion and ambition that may require reflection.

Author Details Cassandra Lorius is the best-selling author of Tantric Sex, and three other titles on the subject. She has been involved in healing for over 25 years, and works as a couples therapist (emotionalhealing.co.uk). Cassandra has studied Egyptian dance, trained in Tantra, and has spent many years involved in meditation, including time in Cairo with a Sufi meditation group. Her interests include dancing, painting and meditation. She lives in London, with her family.

Key Information • • •

Contains 52 beautiful mandalas, one for every week of the year. Mandalas and Meditations is an accessible introduction to the vibrant world of mandalas, visualisation and meditation. Contains handy tips and advice about how to make the most out of your meditative experience.

IW Mandalas 050-141 col us 6/12/07 5/12/07 00:14 22:30 Page Page52 52

Contents Introduction

Meditating with Mandalas 16 18 Methods of Contemplation Awareness Divine Love Compassion Forgiveness The Wheel of Life Wisdom Bliss Love Release Looking Laughter Depression Personal Power Emotional Demons Dance Connecting with the Cosmos Healing Water Gratitude Deity Practice Being of Service Passion Chakra Masculinity Femininity Sexuality Conception Relationship Guilt Success Abundance Self-Esteem Childhood Suffering The Tree of Life Earth www.rylandpeters.com

IW CB1180_MANDALAS_&_MEDITATION_BLAD_DSJ.indd 2

26 30 34 38 42 46 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108

Pain Flow Boredom Creativity Planting the Seed Invocation Grace Integration Impermanence Grief Karma Peace Death Anger Guides Ritual

110 112 114 116 118 120 122 124 126 128 130 132 134 136 138 140

Making Mandalas Index Further Reading

142 143 144

IW Mandalas 050-141 col us 6/12/07 5/12/07 00:14 22:41 Page Page106 106

us 6/12/07 IW Mandalas 050-141 col 5/12/07 00:14 22:30 Page Page53 53

(Text Black plate)

Specifications

LOVE

Binding: Paperback with flaps Format: 71⁄2 x 91⁄4 in./235 x 190 mm Extent: 144 pages Illustrations: 100 color photographs Price: US $19.95 / Priced higher in Canada / UK £12.99 Publication date: April 2018 Text: 10,000 words

Love brings out the best in everyone and creates more positive energy in the world. Cultivate a loving heart, a loving partnership, and a loving home for your family to thrive in. By giving more love, you are more able to receive it.

HE ENERGY OF LOVE is unconditional; an attitude of total acceptance. Love involves a willingness to keep your heart open regardless of whether others behave lovingly toward you. It involves letting go of your expectations of others and allowing them to be themselves. By using meditation to align with love, you are more aware of the love around you; you see the world as a loving place. In the central lotus of this mandala sits a couple in embrace. Start with loving your partner more consciously, and let love radiate from there.

Meditation M EDITATION on ON Love LOVE Sitininaalovely, lovely,calm calmplace placethat thatinspires inspires aa 4 4Allow your heart to to fillfill with acceptance 11Sit Allow your heart with acceptance softeningof of your your emotional emotional state. softening state. Relax Relax your body and breathe deeply and slowly your body and breathe deeply and slowly into your belly. into your belly. 2 Focus your attention in the center of 2your Focus your(between attention in the center chest your breasts), theof your heartchest area.(between your breasts), the heart area. 3 Let go of all thoughts that come in, 3andbecome Let go of all thoughts come in, and aware of thethat sensations in this area, whether sadness, abundance, become aware of joy, the sensations in this or loneliness, without censoring them. area, whether of joy, sadness, abundance, or loneliness, without censoring them.

(Text Black plate)

and wellbeing. UseUse thisthis nourishing energy and wellbeing. nourishing energy to soften and melt the sensations in the to soften and melt the sensations in the heart area, whether light or heavy, angry orheart joyful.area, whether light or heavy, angry 5 or Asjoyful. your focus deepens, you may become 5 As ofyour focus deepens, youup, may aware your heart warming or become a aware ofthat your warming up, or sensation it heart is filling with light or a color. Invitethat this itglow to grow sensation is filling withwithin light or yourheart, and this let love every your color. Invite glowpermeate to grow within aspect yourletbeing and your life. heart,ofand love permeate every aspect of your being and your life.

Uncorrected proofs For further information, contact:

M E D I TAT I N G W I T H M A N DA L A S

M A N D A L A S A N D M E D I T A T I O N S F O R E V E R Y D AY L I V I N G

us 6/12/07 IW Mandalas 050-141 col 5/12/07 00:14 22:41 Page Page107 107

THE TREE OF LIFE

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Trees shade us and nourish us. They are the lungs of the earth. With their immense fertility and longevity, they are universal sources of inspiration, and the Tree of Life has been a potent symbol in every ancient culture.

CASSANDRA LORIUS is the bestselling author of Tantric Sex, and three other titles on the subject. She has been involved in healing for over 25 years, and works as a couples therapist (emotionalhealing.co.uk). Cassandra has studied Egyptian dance, trained in Tantra, and has spent many years involved in meditation, including time in Cairo with a Sufi meditation group. Her interests include dancing, painting, and meditation. She lives in London, UK, with her family.

M EDITATION ON THE TREE OF LIFE Meditation on the Tree of Life 11Visualize sitting in the shade of 3 3 This has weathered severe Take off yourself your shoes and find a tranquil Rest in tree the energy of this place. Letstorms, it

an ancient, tree. heavy boughs spot in yourmajestic garden or on Its a balcony. and leafythat, branches imperfect Failing gaze atdescribe a plant an or flower, or call up Its an trunk image isofsolid, nature, such asand a wild sphere. gnarled, piece of coast or a sacred grove.and wrinkled, supporting younger 2 Be aware of the tipped textures,with smells, and younger branches, vivid new sounds,Water allowing these sensory shoots. andall nutrients are being impressions to penetrate your body. You pumped throughout the abundant growth. can feel the hardness of the earth 2underfoot, The tree supports a myriad wildlife. hear the birds, smellofthe CATEGORY Birds there,onand scentsnest wafting thesmall breeze,animals and feeland it insects againsthave yourmade skin. their homes in nooks and crannies.

M A N D A L A S A N D M E D I T A T I O N S F O R E V E R Y D AY L I V I N G

(Text Black plate)

HE TREE OF LIFE often symbolizes the uniting of heaven and earth; birth, maturity, death, and rebirth; or man’s place in the universe. Man can be seen as one of the fruits of the tree, and in some esoteric traditions the tree provides a “map of creation.” It can also be seen as a symbol of the collective because it represents community—an example of companionship and exchange.

106

(Text Black plate)

unstable andrays theofdepredations of sustain you.weather Absorb the the sun. pollution from children Like a plant,and suckmankind, up any moisture—you areclimbing part of the of life. it toweb adults seeking firewood. Yet 4 it Now imagine standing on a globe. is still standing and offering support and Through the soles your feet,near. sense the protection to allofwho come energy of the molten lava at the earth’s 4 In the shadow of this tree, a group of core, turbulent, boiling, beneath the students are discussing life. Sit in the apparent solidity of the earth’s crust shade this awesome tree listen which is of supporting you. It’s anand aspect of to theown murmur voices signs of life. your being.ofSense theand vital power Experience how protected and supported that you have deep within yourself.

US CICO Books 341 E 116th St New York NY 10029 Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 Fax: (+1) 646 861 3518 For US publicity, contact: Neha Kesarwani Tel: (+1) 646 791 5410 neha.kesarwani@rylandpeters.com UK CICO Books 20–21 Jockey’s Fields London WC1R 4BW Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2280 Fax: +44 (0)20 7025 2281 sales@cicobooks.co.uk For UK publicity, contact: Jane Pickett Tel: +44 (0)20 7025 2240 jane.pickett@cicobooks.co.uk

you are by this glorious tree.

M E D I TAT I N G W I T H M A N DA L A S

107

www.rylandpeters.com

18/07/2017 15:14

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Book Of Highs Edward Rosenfeld Over 250 activities to create an altered state of consciousness without drugs—all in a highly illustrated package that will blow your mind all on its own. Originally published in 1973. Call it altering consciousness, call it getting high, or call it mindfulness. Humans are hardwired to seek ways to transcend the limits of everyday awareness, whether it’s the little kid spinning in circles to get dizzy or a runner experiencing the day’s first rush of dopamine. And you don’t need drugs—as Edward Rosenfeld shows, the “high” is inside, and there are literally hundreds of perfectly natural ways that we can use to find it. An encyclopedic survey of all the ways humans try to achieve altered states of consciousness, The Book of Highs is a complete update of a book published in 1973, after the government outlawed psychedelics. Here are recent developments—Virtual Reality and Brainwave Machines—and positive techniques such as Self-Hypnosis, Alterations of Breathing, Fervent Prayer. And “negative” techniques—SelfFlagellation, Sleep Deprivation. Methods derived from religious and mystic traditions—Transcendental Meditation, Tantric Sex. Techniques that involve devices, whether non-electric like Mandalas, Metronome Watching, Body Confinement—or electric and electronic—Bio-Feedback, Stroboscopes, the Psychedelic Bathtub, Moire Patterns, Brain Music. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$34.99

ISBN

9780761193876

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Format

248 x 152 mm

Extent

352pp

Illustrations

Colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Whether you’re out for a life-changing adventure—Skydiving, Fire-Walking, or Kayak Disease (a type of extreme orientation that occurs when you spend three days in a kayak off the shore of Greenland)—or just want to have a break in your everyday routine with Zen Morning Laugh or Jumping Up and Down, this book is guaranteed to blow your mindfulness.

Author Details Edward Rosenfeld is a writer, editor, and technology consultant based in New York. A founding editor of Omni magazine, he has written three volumes on neural networks, edited An Oral History of Gestalt Therapy , and penned the libretto to the opera Huxley's Last Trip. As psychedelics became illegal, he originally wrote The Book of Highs in 1973to focus on ways to alter consciousness without drugs.

Key Information •

•

From fire-walking to fasting, meditation to skydiving, the Zen morning laugh to lucid dreaming, martial arts to hypnosis, this is a wide-ranging collection of 250+ experiences that can alter one's consciousness without drugs. Some are as simple as daydreaming, some as academic as psychoanalysis, some as wild as the psychedelic bathtub (complete with luminescent bubble bath and a mirrored ball). Together, the collection offers tremendous curiosity and promise, and something for everyone. Originally published in 1973, this revised and reworked book is a fascinating time capsule and also a timely, modern book. In the four decades since its first publication, some of the more outre entries from the '70s have become nearly mainstream, while others feel unusual and exotic. The book has been updated with new entries for the 21st century, such as virtual reality, ASMR, brainwave machines, and simulated out-of-body experiences.

CHAPTER 2

Positive tecHniques 12 Prolonged Observation Staring and Staying with It

his is one of the easiest ways to alter consciousness without taking drugs. It requires only concentration, yourself, and an object. The basic method for turning on through prolonged observation is: STAY WITH IT! Although visual experience is described, one can transpose this same technique to fit the other senses. Select something, say a flower. Go (with the flower) where you can relax and where you wonâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t be disturbed or distracted. Get into a frame of mind so that you will attend only to the flower. Hold it about 6 inches in front of your eyes, or as close as necessary to bring it into sharp focus. Look at the flower. STAY WITH IT! Some people experience nothing for a couple of minutes. Try not to blink. Of course you will have to, but try to make each uninterrupted period of contact between you and the flower last as long as possible. Try to move as little as possible and STAY WITH IT! After 5 minutes you will have noticed the changes that both the flower and the background have gone through. The boundary where the flower ends and the background begins will start to blur. The edges of surrounding objects will begin to look funny and fuzzy. With intense concentration faces might appear in the flower; movements that donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t exist might be noticed. This experience is very similar to the altered perception reported by people who have taken psychedelic drugs. You can use anything for your object. A flower is small and provides lots of background. A piece of white paper provides a large, eye-filling field

12 THE BOOK OF HIGHS

19 Myths, Tales & Koans Contemplating truths through stories

yths, tales, and koans represent man’s most direct attempt to encode his wisdom and make it accessible, communicable, and durable. Myths usually involve the exploits of a hero or archetypal character who undergoes interactions and transformations at the hands of a real or imaginary environment. Tales are narrative descriptions of events, often truthful as well as fictitious, usually in the form of a story--that is, a plot with a beginning, middle, and end. Koan is the Japanese form of the Chinese word kung-an, which means literally, “case,” as in a legal case. In the practice of Ch’an and Zen Buddhism, koans refer to stories describing the behavior and the conversations of a Ch’an or Zen master. Here, I use the term “koan” to describe stories relating to the words and activities of various masters in religious groups with a mystical tradition, as well as in groups that have developed methods for altering consciousness. Some of these groups include Ch’an and Zen Buddhism, the Sufis, and the Hasidim. Myth Herodotus tells us of the myth of a famous bird, the phoenix, known as a creature that rises from its own ashes:

This bird comes but seldom into Egypt, once in five hundred years. It is told that the phoenix comes when his father dies. His plumage is partly gold and partly red and he is most like an eagle in shape and in size. In Chinese mythology, the phoenix is a bird of great beauty, very much like the peacock. There were two types of phoenix, male and female, feng and huang. When the phoenix chose to visit the court of an emperor, this was a sign of extreme cosmic favor. When feng and huang are together it is the symbol of everlasting love.

JUST YOUR SELF 13

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Wellness Doctrines for High School Students Jerome Doraisamy Before long, mental illnesses will be the most prominent, if not the most common, ailments suffered by Australians. One in four young people suffer some form of mental illness during their school years. In an average classroom of thirty school students, seven will manifest a psychological condition such as depression. Only two of those seven will seek help, while the other five will continue their daily routine without the benefit of any aid whatsoever. But students – and those who care for them – can and do have the capacity to take proactive steps to live a more holistic life while in school, so as to ensure not only academic success, but also to emerge as more rounded and balanced people. In The Wellness Doctrines for High School Students, lawyer and author Jerome Doraisamy tackles head on the stresses that confront young people today, providing sound knowledge based on his own experiences and advice from experts in the field, as well as safe, practical solutions. Down-to-earth, reassuring and sane, The Wellness Doctrines for High School Students is the essential go-to manual for teens.

Author Details

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781925589313

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Key Information

Category

Health/Related

•

Format

234 x 153 mm

Extent

288pp

Illustrations

Text only

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Jerome Doraisamy is a 29-year-old lawyer and writer from Sydney. He left legal practice after stints in commercial firms, academia and research, and a major federal government inquiry, to publish his first book, The Wellness Doctrines for Law Students and Young Lawyers, which peaked at #2 on iTunes and has been sold, in both paperback and eBook form, on all six continents. He currently works as a contract consultant for law firms and universities, with projects ranging from speaking and workshop engagements to policy development and review projects. In his spare time, Jerome is an active blogger, reader, podcast listener and cake baker, and also plays multiple team sports every week, including indoor soccer, touch football and mixed netball.

• • •

Pithy advice for teens and parents struggling with issues such as bullying; drugs and alcohol; homework and peer pressure. Foreword by Michael Clarke (tbc). Author will be a guest of the 2018 Melbourne Writers’ Festival. Great backlist potential.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Signs From Spirit Mitchell Coombes Drawing on his remarkable experience, renowned psychic medium Mitchell Coombes shares inspiring true stories from the afterlife. From loving messages in dreams, feather-like touches and signature scents, through to radios bursting into song and the wonders of nature – everyone can learn to notice and interpret Signs from Spirit. Uplifting quotes, enlightened tips and beautiful illustrations – combined with a unique dictionary of signs and a bonus meditation download – makes this book your pathway to connecting with departed loved ones. Signs from Spirit will touch your heart and soul with hope, healing, and proof there is life after death.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Author Details

Price

AU$29.99 | NZ$32.99

ISBN

9781925589337

Publisher

Brio Books

Imprint

Brio Books

Series

Mitchell Coombes is Australia’s most trusted psychic medium and the author of the bestselling books Sensing Spirit and Sensing Psychic. Coming from a long line of gifted psychics, Mitchell first recalls seeing spirits as a toddler. Soon after, his Nanna taught him to read tea leaves, and at the age of twelve Mitchell inherited a set of tarot cards that had belonged to his departed uncle – an accomplished astrologer. Calling on his remarkable psychic gifts to reveal the future and communicate with the Spirit World, Mitchell has helped people from all walks of life. He lives on the NSW Central Coast.

Category

New Age/Inspirational

Key Information

Format

195 x 195 mm

•

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

•

Age Range

•

Terms

SOR

• • • • • •

High profile, bestselling author of Sensing Spirit (20,000+ copies internationally) and Sensing Psychic (15,000+ copies internationally). Honorary lifetime member of the Australian Psychics Association and winner of the 2009 NSW Psychic of the Year; 2011 Australian Psychic of the Year and 2013 Psychic Ambassador awards. Weekly column in Woman’s Day; regular guest on Sunrise and The Morning Show; hosts large events around Australia throughout the year; huge social media following. Brisbane, Sydney and Melbourne author tour. Guest of the 2018 MBS Festival (Sydney, May; Melbourne, June). Guest of the 2018 Melbourne Writers’ Festival (August). Beautiful full colour illustrated gift book at a great price point. Counter packs & POS available. Ideal Mother’s Day gift.

Mitchell Coombes is Australiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most trusted Spiritual medium. He has a weekly column in Womanâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Day and is well known from his countless national television appearances including Sunrise and The Morning Show. Calling on his remarkable gift to communicate with Spirit, Mitchell has helped people from all walks of life around the world. To learn more about his work and schedule, visit Mitchell online at mitchellcoombes.com

Contents A Message From Mitchell....................................................................................................... 15 Receiving Signs from Spirit................................................................................................... 19 Signs From Departed Loved Ones...................................................................................... 23 Chocolate Brownies......................................................................................................................... 26 Kisses from Heaven......................................................................................................................... 31 Unconditional Love......................................................................................................................... 35 Reg................................................................................................................................................. 42 Love from Above.............................................................................................................................. 47

Signs From Above.................................................................................................................... 51 Windmill........................................................................................................................................ 54 Pretty Angel.................................................................................................................................... 59 Saved by an angel............................................................................................................................. 65 Alex's Guardian.............................................................................................................................. 71 Bertie's Ashes................................................................................................................................. 77 Smoke Signals................................................................................................................................. 83

Dying Wish..................................................................................................................................... 89 Sunflower Love................................................................................................................................ 95 Reaching down from Heaven............................................................................................................ 101 84-I-do.......................................................................................................................................... 107

Dream Signs.............................................................................................................................. 111 Grace's Dream................................................................................................................................ 114 Sweet Dreams................................................................................................................................. 119 Hazard Lights................................................................................................................................. 125 Beyond the yellow door.................................................................................................................... 129

Gifts and Treasures from Spirit............................................................................................ 133 Poppy's Pennies............................................................................................................................... 136 Lost Faith....................................................................................................................................... 141 Eternal Love.................................................................................................................................... 147

Natural Wonders...................................................................................................................... 151 Puppy Love..................................................................................................................................... 153 Messages in the Clouds.................................................................................................................... 159 Rainbow Baby.................................................................................................................................. 165 The Pink and Grey Saviour............................................................................................................... 173

Signs............................................................................................................................................ 177 Meditation Analysis Dictionary........................................................................................................ 179

Symbolic Signs from Spirit.................................................................................................... 181 Numbers and Sequences........................................................................................................ 201 Numbers are also part of the language of Spirit.................................................................................. 203

Colours....................................................................................................................................... 209 Colours are one of the most beautiful signs ....................................................................................... 211

Bonus Guided Meditation...................................................................................................... 221 Exclusive audio download................................................................................................................ 223

Signs from Spirit

Signs From Departed Loved Ones We can all learn to notice signs from Spirit. Just like a friend who sends an emoji (smiley face) to your mobile phone to say ‘ hello’, ‘smile’, or ‘I’m thinking of you’, our departed loved ones say ‘ hi’ or ‘I’m here’ using our memories, mother nature, uncanny events, songs, feelings or even words from a stranger to deliver their message. 23

Sometimes a book or a magazine may fall open at a page where the content answers a question you've been asking . . .

Keepsake letters, cards and photographs can also magically appear to deliver reassurance, comfort and love from the other side. -Mitchell

Chocolate Brownies Two years ago, seventeen-year-old Veronica’s Nanna passed unexpectedly in her sleep. Two weeks after the funeral, Veronica and her mum arrived at her Nanna’s house. With heavy hearts, they set about tagging the contents of her home as ‘ keep’ or ‘donate’. ‘Mum assigned me Nanny’s kitchen. She said sorting through the cupboards, utensils, appliances and cookbooks would help me relive all the happy cooking memories Nanny and I created together.’ As Veronica unplugged her Nanna’s Kenwood Chef mixer, a flood of tears washed down her cheeks. As if triggered by Veronica’s grief, her Nanna’s radio burst into song singing, ‘You are the dancing queen Young and sweet Only seventeen.’

‘It was so weird I stopped crying,’ said Veronica. ‘Nanny was a foodie long before it was fashionable to be one. As a joke one Christmas, I bought her a CD called Cooking Songs. She loved it so much she dedicated a recipe to each song on the album. Abba’s ‘Dancing Queen’ was her chocolate brownie baking song.’ Veronica turned up the volume. As she did, her Nanna’s cookbooks escaped their book ends and slapped down on the kitchen bench like a line of dominos.

Signs from Spirit

‘One piece of paper escaped the pile and floated down onto the floor. When I picked it up, there in Nanny’s handwriting was her well-guarded secret chocolate brownie recipe.’ Veronica was so excited she hugged the recipe whispering, ‘Thank you, Nanny.’ At that moment, treasured memories of baking with her Nanna flashed back. Veronica was in her Nanna’s kitchen all over again. ‘Dancing Queen’ was playing, and the smell of chocolate brownies baking in the oven filled her with warmth and love. Even I could smell the brownies as Veronica’s Nanna asked me to deliver one last message before the reading finished.

‘Your Nanny says she couldn’t go without saying goodbye or passing on her secret chocolate brownie recipe to you.’

‘Invite your loved one to send a sign you will easily recognise. You may not receive one right away, but trust that when the time is right for both worlds, a sign will appear.’

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Pure Alfa Romeo Legend, Culture, Passion Stefano D'Amico The fascinating world of Alfa Romeo is recounted in this history of the legendary automaker, while showcasing its finest models. Beginning with the history of the Alfa Romeo company itself, this lavish book includes rare archival material, some published here for the first time, along with historical posters and advertisements for Alfa Romeo, many of which were designed by famous artists and illustrators. The latter half of the book features an overview of eighty models belonging to private collections, from 1910 to the present day. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$150.00

ISBN

9788891814395

Publisher

Rizzoli International

Imprint

Rizzoli

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

279 x 254 mm

Extent

216pp

Illustrations

180 colour illustrations

Age Range

Terms

Author Details Stefano d'Amico was the representative of the ACI (Italian Automobile Club) and the FIA (Fédération Internationale Automobile). He has been President of the Italian Alfa Romeo International Club Register for thirty-four years and has contributed to the renovation of the new Alfa Romeo Museum in Arese. Lorenzo Ardizio is a journalist and scholar of automobile history; he is Curator at the Museo Storico Alfa Romeo, and head of Alfa Romeo and Flat's archive centres. He teaches Car Design History and Culture at the Scuola Politecnica di Design (SPD) in Milan, and curated the completion of the Museo Nazionale dell'Automobile in Turin. He has published many books on the automobile history.

Key Information •

• •

From vintage cars dating back to the 1910s and '20s to the most recent Formula 1 race cars introduced in the 1980s, avid collectors take great pride in the preservation of the originality and excellence of these outstanding vehicles. This lavish volume chronicles 100 years of stylistic and technological innovation by one of the most prestigious automakers on the planet. Includes rarely seen archival material, some published here for the first time, along with historical posters and advertisements for Alfa Romeo, many of which were designed by famous artists and illustrators.

Conforme alle specifiche di origine Le vetture esaminate e certificate dal Registro Italiano Alfa Romeo

L’eterna giovinezza di alcune vecchie automobili. Oggetti deteriorabili, spesso dalle strutture corrose, ma che l’inclemenza del tempo e delle mode non riesce a distruggere. Oggi più che mai, pur avendo superato in molti casi l’età pensionabile, conservano tutte un fascino e un interesse che non sempre destavano ai tempi della loro gioventù. L’automobile d’epoca o di interesse storico può essere definita e vissuta in vari modi: oggetto da collezione o di pura passione, semplice ricordo romantico, spazio professionale, e anche, in misura sempre maggiore, vero investimento. Sono mondi apparentemente lontani e per certi versi opposti, ma che, sempre più spesso, trovano il modo di miscelarsi, fondersi, rendersi complementari. L’uno a vantaggio dell’altro. L’Alfa Romeo, con la sua tradizione prestigiosa, i suoi modelli simbolo e le sue storie leggendarie, è tra i maggiori protagonisti di questo mondo. Fu uno dei primi marchi a originare la “moda” del collezionismo praticamente da subito, forse il giorno in cui Henry Ford escla12

mò: “Quando passa un’Alfa Romeo mi levo il cappello!”. Soggetto di libri, pubblicazioni, mostre ed eventi, è protagonista ancora oggi in tutto il mondo con una continua e vertiginosa crescita delle quotazioni delle sue auto storiche, di qualunque tipo. I più preziosi modelli d’anteguerra (6C e 8C su tutti) vivono la loro eterna giovinezza nell’Olimpo delle grandi collezioni, spuntando prezzi milionari alle aste più importanti e dominando nei concorsi di eleganza. Allo stesso modo le vetture simbolo del dopoguerra, dalle affascinanti protagoniste della Dolce vita alle sensuali granturismo degli anni Sessanta, fino alle forme rivoluzionarie del decennio successivo, stanno rapidamente cambiando di passo, con valori e mercati sempre più alti e vivaci. Perfino il settore delle “youngtimer”, vetture ancora giovani per molti musei ma quanto mai vive nei ricordi e nelle nostalgie personali, è un mercato che vede le Alfa Romeo fra le più ricercate, collezionate, restaurate, esibite. Cambiano i valori, gli ambienti, le atmosfere e anche 13

6c 1750 gran Sport 1931

Cavallo di battaglia Alfa Romeo nei primi

1923, la prima Targa Florio dell’Alfa Romeo,

anni Venti e capolavoro di Giuseppe Merosi,

la prima grande gara internazionale e la

progettista fin dalle origini, la RL vuole avere

prima apparizione

successo sul mercato internazionale e per

del Quadrifoglio. Il successo in gara

farlo dovrà dimostrare affidabilità, classe

darà nuovo impulso alle vendite, disegnando

e raffinatezza. Ma anche prestazioni e

per sempre la vocazione dell’Alfa Romeo.

sportività tali da farle vincere, proprio nel

Oggi, un esemplare Turismo del 1923

Cavallo di battaglia Alfa Romeo nei primi

la prima grande gara internazionale

anni Venti e capolavoro di Giuseppe Merosi,

e la prima apparizione del Quadrifoglio.

progettista fin dalle origini, la RL vuole avere

Il successo in gara darà nuovo impulso

successo sul mercato internazionale e per

alle vendite, disegnando per sempre

farlo dovrà dimostrare affidabilità, classe

la vocazione dell’Alfa Romeo.

e raffinatezza. Ma anche prestazioni e

Oggi, un esemplare Turismo del 1923

sportività tali da farle vincere, proprio nel

farlo dovrà dimostrare affidabilità, classe

1923, la prima Targa Flell’Alfa Romeo,

e raffinatezza. Ma anche prestazioni

1900 Super Sprint 1955

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Gareth Bale: The Ultimate Fan Book Iain Spragg Gareth Bale: The Ultimate Fan Book takes you into the Welsh football superstar's world like no other book. This volume takes you on an amazing journey from growing up in the Cardiff suburb of Whitchurch, to Real Madrid. Written in a lively, buzzing style and filled with fun features, fantastic photographs and enlightening quotes, Gareth Bale: The Ultimate Fan Book celebrates his greatest moments and most famous goals, including the goal which set Real Madrid on their way to a record-extending 10th UEFA Champions League triumph against city rivals Atletico.

Author Details Iain Spragg is a highly respected sports journalist who has reported on almost every major sport over the last 20 years. As well as writing for many British national newspapers, most frequently for The Daily Telegraph and The Times. As an author he has written many books on a variety of sporting topics, including, in this Carlton Books series,

Cristiano Ronaldo: The Ultimate Fan Book. Publication

01 May 2018

Key Information

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$19.99

ISBN

9781780979946

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

90 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • •

The latest in the bestselling series of sports Ultimate Fan Books, Gareth Bale's life and career is brought to life with exciting text and thrilling action photographs. Bale is the finest footballer from Wales in living memory, having already passed Ryan Giggs' total of international caps by the age of 27. Bale sprang to international prominence with a hat-trick for Tottenham Hotspur away to Internazionale Milan in the UEFA Champions League. His move to Real Madrid in 2013 cost them €100 million, a new world transfer record, but his extra-time goal restored Real's lead as they won their tenth UEFA Champions League final in May 2014. Captain of Wales in the 2016 UEFA European Championship, he scored three times as the team reached the semifinal.

20.000

Supporters who packed into the

Bernabeu to watch Bale's official

unveiling as a Madrid player in 2013.

Number of games it took Bale to

Madrid - his treble coming against

Valladolid in November 2013.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Neymar: The Ultimate Fan Book Nick Callow Neymar: The Ultimate Fan Book takes you into the Brazilian football superstar's world like no other book. Filled with facts and stats, and 100 stunning photographs, you will learn about his childhood, growing up in Brazil, his first few years with Santos and then Brazil's national team. You can discover how he honed his incredible technique, his instinctive eye for goal, ability to sniff out a chance and became a global superstar, all by the age of 21. Filled with fun features, fantastic photographs and enlightening quotes, Neymar: The Ultimate Fan Book celebrates the footballer's greatest moments and most famous goals, including the final one of the 2015 UEFA Champions League final and his stunning efforts as Brazil won the 2016 Olympic Games gold medal. It all gives readers a special insight into how and why Neymar is one of the world's greatest football players.

Author Details

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Nick Callow is a highly respected sports journalist who has reported on virtually every major sport around the world over more than 20 years. As well as writing for almost every major British newspaper, he is now joint Managing Director and Editorial Director of the world-renowned Hayters Teamwork Sports Agency, based in north London. His book-writing credits include the highly acclaimed The Ryder Cup: The Complete History of Golf's Greatest Competition,The 100 Greatest Olympians and Paralympians, The Official ITV Sport EURO 2012 Fact File and Fantastic

Price

AU$16.99 | NZ$19.99

Football Facts.

ISBN

9781780979540

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

•

Extent

64pp

•

Illustrations

100 images

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • • •

•

The latest in the bestselling series of sports Ultimate Fan Books, Neymar's life and career is brought to life with exciting text and thrilling action photographs. Neymar (@Njr92) has 22K+ followers on Twitter. Neymar is the finest footballer from Brazil in more than a decade. He was the star of the country's 2013 FIFA Confederations Cup success. He was born in a suburb of Sao Paulo, Brazil, one of the world's most football-crazy cities, on 5 February 1992. In June 2013, Neymar signed to play alongside Lionel Messi at Spanish giants Barcelona, leaving Brazil's most famous club, Santos, to do so. Brazil's most important attacking force at the 2014 FIFA World Cup, Neymar injury in the quarter-final meant he was absent for the debacle against Germany in the last four.

CONTENTS

INTRODUCTION THE EARLY YEARS PLAYING FOR SANTOS BRAZIL’S HERO NEYMAR’S GREAT SANTOS GOALS SANTOS MILESTONES WINNING THE CONFEDERATIONS CUP AT HOME WITH NEYMAR NEYMAR’S SUPER SKILLS GREAT BARÇA GOALS TRAINING WITH NEYMAR BRAZIL MILESTONES NEYMAR IN NUMBERS NEYMAR’S SUPERSTAR TEAMMATES NEYMAR AND THE NEYMARZETES PLAYING FOR BARCELONA BARCELONA HERO NEYMAR AT THE 2014 WORLD CUP NEYMAR AND HIS COACHES NEYMAR’S GREAT BRAZIL GOALS GLOBAL SUPERSTAR RECORD BREAKER THE RIO OLYMPICS WHAT NEXT FOR NEYMAR? QUIZ TIME CREDITS

6 8 10 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 63

NEYMAR’S GREAT SANTOS GOALS

Neymar hit an incredible 135 goals for his boyhood club Santos, and these are five of his very best strikes … SANTOS 10, NAVIRAIENSE 0 Copa do Brasil, 10 March 2010

SANTOS 4, FLAMENGO 5 Brasileirao, 27 July 2011

A match for Naviraiense keeper Aldo to forget as he let in 10 goals, including two from Neymar. The pick of the bunch was his first. Santos were scoring at will, but Neymar’s skills set him above the rest as the ball seemed to be glued to his boot when he nipped in and out of three defenders inside the penalty area before rounding the goalkeeper with a final drop of the shoulders to finish with ease.

This was a great solo effort. Neymar’s outrageous close control deceived two defenders on the left wing before he cut inside to play a quick onetwo. The Brazilian then skilfully nudged the ball beyond a third defender by flicking the ball from boot to boot and then curled his shot beyond the stranded goalkeeper with the outside of his foot.

Santos captain Robinho pretends to polish Neymar’s boot after his first Copa do Brasil goal against Naviraiense.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Zlatan Ibrahimovic Ultimate Fan Book Martin Smith and Adrian Besley Zlatan Ibrahimovic: The Ultimate Fan Book takes you into the Swedish football superstar's world like no other book. Filled with facts and stats, and 100 stunning photographs, you will learn about his childhood, growing up in Sweden, joining his home-town team, FF Malmo, before lighting up the European stage, starring for clubs in the Netherlands, Italy, Spain, France and England. Discover how he honed his incredible technique, his instinctive eye for goal, ability to sniff out a chance and became a global superstar. He is also a superstar in international football and set a Swedish national record of 62 goals in 116 appearances before retiring in 2016. Written in a lively, buzzing style and filled with fun features, fantastic photographs and enlightening quotes, Zlatan Ibrahimovic: The Ultimate Fan Book celebrates the Swedish maestro's early life and his career on and off the pitch. All in all this is a highly entertaining insight into a football legend.

Author Details Adrian Besley is a celebrated author and journalist. His previous books include Who Do You Think You Are Kidding Mr Klinsmann?, Every Step Counts – a walking fitness guide – and the best-selling Superstars of the World Cup.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$14.99 | NZ$17.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781780979342

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 216 mm

Extent

64pp

Illustrations

90 colour photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

Another in the Ultimate Fan Book series for younger readers focusing on world football legends, with dozens of outstanding photos and a lively text. Zlatan Ibrahimovic is one of the world's most successful, charismatic and recognisable footballers. Born in Malmo, Sweden, on 3 October 1981, he played for Malmo, Ajax (Netherlands), Juventus, Internazionale and Milan (Italy) and Barcelona (Spain), Paris St Germain (France) before joining English giants in 2016. Zlatan has played in all of Europe's six biggest TV markets except Germany. He made the first shortlist for FIFA's 2013 World Footballer of the Year, and was in the top 10 for UEFA's 2012-13 award. Zlatan is Sweden's all-time leading goalscorer with 62 goals in 116 games between 2001 and his international retirement in summer 2016.

ZLATAN

Â´ IBRAHIMOVIC

THE ULTIMATE FAN BOOK third edition

Adrian Besley

Zlatan worked hard to master the flicks, tricks and skills of his hero Ronaldo and practised them every day.

ZL ATAN FACT: As a 16-year-old, Zlatan spent a week on trial at Queens Park Rangers. The London team decided he was not good enough for them!

SWEDISH SHINING STAR Zlatan had to wait patiently for his opportunity to shine at national level. Then, in Euro 2004, he announced his arrival on the world stage in the most sensational way.

latan is Sweden’s greatest-ever footballer. He is one of only 10 players to play 100 times for his country and is the nation’s record goalscorer, averaging more than a goal every two games (56 in 105 appearances). He was entitled to play for Bosnia (his father’s birthplace) or Croatia (his mother’s home country), but he always wanted to represent the country where he was born and raised. By January 2001, he had already played for Sweden in an indoor Nordic tournament against Finland and the Faroe Islands. In the spring of that year, while he was in the middle of signing for Ajax, he was selected for the Under-21 team to play against Macedonia in a European Championship qualifier. He scored in a 2–1 victory and netted another in his next match, against Moldova. With six goals in seven games for the Under-21s, Zlatan showed Swedish national team managers Tommy Söderberg and Lars Lagerbäck that he was ready for the real thing. On October 7, 2001, he made his debut for the national team. He came on as a substitute in a 2002 World Cup qualifier against Azerbaijan and immediately showed what he could do – a backheeled lob with a clinical finish. Though he was included in Sweden’s squad for the 2002 World Cup in Japan and South Korea, it was clear the 20-year-old was travelling as an understudy. With two minutes to go in Sweden’s final group game against Argentina, he finally took to the World Cup stage. He played another 14 minutes in the knockout-round defeat against Senegal – Sweden’s World Cup was over.

By the Euro 2004 championships, Zlatan was the star of the Swedish team. At the finals in Portugal, Sweden trounced Bulgaria 5–0 in their opening game. Then came Italy, Zlatan’s biggest match yet. With five minutes left, Sweden were trailing 1–0 and struggling to break down the Italian defence. Then Zlatan produced a typical moment of genius (see page 25). All Europe knew his name now.

Zlatan celebrates his outrageously brilliant goal against Italy at Euro 2004.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Liverpool Supporter’s Book John White Liverpool fans may be demanding, but they have enjoyed countless memorable nights watching the Reds, and The Liverpool Supporter's Book will bring back the glory days in so many ways. This book combines history, biography, statistics, quotes, and factoids, making it perfect for a fan to dip into and bring back memories of glorious days and nights following the Reds. Containing a Foreword by the legendary Ian Rush and filled with a cornucopia of facts and stats, match reports, biographies, histories as well as fun and games in the shape of puzzles and crosswords, songs and chants, this is the perfect gift for any Liverpool fan.

Author Details John White is not only a lifelong football fan, but also the compiler of an impressively comprehensive database of sporting facts and figures. He is the author of more than 30 sports books, including Carlton's sports Miscellany series and White's Sports Almanac. A Belfast man, he is a very sharp and discerning observer of the football scene in England and around the world. Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

ISBN

9781780979878

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

•

Imprint

Carlton Books

•

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

178 x 111 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

16 photographs in an 8-page section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

•

Fully revised and updated, this edition contains facts, stats, biographies, stories and quotes from the exciting Jurgen Klopp era at Anfield. Liverpool FC is England's most successful football club, having won 18 league championships, five European Cups/UEFA Champions Leagues and 3 UEFA Cups as well as numerous other domestic competitions. Foreword written by Liverpool legend Ian Rush. Anfield Stadium, Liverpool's home, is one of the most famous and evocative sporting venues around the world. This is the perfect stocking-filler or impulse buy for any fan of Liverpool Football Club.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Manchester United Supporter's Book John White Filled with a cornucopia of interesting snippets of facts and stats, The Manchester United Supporter's Book is a celebration of arguably the best-known English club in the world. As well as historical facts, there are match reports, player biographies, songs & chants, puzzles, quizzes, and fantasy football teams. The complete package for every fan of the Mighty Reds. Manchester United continue to be right at the top of the English game and one of the biggest names in club football around the world. Old Trafford's trophy cabinet contains mementoes of 20 League titles, 12 FA Cups (both records or shared records), four League Cups, three European Cup/UEFA Champions Leagues, two Intercontinental/FIFA World Club Cups and once each of the UEFA Super Cup and European Cup-winners Cup – and that does take account of other trophies also won.

Author Details John White is not only a lifelong Manchester United supporter, but also the compiler of an impressively comprehensive database of sporting facts and figures. He is the author of more than 30 sports books, including all the titles in Carlton's Sports Miscellany series and White's Sports Almanac . A Belfast man who organises trips for fellow United fans to Old Trafford for every match, he is a very sharp and discerning observer of the football scene, especially where it concerns Manchester United.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Key Information

Price

AU$22.99 | NZ$24.99

•

ISBN

9781780979861

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

•

Imprint

Carlton Books

•

Series

•

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

178 x 111 mm

Extent

192pp

Illustrations

12 colour photographs in 8-page section

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

This fully revised and updated book is filled with facts, stats, stories and much more, celebrating, according to accountants Deloitte, world football's highest earning club. Manchester United has been the most successful club in England since the advent of the Premier League. The Reds have won the Premier League or Football League championship a record 20 times. Old Trafford, the largest club stadium in England, seating 76,000, sells out for every league game. The perfect stocking-filler for any Manchester United fan. The club's fan base is counted in millions and the aggregate attendance at Old Trafford for all matches is close to 2 million every season.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

World Football Infographics Adrian Besley This updated edition contains ten new categories, adding even more design ideas and football information, and revealing the answers to questions on the greatest players, finest clubs, best national teams and most dominant leagues: the Olympic Games, Japan's J-League, FIFA World Cup and European competitions all are given fresh looks. Filled with colour on every page, World Football Infographics offers rich entertainment for football fans of all ages. Opta has earned a reputation for the breadth and accuracy of the statistics it provides on a wide range of sports, especially football. The "Beautiful Game" has been portrayed in many ways over the years, but never in such a dynamic and interactive fashion as this. It covers every aspect of the game, from the FIFA World Cup and UEFA European Championships to the Copa America and the Africa Cup of Nations in international football to the UEFA Champions League and Europe's most famous domestic leagues in club football.

Author Details Adrian Besley is the author of The Dangerous Book for Idiots, Who Do You Think You Are Kidding Mr Klinsmann? and Dr Fatkins Resolutionary Diet and the best-selling Superstars of the World Cup 2006.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$54.99 | NZ$59.99

Key Information

ISBN

9781780979953

•

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Sport & Fitness

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

176pp

Illustrations

Full colour throughout with 79 infographics

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

• •

A totally revised – with ten new categories - and updated edition of the first book to explore football's rich history, statistics and culture through highly detailed yet accessible infographics. Opta, recognised as one of the world's leading sports statistics providers, supplies official statistics for more than 30 football leagues and competitions worldwide, including the Barclays Premier League, UEFA Champions League, La Liga, Bundesliga, Serie A, Eredivisie and MLS. Covers major international football tournaments, and domestic and continental club football in England, Spain, Italy, France, Germany, Netherlands, USA and Japan. More than 80 specially commissioned full-colour artworks to make football statistics both interesting and understandable in an entirely new way.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Ultimate Encyclopedia of Tennis John Parsons and Henry Wancke The Ultimate Encyclopedia of Tennis is the pre-eminent single volume illustrated work of tennis reference, tracing the game from its relaxed beginnings as a pastime of the 1800s through to what has become the high energy global sport of the 21st century. John Parsons' celebrated book includes comprehensive chapters profiling the legends of the game and more than 150 top players; analysis of tennis's greatest matches; world famous tournaments and global development; as a well as extensive features on the politics, controversies and oddities of the game. Packed with around 240 photographs and complete with a record of all Grand Slam winners, every player, every tournament and every issue of importance in the game of tennis is highlighted in detail in the book. Written by two of the game's leading authorities and fully revised, updated and expanded to include all the stories of 2017, The Ultimate Encyclopedia of Tennis is the definitive work on world tennis, with every page an information-packed celebration of one of the world's most exhilarating sports. 01 May 2018

Author Details

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$50.00 | NZ$55.00

Writer and broadcaster John Parsons wrote about sport for half a century, starting at age 14. He covered tennis for more than 30 years, wrote The Official Wimbledon Annual for 20 years and was awarded the Ron Bookman Media Excellence Award for his writing in 1998.

ISBN

9781787390577

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Key Information

Series

•

Category

Sport & Fitness

•

Format

280 x 230 mm

Extent

224pp

Illustrations

240 colour and b&w photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Publication

Henry Wancke is the editor of Tennis Today magazine and the Secretary of the Association of British Tennis Writers.

•

• •

A stunning illustrated celebration of tennis written by two of the sport's leading authorities. Tennis appears on cable and satellite television almost every week, with Eurosport, Sky Sports and BT Sport covering both men's and women's events around the world. British tennis is beginning to show the shoots of recovery, with Jo Konta reaching the top five in the women's game and Andy Murray becoming men's world No.1 in autumn 2016, where he stayed for more than eight months. Great Britain's men were 2015 Davis Cup champions and the women reached the 2017 Fed Cup World Group II Playoffs. Includes around 240 colour and black & white photographs, more than 150 detailed player biographies and an informed overview of the history and business of tennis. The Foreword has been written by former British No.1 and world No.4, Tim Henman – now a respected commentator and analyst.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Story of the First World War for Children John Malam The First World War was the world's first 'total war'. Although large-scale wars like the Napoleonic wars had ranged across many territories, the scale of WWI was unprecedented. It was also the first war between modern, industrialised nations and mechanised warfare saw new and terrifying weapons deployed for the first time, including airplanes, tanks, zeppelins, giant warships and poison gas. Now, on the verge of the centenary of the end of the conflict, The Story of the First World War for Children (1914-1918) is a fact-packed information book that relates the unfolding events and the human stories in a way that brings history vividly to life.

Author Details John Malam is a children's author specialising in non-fiction. He has written more than 200 books including many history titles. John is a National Literacy Trust Reading Champion, recognised for his work in encouraging reading amongst young people, particularly boys. He has a background in history and archaeology and lives in Cheshire, England.

Publication

01 April 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783123520

Key Information

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

•

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

No Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

245 x 283 mm

Extent

72pp

Illustrations

Approx. 30 colour and 120 B&W photographs

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Produced in association with the Imperial War Museum. With the centenary of the ending of the First World War in 2018, now is an ideal time to revisit the key events and personalities of this defining conflict in world history. With the build up of the media coverage of the centenary, children will be curious to understand the true story of the conflict. This book delivers that educational information in an appealing format. This fact-packed information book combines meticulous picture research and compelling text, all structured and designed to engage young readers. The Story of the First World War for Children (1914-1918) is produced in conjunction with London's Imperial War Museum, a brand that parents instantly

The history of the First World War...

FORMAT 245 x 283mm, landscape

EXTENT 72 pages

AGE GROUP 8+

TEXT Approx. 15,000 words

... brought vividly to life.

ILLUSTRATIONS Photographs throughout

BINDING Paperback

ISBN: 978-1-78312-352-0

First World War_PB_6mm_sales advance.indd 2

18/08/2017 17:51

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

The Brilliant Deep Rebuilding the World's Coral Reefs Kate Messner All it takes is one: one coral gamete to start a colony, one person to make a difference, one idea to change the world.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452133508

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

241 x 279 mm

Extent

48pp

Illustrations

Full-colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

A picture book biography of Ken Nedimyer, who started the Coral Restoration Foundation – an international group dedicated to resuscitating the world's coral reefs. Kate Messner and Matthew Forsythe brilliantly chronicle the groundbreaking efforts of one coral restoration pioneer, from his first optimistic experiment of transplanting coral – with the help of his daughter-to his founding of the Coral Restoration Foundation, and the foundation's continued efforts around the world to rebuild coral reefs.

Author Details Kate Messner is the award-winning author of Over and Under the Snow, Up in the Garden and Down in the Dirt, Tree of Wonder , How to Read a Story , and Over and Under the Pond , as well as more than a dozen other books for young readers. Kate lives in New York with her family. When she's not writing, she loves spending time outside-cross country skiing, hiking, swimming, and digging in her gardens. Learn more at her website www.katemessner.com. Matthew Forsythe is an award-winning artist and illustrator. He has worked with The New York Times , The Wall Street Journal , Cartoon Network, DreamWorks, and Nickelodeon, and he was the lead designer on the television show Adventure Time for more than 80 episodes. He lives in Montreal.

Key Information • • • •

Whether tying into a lesson on pollution, warming ocean temperatures, the ocean's biodiversity, or restoration/volunteering, this book lends itself to an engaging opening to a number of classroom topics. A central theme in this book – all it takes is one person to make a difference and one idea to change the world –can connect with readers from a variety of backgrounds and on a variety of levels. The vibrant, exquisite coral illustrations will make this stand out at trade and specialty. Non-fiction picture book biographies have a history of selling well at Chronicle, from Manfish to Josephine, On a Beam of Light, and more.

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

It starts with one.

BrilliantDeep_INT_MECHSA_separate ends.indd 2-3

8/18/17 11:26 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

One night, after a full moon,

the corals begin to spawn— releasing first one, then millions of tiny lives—until the waters swirl like a snow globe.

BrilliantDeep_INT_MECHSA_separate ends.indd 4-5

8/18/17 11:26 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

He watched TV shows about underwater explorer Jacques Cousteau.

BrilliantDeep_INT_MECHSA_separate ends.indd 12-13

8/18/17 11:27 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R

What would happen if someone grew a coral colony and then tried to plant it on a dying reef? Would it grow? Could that colony help rebuild the reefs Ken loved? Could a reef come back to life?

He loaded his scuba gear and supplies . . .

and set out for the reef.

Ken made plans to go back to Molasses Reef, where heâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;d loved diving as a kid, to find out. He selected his coral colonies.

BrilliantDeep_INT_MECHSA_separate ends.indd 30-31

8/18/17 11:28 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Ocean A Visual Miscellany Ricardo Henriques A visual miscellany of all things ocean-related. Half of our planet is covered by the ocean, yet we've only explored 5 percent of this vast underwater realm. Originally published in Portugal, and awarded a highly coveted Bologna Ragazzi Mention by the Bologna Book Fair, this visually compelling miscellany offers readers a tsunami of aquatic facts. Which ocean is the largest? Who was the first explorer to sail around the world? Is the ocean truly blue? Beautifully designed and rich with information, Ocean will satisfy enthusiastic readers who enjoy taking a deep dive into a subject as well as more reluctant readers who prefer to dip in and out of a book.

Author Details Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$29.99

ISBN

9781452155265

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

305 x 229 mm

Extent

68pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

8 to 12

Terms

SOR

Ricardo Henriques is a Portuguese writer who inherited the taste for drawing from his father and the joy of writing from his mother. He is the editor of two magazines, one for adults and another for children. Andre Letria is a Portuguese illustrator. He has worked as a book and newspaper illustrator as well as a set designer • both theater and animation. His books include If I Were a Book, also published by Chronicle Books. for

Key Information •

• •

Chronicle is a leader in visually driven nonfiction that features distinctive art, design, and production elements. The book is packed with information presented in a way that will satisfy readers who like a 'deep dive' into a subject as well as more reluctant readers who prefer to dip in and out of their reading. This title is equally at home in a bookstore, design gallery, seaside/aquarium retailer, and library/classroom shelves. The original Portuguese edition was awarded a highly coveted Bologna Ragazzi Nonfiction mention in 2014.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Baby Duck: Finger Puppet Book Yu-Hsuan Huang Bright art and simple, child-friendly text, plus an adorable animal finger puppet! Meet Baby Duck! What does Baby Duck like to eat? How does Baby Duck dry off after a swim? Follow along as he experiences his world, from playtime to bedtime. An adorable finger puppet, warm illustrations, and a comforting story about the rhythms of a baby duck's day make this perfect for the very youngest readers. With bright, adorable art and sweet, accessible text, this new line of finger puppet books will reinvigorate and refresh the successful series. Publication

01 May 2018

Author Details

Binding

Board Book

Yu-Hsuan Huang, also known as Smallx2, is an illustrator and artist from Taichung City, Taiwan, where she lives with her family and cats.

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452163734

Key Information

Publisher

Chronicle Books

•

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

111 x 111 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full-colour throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • • • •

The Finger Puppet series has sold more than 4 million copies world wide. This refresh brings an exciting new illustrator and design aesthetic to the bestselling Finger Puppet series, as well as a new prose-driven approach to the text. This series beautifully combines reading with interactive play. Die-cuts on every page become peekaboo holes for the finger puppet, or handles for a child to grip as they turn the pages. The plush finger puppet is attached to the die-cut hole in the back cover so the puppet cannot be lost. Only $9.99 for a novelty board book with finger puppet! Little Duck has the highest sales of all original Finger Puppet books (over 286K net) for after Easter.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452142357

ISBN

9781452156095

ISBN

9781452156125

ISBN

9781452142371

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

Price

AU$9.99

ISBN

9781452156101

ISBN

9781452156118

ISBN

9781452146614

ISBN

9781452142364

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Jurassic World-From DNA to Ind-Rex (AR) Caroline Rowlands This new title features a brilliant overview of the Jurassic Park trilogy and Jurassic World, and includes genetically engineered, terror-inspiring dinosaurs from the whole series, including new profiles for Tyrannosaurus rex, Indominus rex and Velociraptor, as well as other favourites from the original films. Uses the most advanced Augmented Reality: walk a life size Jurassic Park dinosaur across your floor, photograph friends with favourite dinosaurs from across the movie series and connect with another device in dual user mode to roam and explore. It's a must for every dinosaur fan and avid followers of the series.

Author Details Caroline Rowlands wrote Carlton's highly successful Jurassic World: Where Dinosaurs Come To Life, Ice Age and Monsters Inc. Augmented Reality Books, as well as the Dinosaur Tattoo Book.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783122660

Publisher

Carlton Publishing Group

Imprint

Carlton Books

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

228 x 262 mm

•

Extent

32pp

•

Illustrations

Illustrations and photography

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Key Information • •

• •

This is the official Augmented Reality book for the $2 billion film series Jurassic Park and the recent blockbuster

Jurassic World. More than 20 years after the release of Jurassic Park, the Jurassic brand is still culturally relevant; it is one of the most successful film franchises of all time, extending into sequels, merchandise, interactive games and theme park attractions. Jurassic Park remains one of the top 20 highest grossing films of all time, and is Steven Spielberg's highest grossing film to date. Jurassic World was the second-highest-grossing film of 2015, generating over $1.6 billion in box office revenue. This book features photographic stills and illustrations from the Jurassic Park trilogy as well as Jurassic World. Jurassic World: The Age of Jurassic is the sequel to the highly successful Carlton title Jurassic World: Where Dinosaurs Come to Life, which has sold more than 400,000 copies worldwide.

The Age of Jurassic

2001

The deadly dinos at Isla Nublar theme park have given us plenty of thrills and gory blood spills. There's been a dramatic new dino DNA discovery to enthral us too! Before we embark on our Jurassic journey, let’s take a moment to remember the story so far…

THE LOST WORLD: JURASSIC PARK II

1993

1997

Years later, Hammond reveals he has also been busy breeding dinosaurs on another island called Isla Sorna. Dino hunters invade the island to capture the prehistoric beasts and transport them to a zoo. This turns out rather badly for everyone involved.

JURASSIC PARK

John Hammond’s dinosaur dream turns to a nightmare when his newly created theme park on Isla Nublar suffers a security failure before it even opens. Dinosaurs escape, guests are munched, all in all, not a good start.

JURASSIC PARK III

Lesson learned: T-rex doesn’t want to be fed. He wants to hunt!

Lesson learned: Taking dinosaurs off the island was the worst idea in a long, sad history of bad ideas!

Dino expert, Dr. Alan Grant is tricked by a couple into joining a rescue mission to save their son Eric who has disappeared on Isla Sorna. The mission goes badly and Dr. Grant ends up being stalked by a scary Spinosaurus and needing rescuing himself.

Lesson learned: Don’t mess with nature. It's bigger than us and may just bite back!

Lesson learned: It’s hard to get off the island alive.

2015

JURASSIC WORLD

More than 20 years after the original theme park failed, Jurassic World is now open for business. Big business! But when top asset Indominus rex escapes containment and goes on a killing spree, it's not just the visitors who are in danger, but the dinosaurs themselves.

Massive Munchers The ginormous plant-eating dinosaurs known as Sauropods are truly colossal and easy to recognize thanks to their long necks, even longer tails and chunky bodies.

Apatosaurus DID YOU KNOW?

Apatosaurus is one of the largest animals ever to walk on earth . It's as long as two buses and as heavy as four African elephants.

BIG EATERS

Sauropods like Apatosaurus, Diplodocus and Brachiosaurus are herbivores that feast on plants. They have blunt teeth, good for stripping leaves off trees, and they swallow stones (called gastroliths) to help grind the leaves up in their tummies.

WHIP WEAPON STRONG STOMPERS 14

The word Sauropod means 'lizard foot' and these big beasts first appeared in the Triassic period about 200 million years ago. They roamed everywhere and fossils have been found on all continents including Antarctica.

Dino experts believe Sauropods use their long tails to help balance their bodies and also as a whip-like weapon to ward off predators.

Lived:

Jurassic (150 million years ago) in the USA and now, in Jurassic World

Eats: Length:

plants 27.5 m long

Weight: Speed:

36,000 kg up to 8 km/h

Movie sightings:

Jurassic World

You are here:

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$19.99 | NZ$22.99

ISBN

9781783122332

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Dress Me Up! A Mix-and-Match Play Book Maria Carluccio Flip the patterned flaps to change each character's outfit in this novelty book! An introduction to collage, colour, and pattern for the youngest readers. In this dress-up novelty board book, flip the patterned flaps to change each character's outfit! Readers start by selecting a character they like, each with three die-cut items of clothing. Then they select three of the colourful, patterned flaps from the back of the book. Placing the flaps under the die-cuts, readers can mix and match patterns and palettes until they've settled on the most fabulous combinations, delighting in the ensembles that result! This interactive novelty book is an introduction to collage, colour, and pattern, but without the mess of an art project. Instead, it's portable and contained creativity for fun on the go! Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Board Book

Price

AU$19.99

ISBN

9781452160399

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Novelty

Format

191 x 140 mm

Extent

16pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Author Details Maria Carluccio grew up turning bath towels into ball gowns, then enlisting her little brother as a model for her fashion creations. Since then, Maria's love of colour, design, and dress up has translated into a career as a textile and product designer and an award-winning illustrator. These days she's more inclined toward jeans than ball gowns, but she still brings the same playfulness and creativity to her art that she did to her childhood fashion experiments. She lives in Dobbs Ferry, New York, with her daughter, dog, and cat, who – much like her brother – make great models.

Key Information •

•

Referencing the perennially appealing exquisite corpse format with its three sets of flaps, this innovative all-paper format also carves out new territory. A hybrid of toy, art project, and book, this is an interactive reading experience, allowing readers to play a role. This hefty package include seven die-cut characters and 24 flaps to mix and match! The flaps are even paper grained to feel like real, textured fabric. And the die-cut cover immediately conveys the interior contents when browsing! This interactive novelty book is an introduction to collage, colour, and pattern, but without the mess of an art project. Instead, it's portable and contained creativity for fun on the go!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Dress Aiden for his big party!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Dress Emily for the cold, soft snow!

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Dress Noah for some fun with paints!

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Who Was That? Chronicle Book The follow-up to Who What Where? and Who Done It? will bring the concept of memory to readers who are ready for the next level of clever, inference-based mysteries. This fresh, visually sophisticated addition to Who Done It? and Who What Where? tackles the topic of memory, as each page asks the reader to remember a detail about the characters featured on the page before. With die-cuts, clever folds, and imaginative illustrations, this book requires the sharpest readers' keen attention! The call to action on every page makes this a wonderful lap read or read-aloud-kids will love the memory games. The delightful, subtly whimsical art will bring this book into the hands of design-conscious parents, too. Publication

01 May 2018

Author Details Olivier Tallec graduated from the Ecole Superieure des Art Appliques Duperre in Paris and worked in advertising as a graphic designer before devoting himself to illustration. His work has appeared in many newspapers and magazines, and he has illustrated more than sixty books for children. He lives in Paris, France.

Binding

Hardback

Price

AU$24.99

ISBN

9781452169903

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Key Information

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

• •

Category

Child Picture

Format

294 x 153 mm

Extent

32pp

Illustrations

Full-colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

• • •

Who Done It? was an Amazon Top 20 Children's Books of the Year. Who Done It? was into its third printing before it even published. Who Done It? was Scholastic Book Clubs's 'hands-down favourite book on the list'. The concept is quite simple and pleasing, even though the clues to the 'right' answer are subtle, which makes this book interesting to a wide range of levels of reader. The art is very sweet but simultaneously appreciable on a higher level, which again allows the book to attract readers of both commercial and artsy tastes.

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Fox & Chick: The Party & Other Stories Sergio Ruzzier The silliness of Elephant and Piggie meets the gentleness of Mr. Putter & Tabby. This new series about Fox and Chick, two unlikely friends, will delight young readers with its gentle humour, classic

Fox & Chick illustrations, and sweet stories.

Author Details Sergio Ruzzier has illustrated a number of picture books, some of which he also wrote. Italian by birth, he lives in Brooklyn. Visit him at http://www.ruzzier.com/. Publication

01 May 2018

Key Information

Binding

Hardback

•

Price

AU$24.99

A new entry in the classic cannon of buddy books. From Curious George and The Man in the Yellow Hat to Elephant & Piggie to Ivy & Bean, kids of all ages respond to books about friends.

•

ISBN

9781452152882

Publisher

Chronicle Books

Sergio's previous books with these kinds of sweet yet charming characters have been well-received. The very simple text and the luminous art stand on their own in the picture book section, while the sly humour and panel layouts will make the book appeal equally to emerging readers.

Imprint

Chronicle Child

Series

Category

Child Picture

Format

229 x 191 mm

Extent

56pp

Illustrations

56 pages full-colour images throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

•

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

FoxandChick_Interior_Mechs.indd 6-1

The Party

Good Soup

Sit Still

8/24/17 10:16 AM

What are you doing?

I know it's you, Chick! I can see you!

4 FoxandChick_Interior_Mechs.indd 4-5

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

It's me: Chick!

K C O KN N O C K K

I am reading this book.

How can you be reading that book if you are talking to me?

You are right, Chick. I WAS reading this book. And I will go back to reading right now.

! M A L S

5 8/24/17 10:16 AM

: D D TE E N H IZ IO IG R T R HO BU PY T I O U TR C T A IS O D N R FO

Chick!

12 FoxandChick_Interior_Mechs.indd 12-13

13 8/24/17 10:17 AM

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Indestructibles: Baby, Let's Eat! Stephan Lomp Waterproof, impossible to tear, and easily washable, this cheerfully indestructible picture book joins the 3-million-copy Indestructibles series, introducing a rainbow of delicious foods in a format perfect for baby to munch on. It’s the series that could! Built for the way babies read, Indestructibles are now selling 400,000 copies a year, and the series has over 3 million copies in print. Sweet, soothing books, uniquely designed for safety and convenience, Indestructibles are printed on lightweight, nontoxic paper material, easy to clean (even dishwasher safe), and 100% chew, rip, bend, and drool proof. And now, introducing the cozy topic of food—and a Spanish-language edition! Baby, Let’s Eat! explores new tastes and colours, bringing a rainbow of delicious foods to a format perfect for baby to munch on. Red berries are yummy! Yellow cheese is tasty! Green peas are delectable! And for the first time, ¡Bebe, Vamos a Comer! brings Indestructibles to a bilingual or Spanish-speaking audience.

Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$11.99

ISBN

9781523502073

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

178 x 178 mm

Key Information

Extent

12pp

•

Indestructibles are books made for the way babies read — with their mouths!

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

•

The series — with more than 3 million copies in print — sells more than 400,000 copies a year. In these charming Stephan Lomp illustrations and simple text, babies are introduced to familiar foods, and to colours, too. A sweet way to celebrate "eating the rainbow" and exploring new tastes.

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Delightful for babies to page through on their own or with Mum or Dad or an older sibling, these books, with their minimal text, are ideal for expecting parents, baby showers, or as welcome-home gifts for newborns.

Author Details Stephan Lomp has been writing and illustrating books with publishers in Germany, the UK, France, Spain, and the United States since 1996. He lives with his family in Düsseldorf, Germany.

•

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

Indestructibles: Home Sweet Home Stephan Lomp Waterproof, impossible to tear, easily washable, this cheerfully indestructible picture book joins the 3-million-copy Indestructibles series, introducing babies to the various rooms of a home and the objects inside of them. It’s the series that could! Built for the way babies read, Indestructibles are now selling 400,000 copies a year, and the series has over 3 million copies in print. Sweet, soothing books, uniquely designed for safety and convenience, Indestructibles are printed on lightweight, nontoxic paper material, easy to clean (even dishwasher safe), and 100% chew, rip, bend, and drool proof. And now, introducing the cozy topic of home! Publication

01 May 2018

Binding

Paperback

Price

AU$11.99

ISBN

9781523502080

Publisher

Workman Publishing

Imprint

Workman

Series

Category

Child Non Fiction

Format

178 x 178 mm

Extent

12pp

Illustrations

Full colour illustrations throughout

Age Range

Terms

SOR

Home Sweet Home introduces baby to different rooms (living room, kitchen, bathroom, bedroom) and the many things inside of them (couch, table, bathtub, crib), reinforcing the pleasure of the home for families. Delightful for babies to page through on their own or with Mum or Dad or an older sibling, these books, with their minimal text, are ideal for expecting parents, baby showers, or as welcome-home gifts for newborns.

Key Information •

Indestructibles are books made for the way babies read—with their mouths!

•

The series — with more than 3 million copies in print — sells more than 400,000 copies a year. "Home" is a sweet, cozy topic for an early book for a baby. With charming illustrations by Stephan Lomp and simple text, the book delivers cozy laptime reading and the interactivity of a first-word book. Pictures show each room of a home, chock-full of interesting and familiar items for an infant, toddler or parent to point at and name.

•

hardie grant publishing hardiegrant.com

ADVANCE INFORMATION

ALSO AVAILABLE

Price

AU$12.99

Price

AU$12.99

ISBN

9780761193081

ISBN

9780761193623